ewo product catalog i€¦ · rations, craft producers, filling stations, rescue and relief...

Compressed Air Conditioning � Garage EquipmentCompressed Air Accessories � Autogenous-Propane

Product Catalog I

We are compressed air andautogenous machines.

Innovation as a tradition.

Welcome to ewo – We are glad to see that you are interested in our product line and ourcompany ewo as synonymous for reliable products in the sector of compressed-air-poweredand autogenous devices. A trademark for quality. Numerous applications for industrial ope-rations, craft producers, filling stations, rescue and relief agencies, health-care operationsetc. document in an exemplary fashion the performance and professionalism displayed inour products. Our responsible approach to conserving our earth's resources is evidenced inthe long and trouble-free useful life of our products. We will continue to live up to thisresponsibility in the future.

ewo is a family-managed company with a proud history – which is also looking optimisticallyto the future. After all, we have numerous plans; we seek to further advance the ongoing pro-cess of internationalisation and keep the company on its path to constant growth. Also in thisprocess, we do not forget our roots our employees at our Stuttgart headquarters and you,our customers from around the world. We owe everything to you hundreds of innovations andthousand of products emerged from this co-operation marked by mutual trust.

This success is no matter of chance, but rather the result of continuous hard work. Inresearch and design, in quality assurance and customer service. That is to say, in everyarea where ideas become innovations and capture world markets. For nearly 100 years.We will continue to live up to this obligation, and would be glad to see you accompany us.

This is what we believe in.

Tradition meets innovation – that is ewo. We stand for quality and reliability. Not merelywhen it comes to our products also in our co-operation with customers, partners, suppliersand employees. For many generations, we have consciously maintained our ties to thisregion – and our capacity to offer locally-based services around the world.

1

010

20

30

kg/cm2

40

5060

70 8090

100

110

120

130

1402

3

4

5 6

7

8

9

10

General Information 1

760 04/2013

vma 2

standard 3

variobloc 4

combibloc 5

airvision Modular and Compact “L” 6

stainless steel 7

Drain Valves 8

Compressed Air Accessories 9

Garage Equipment 10

1 G

ener

al I

nfo

rmat

ion

Autogenous-Propane 11

AUSTRALIA

UltramaxP.O. Box 255 MaddingtonWESTERN AUSTRALIA 6989

phone: +61 8 94 58 44 77 fax: +61 8 94 58 44 70email: [email protected]: www.ultramax.net.au

All products

www.ewo-stuttgart.com – [email protected]

Representatives around the world1

BRAZIL

REFLAKE GROUPRua Antonio Bergamo, 10Cep 13.274-442 - VALINHOS – SAO PAULO

phone: +55 (019) 3395 9605 fax: +55 (019) 3395 9605email: [email protected]: www.reflake.com

All products

AUSTRIA

Haberkorn Ulmer GmbHModecenterstrasse 71030 WIEN

phone: +43 1 74 0 74 0 fax: +43 1 74 0 74 99email: [email protected]: http://www.haberkorn.com

Compressed air equipment

AUSTRIA

Haberkorn Ulmer GmbHHohe Bruecke6961 WOLFURT

phone: +43 55 74 6 95 0 fax: +43 55 74 6 95 99email: [email protected]: http://www.haberkorn.com

Gas welding and cutting equipment

BULGARIA

BASVULK Ltd.86, Tsar Osvoboditel St.2500 KYUSTENDIL

phone: +359 78 55 12 04 fax: +359 78 52 61 01mobile: +359 888 70 08 16email: [email protected]: www.basvulk.com

Garage equipment

BULGARIA

AIG Welding Ltd.Kompl. “Sveta Troitza” “Zaichar”Str. bl.332 ent.B, fl, ap371309 SOFIA

phone: +359 2 21 88 18 email: [email protected]

Gas welding and cutting equipment

CHINA

ewo GmbH & Co. KGMelyuan XincunDabei Xiang 7-3210018 NANJING

phone: +86 25 84 72 90 68email: [email protected]: www.ewo-stuttgart.cn

All products

CHINA

BACO Int. Trade Company54 Wuwei Road, DEDA300300 TIANJIN

phone: +86 222 4 98 24 90internet: www.baco.com.cnemail: [email protected]

All products

CROATIA

Metron InstrumentsP.C. ZavrtnicaZavrtnica 1710000 ZAGREB

phone: +3 85 1 61 85 6 87fax: +3 85 1 61 85 3 23email: [email protected]

Compressed air equipmentGas welding and cutting equipment

CANADA

Island Automation Inc.14 Industrial Rd.St. MarysONTARIO N4X 1B5

phone: +519 284 1885fax: +519 284 0765email: [email protected]: www.islandsautomation.ca

All products

CYPRUS

T.E. Kyriacos Antoniou & Sons Ltd31, Vasileos Pavlou Str.3052 LIMASSOL

phone: +357 25 573 255fax: +357 25 564 767email: [email protected]: www.tekantoniou.com


CZECH REPUBLIC

ewo Czech RepublicJan ChlupsaKosorKorejsi 20525226 PRAHA

phone: +420 60 852 938 0email: [email protected]: www.ewo-stuttgart.cz

All products


Representatives around the world 1

DENMARK

JETAS A/SSyrevej 55A3300 FREDERIKSVAERK

phone: +45 70 22 63 40fax: +45 70 22 73 40email: [email protected]: www.jetas.dk

All products

EGYPT

Gama Trading & EngineeringNasr City - 23 Omarat Elobour - Salah SalemCAIRO

phone: +20 (2) 24 04 572fax: +20 (2) 24 04 05 82email: [email protected]


FINLAND

Mopla OyKotkankatu 400510 HELSINKI

phone: +3 58 9 1 48 49 00fax: +3 58 9 1 48 49 00email: [email protected]: www.mopla.fi

Garage equipment

IRAN

Sherhate Tolid Madare Pneumatic + Hydraulik Badran139 Forsate Shirazi St - North Nawab AveTEHRAN 14197

phone: +98 21 66 92 21 70fax: +98 21 66 92 90 40email: [email protected]: www.badranpneumatic.com

Compressed air equipment(franchise)

IRELAND

Pneumatics LTD.Old Naas Road, BluebellDUBLIN 12

phone: +3 53 1 4 56 81 11fax: +3 53 1 4 56 81 08email: [email protected]: www.pneumatics.ie


GREECE

Athens-Hydrodynamic S.A.54-56 Athinon Ave10441 ATHENS

phone: +30 1 5 22 11 55fax: +30 1 5 22 14 85email: [email protected]


GREECE

G.H. Carayanopoulous & Sons S.A.17, Marni Street10443 ATHENS

phone: +30 1 5 22 57 49fax: +30 1 5 22 09 39

Garage equipment

ICELAND

Skulason + Johnsson HFSkutuvogi 12P.O. Box 4143104 REYKJAVIK

phone: +3 54 5 68 65 44fax: +3 54 5 53 05 43email: [email protected]


FRANCE

GO Fluids7 rue de la Voie Romanine88160 RAMONCHAMP

phone: +33 0 6 1494 0641fax: +33 0 3 2923 2672email: [email protected]: www.gofluids.fr


INDIA

Spektrum Fluid Power Pvt. Ltd.Building F3, Flat No. 9State Bank Nagar Co-opPaud Rd, KothrudPUNE 411038

phone: +91 20 65 60 68 10fax: +91 20 25 38 15 32email: [email protected]: www.spektrum-fp.comAll products

1 G

ener

al I

nfo

rmat

ion

INDONESIA

PT. LIENETIC JAYAJln.Tanjung Duren Timur IV No. 15BJAKARTA BARAT 11470

phone: +62 21 9338 9060fax: +62 21 567 1816email: [email protected]

All products

ITALY

FARBO S.r.l.Via Picasso 2 - 440033 CASALECCHIO DI RENO (BOLOGNA)

phone: +39 051 641 95 33fax: +39 051 641 95 22email: [email protected]: www.farbo.it

All products



POLAND

Tubes International Sp. z o.o.Hoses and Fittings for Industryul. Bystra 15A61-366 POZNAN

phone: +48 61 6 53 02 22fax: +48 61 6 53 02 20email: [email protected]: www.tubes-international.com

Garage equipment

NETHERLANDS

Bönnekamp b.v.Maarnse Grindweg 12d3951 LK MAARN

phone: +31 3 43 4 16 9 44fax: +31 3 43 4 16 7 56email: [email protected]: www.bonnekamp.nl

All products

POLAND

PTH Pneumatic ComplexOsojca J.I.P Spolka jawnaal. IX Wieków Kielc 16/1325-516 KIELCE

phone: +48 41 3 43 1164fax: +48 41 3 43 1165email: [email protected]: www.pneumatic-complex.com.pl


PERU

Ing. E. Brammertz S.R.L.Apardo Postal 0173 MirafloresLima 18 - Perú

phone: +51 1 445 0181fax: +51 1 445 1931email: [email protected]: http://www.brammertz.com

All products

MALAYSIA

SK-TEC Automation & EngineeringNo.54-A, Taman Puchong Utama,Jalan PU 7/347100 PUCHONG, SELANGOR

phone: +603 8060 8771fax: +603 8060 8772email: [email protected]: www.sk-tec.com.my

All products

ROMANIA

X-Tronic Sistem S.R.LSoseaua Alexandriei nr. 116 - 118077025 BRAGADIRU Jud.llfov

phone: +40 21 424 14 95fax: +40 21 456 69 02email: [email protected]: www.xtronicsistem.ro

All products

KOREA (South)

U-Chang International Ltd.Bld. # 19-25, Industrial Circulation CenterSangyuk-2 Dong, Buk-GuDAEGU 702-012

phone: +82 53 6 04 16 99fax: +82 53 6 04 12 97email: [email protected]: www.ucikorea.co.kr

All products

JAPAN

Taiyo International CorporationShirokanedai Kowa Bldg.Shirokanedai 2-9-6, Minato-kuTOKYO 108-0071

phone: +81 3 57 91 25 11fax: +81 3 32 80 54 11email: [email protected]: www.tic-tokyo.co.jp

All products

LATVIA

SIA AlintekKrasta iela 103LV-1019 RIGA

phone: +371 67 25 00 02email: [email protected]: www.alintek.lv

All products

ITALY

Società Italiana Commerciale Utensili s.p.a.SICUTOOLVia Cesena, 1520155 MILANO

phone: +39 02 34 57 61fax: +39 02 3 31 45 03email: [email protected]: www.sicutool.it

All products

RUSSIA

ewo RussiaYury KorolevNovopeschanaja Str. 13 - 78125252 MOSKAU

email: [email protected]: www.ewo-stuttgart.com

All products

SINGAPORE

BK Pneumatics & ControlsNo. 1 Joo Koon Cresent, 4 th Level,Yeow Heng Ind. Bldg.SINGAPORE 629027

phone: +65 68 61 07 57fax: +65 68 61 07 56email: [email protected]

All products


Representatives around the world 1

TAIWAN

Autotech Industries Inc.Vincent ChenP.O. Box 10667F, 351 His men road, Sec. 2TAINAN

phone: +886 6 2 20 34 22email: [email protected]

All products

SWITZERLAND

AZE Handels + Vertriebs AGSihlquai 2788031 ZÜRICH

phone: +41 0 44 2 72 76 11fax: +41 0 44 2 71 10 88email: [email protected]: www.aze.ch

All products

SWEDEN

Scandor Agentur ABYngvevägen 418264 DJURSHOLM

phone: +46 8 7 55 30 16 fax: +46 8 7 55 10 17 email: [email protected]: www.scandor.se

All products

THAILAND

KULTHORN Group237 Larn Luang Road, Pomprab BANGKOK 10100

phone: +66 2 82 21 51fax: +66 2 80 14 44email: [email protected]: www.kulthorn.com


TAIWAN

DETER ENTERPRISE CO. LTDNo. 1, Lane 90Ta Ya RdTAICHUNG / TAIWAN R.O.C.

phone: +886 4 2 01 92 18fax: +886 4 2 01 85 54email: [email protected]: www.deter.com.tw

All products

SPAIN

Delfin Traver S.L.Antigua N-340Poligono Industrial Pullman12006 CASTELLON

phone: +34 9 64 21 06 74 fax: +34 9 64 20 42 55 email: [email protected]: www.delfintraver.com

All products

SPAIN

Seicom S.L.c/o Joan Banti VisaC/ Modolell nº 3908021 BARCELONA

phone: +34 93 2 41 15 66 fax: +34 93 4 14 61 99 email: [email protected]: www.seicomsl.es


SOUTH AFRICA

ewo SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD26 6th Avenue Edenvale, 1609Postnet Suite 12Private Bag x10016EDENVALE 1610

phone: +27 11 453-5891fax: +27 11 453-8608email: [email protected]: www.ewo-sa.comAll products

SLOVENIJA

OMEGA AIR d.o.o. LjubljanaCesta Dolomitskega odreda 101000 LJUBLJANA

phone: +386 1 200 68 81fax: +386 1 200 68 51email: [email protected]: www.omega-air.si


1 G

ener

al I

nfo

rmat

ion

SLOVAKIA

ewo Slovak RepublicJan ChlupsaKosorKorejsi 20525226 PRAHA

phone: +420 60 852 938 0email: [email protected]: www.ewo-stuttgart.cz

All products

SWITZERLAND

ewo SwitzerlandFredy KünziPistoule 212036 Cormondrèche

phone: +41 79 760 57 04email: [email protected]: www.ewo-stuttgart.ch

All products

TURKEY

MaksanDarülaceze Cad. Perpa Is MerkeziB-Blok Kat: 8 No: 90580270 OKMEYDANI - ISTANBUL

phone: +90 2 12 2 10 42 75fax: +90 2 12 2 22 82 98email: [email protected]: www.maksanmakina.com

All products



VIETNAM

CAT MINH Industrial Hardware Co. Ltd.137 Le Quang Dinh St.Ward 14, Binh Thanh DistrictHO CHI MINH CITY

phone: +84 8 62 58 33 41fax: +84 8 62 58 33 48email: [email protected]: www.catminh.com


UNITED KINGDOM

The West Group Ltd.Aston RoadWaterloovilleHAMPSHIRE PO7 7XJ

phone: +44 23 92 26 60 31fax: +44 23 92 24 03 23email: [email protected]: www.westgroup.co.uk


UNITED KINGDOM

Newbow Aerospace Ltd.Meir RoadPark Farm NorthREDDITCH B98 7SY

phone: +44 15 27 5 18 1 00fax: +44 15 27 5 18 3 00email: [email protected]: www.newbowaerospace.com

Garage equipment

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Middle East International EnterprisesP.O. Box No. 484SHARJAH / U.A.E.

phone: +9 71 6 3 35 5 33fax: +9 71 6 3 35 5 66internet: http://www.memealhajeri.com



Manufacturers of machinery and equipment under EU law must prove the con-formity of machinery or equipment with the applicable EU directives. A machineor system can only be put into operation if it is determined that the machinery orplant of the relevant EC Directive.

Pictures serve only as examples and are not binding. In general just one pictu-re is shown for each group of products.

The Technical data are also for information only and without responsibility.Improvements in construction may be made at any time.Measurements are in millimetres, pressures in bar (overpressures) and flow capa-cities in Nl/min based on normal conditions.

Connections are, as a general rule, threads according to DIN-ISO 228. The tole-rance group A for male threads is not indicated separately. Left-hand threads areidentified by the internationally usual addition LH. If several different threadconnections are given for a piece of equipment, the largest original thread size isreduced for smaller connections (except for chapter 4 and chapter 7).

Main characteristics are specified and tests carried out according to the inter-national norms for compressed air systems. These are for:

Filters ISO 5782-1 and 2Pressure reducers ISO 6953-1 and 2Spray lubricators ISO 6301-1 and 2Flow capacity ISO 6358

Supply of services (Price upon request)Test certificate EN 10204 2.1 or 2.2Acceptance test certificate EN 10204 3.1 or 3.2Certificate – single equipment protocol

1 7

Please note general safety instructions in the relevantdata sheets and manuals! 1

Gen

eral

Inf

orm

atio

n

Register Air Preparation: vma

A filter system for compressed air of the highest purity. Different filter stages –preliminary filter, microfilter and activated charcoal filter. Modular system fordirect flanging. Six sizes with connecting threads from G 1/4 to G 2.

Register Air Preparation: standard up to G 2 and 60 bar

Air preparation equipment in classical design and of proven quality. Filters, spe-cial filters, pressure regulators, fog lubricators, filter pressure regulators and com-bination maintenance units with many variations in filter fineness, drain valves,pressure ranges or bowls. Connection to maintenance units by means of doublenipples. Six sizes with connecting threads G 1/8 to G 2, up to max. 60 bar.Air treatment equipment of the standard series, which can not be used for main-tenance units.Filter and micro-filter 40 bar and 60 bar, pressure regulator with brass casings,with pressure gauge in hand wheel, precision pressure regulator, small lubrica-tor.

Register Air Preparation: variobloc

Our new, innovative modular series “variobloc” fulfils the standards of modernand high-capacity systems at the same time with optimal handling characteristicson a high quality level. The complete modular construction system cares for mul-tifaceted possibilities of combination and makes it easy to adapt the componentsindividually and quickly to modified operating conditions. Especially industrialpneumatic applications profit by the recognisable positive product characteri-stics. Connecting threads G 1/4 to G 1.

Register Air Preparation: combibloc

Combination maintenance units in modular design comprising a filter, pressure-regulator and a fog lubricator all together in a extremely space - saving con-struction with many variations. Connecting threads G 1/4 to G 1.

Register Air Preparation: airvision and airvision L

Air preparation equipment in economy construction with modern modulardesign, offering various combinations and attractive prices.Filters, fine filters, pressure regulators, fog lubricators and filter pressure regula-tors, additionally with distributors, ball valves with relieving, starting valves andmagnetic valves. Connection to maintenance units by flanging with insert andsealing ring. Connecting threads G 1/8 to G 1/4. (Size II and III G 3/8 to G 1 - end of collection).

5

6

4

3

2

Guide to the different registers1

1 8


1 9

Register Air Preparation: stainless steel

Treatment equipment completely in stainless steel and extremely robust, highresistance against corrosion. Filter, filter regulator, pressure regulator, lubricator,FRL, threaded pipe and valves.Connection G 1/8 to G 1 - Fittings and valves in part to G 2.

Register Air Preparation: Drain Valves

Drain valves serve to remove compressed air condensate from filters and filterpressure regulators on the equipment of all ewo series in all sizes. Manual drainvalves are fitted on our filters as standard equipment. Other types of drain valves(semi-automatic drain valves, fully automatic externally fitted drain valves A or B,and fully automatic internally fitted drain valves) can be mounted as an option.

Register Compressed Air Accessories

Parts and fixtures that serve primarily to transport and distribute compressed air.Couplings, hose connections, rapid-action screw fittings, plug connections,multi-directional valves and closing valves, ball valves, hand-slide valves, non-return valves and safety valves.Hoses and silencers.

Register Garage Equipment

Garage Equipment Series contains on the one hand devices for measuring andchanging the air pressure in the tyre, on the other hand garage devices whichwork with fluids, especially compressed air, as working and transport agents.The inflators, digital and portable with air tank or as hand tyre inflators, calibrata-ble for commercial purpose and not calibratable for private use belong to the firstgroup. The second group consists of different blowguns with a wide variety ofnozzles, further washing guns, spray guns, painting guns and a sand blastinggun.

Register Autogenous-Propane

Welding-cutting-heating-torches for the oxy-fuel-gases acetylen or propane,which are burned together with oxygene or absorbed air. Different variations -combined welding- and cutting-torches single cutting-torches - and differentconnection sizes – 17 mm or 20 mm – are available. Soldering guns are eitheroffered with air inlet in the insert or in the handgrip. A huge choice of pressureregulators for almost all bottled gases with standardised threads together withsafety installations and accessory parts also belong to the Autogenous-Propane-programme.

10

7

9

11

8

1 G

ener

al I

nfo

rmat

ion

§ 1 General

These supply and payment conditions only apply to the business transactions with entrepreneurs mentioned under §310 section 1 BGB as well as to legal entities under the Public Law or special properties governed by the Public Law.

All the offers, order confirmations, deliveries and services are based on these conditions and special contractual agree-ments, if any. Deviating purchase conditions of the ordering party / customer shall not be included in the contract evenwith the acceptance of the contract.

A contract shall become effective with a special agreement after getting the written or telephonic order confirmation fromthe supplier. This shall also apply to amendments, modifications or subsidiary agreements. With the issuance of theinvoice, the order shall be considered as confirmed.

These terms and conditions shall also apply to all the future business relationships, although these are not expresslyagreed upon again.

Any acknowledgement from the side of the customer referring to his own business or purchase conditions will be here-by expressly rejected.

Any deviations from these conditions shall become effective only if the supplier confirms these in writing.

The supplier’s offers will be subject to changes. The order number or item number will be based on the latest version ofthe supplier’s documents such as catalogues or brochures, which also put forth further technical specifications. The rightto make technical changes is expressly reserved. We do not give any guarantee for a precise compliance with the unitweights, dimensions and output data partially given in the catalogue.If, upon the conclusion of the contract, it is detected that the supplier’s claim for return service may not be fulfilled dueto lack of efficiency on part of the customer - particularly because the latter has exceeded the credit limit or has not sett-led invoices that are long overdue - the supplier will have the right to refuse the fulfilment of the contract till the custo-mer offers return services or gives guarantee of their fulfilment. The supplier will have the right to withdraw from the con-tract if the customer fails to provide the return services or fulfil the obligation of providing security even after the expiryof a reasonable term.

§ 2 Pricing and payment

The prices mentioned by the supplier in his offers are subject to changes. Unless mentioned otherwise in the order con-firmation, the prices shall be applicable ex-works / ex-warehouse exclusive of the packing, postage, freight costs, othershipping costs, insurances and customs duty. These costs will be invoiced separately. The packing will be invoiced atthe cost price. It will not be taken back. The legally applicable VAT is not included in the supplier’s price. It will be invoi-ced separately according to the official rate.

All the invoices of the supplier shall be payable in Euro at the paying office of the supplier within 30 days from the dateof invoice, net without deductions or within 14 days from the date of invoice after the deduction of 2% discount. No dis-count shall be applicable if the purchase price receivables from previous invoices are still pending.

Notwithstanding a deviating clause of the customer, the supplier will have the right to first offset the incoming paymentsagainst the previous dues. If costs and interests have already been incurred, the supplier will have the right to offset thepayments first against the costs, then interests and finally against the main service.

If the customer does not make the payment in time, or if the supplier gets to know of some other circumstances, whichquestion the creditworthiness of the customer, then the supplier has the right to collect the remainder of the debt or todemand security.

Cheques and bills will be accepted as payment, however bills only after prior agreement.

§ 3 Offsetting

The customer can exercise the right to withhold payments or offset them against counter-claims only if the claims rai-sed by him are undisputed or established as final and absolute.

§ 4 Delivery period, delay in delivery

The delivery period is determined on the basis of the agreements between the contractual parties. The supplier will beable to comply with the delivery deadline only if all the commercial and technical issues between the parties to the con-tract are clarified and the customer has fulfilled all his obligations, e.g. procurement of the required official certificates orapprovals, rendering of service or payment of the invoices. If these pre-requisites are not fulfilled, the delivery period shallbe extended reasonably. However, this shall not apply if the supplier is in arrears.

The compliance with the delivery deadline on our part will depend upon correct and punctual delivery by our supplier. Ifdelays are apparent, the supplier must inform the customer as soon as possible.

It is considered that the delivery deadline has been complied with, if the delivery object has left the supplier’s factorybefore the expiry of this deadline or if the supplier has notified the readiness for shipping on his part. If the deliveredgoods must undergo an acceptance procedure, the date of acceptance shall be decisive, or alternatively, the notificati-on of the readiness for acceptance, except in the event of justified rejection of acceptance.If the delay in the dispatch or acceptance of the delivery object is due to reasons, for which the customer is responsi-ble, he is charged for the costs incurred due to the delay, beginning with the month after the notification of the dispatchor readiness for acceptance.

If the non-compliance with the date of delivery is caused by acts of God, industrial disputes or other events, which lieoutside the area of influence of the supplier, the delivery period shall be extended reasonably. The supplier shall com-municate the time of commencement and conclusion of such circumstances to the customer as soon as possible.

The customer can withdraw from the contract without giving notice if the supplier is unable to provide the services com-pletely before the transfer of risk. The customer can also terminate the contract if the supplier is unable to deliver a partof the consignment and if the customer has a justified interest in rejecting the partial delivery. If not, the customer shallpay the contract price for the partial delivery. This shall also apply in the event of incapacity of the supplier to make thedelivery. For the rest, § 8 shall apply.

If the incapacity or impossibility on part of the supplier is due to the delay in acceptance or if the customer is solely orlargely responsible for the same, he shall be liable to provide return service.

If, after taking into account the legal exceptions, the customer extends the term for the provision of services reasonab-ly (after the expiry of the original term), and if the supplier fails to comply with this term too, the customer shall have theright to withdrawal within the framework of the legal guidelines.

Other claims resulting from the delayed delivery are determined exclusively in conformance with § 8 of these conditions.

§ 5 Transfer of risk, acceptance

The transfer of risk to the customer takes place when the delivery object leaves the plant / warehouse, also in the eventof partial deliveries, or even when the supplier assumes other services, e.g. shipping costs or delivery and installation. Ifan acceptance procedure has to be carried out, this is decisive for the transfer of risk. This process must take placeimmediately on the planned date of acceptance, alternatively after the supplier gives the notification of readiness foracceptance. The customer may not reject acceptance if there are no major faults / defects.

In the event of delay or failure of the dispatch or acceptance on grounds, for which the supplier is not responsible, therisk will be transferred to the customer from the day of notification of the dispatch or readiness for acceptance on partof the supplier. If the customer demands, the supplier shall take out the insurances at the cost of the customer.

Part deliveries may be made, but only if the customer finds these reasonable.

§ 6 Retention of title

The delivered goods shall remain the property of the supplier till the customer pays all the liabilities resulting from thisbusiness relationship.

As the manufacturer, the supplier shall be responsible for processing and altering the goods, though not liable. If the co-ownership of the supplier expires due to amalgamation, it is agreed that the co-ownership of the customer on the com-mon object shall be transferred to the supplier depending upon the corresponding percentage value of the invoice. Thecustomer shall preserve the ownership or co-ownership of the supplier free of cost.

The customer shall preserve and protect the ownership / co-ownership of the supplier against deterioration, mitigationor loss with utmost care, like an orderly businessman.

The customer has the right to process and sell the goods subject to retention of title during a regular business transac-tion. However, he does not have the right to pledge the goods or transfer them by way of security. The customer shallassign the receivables earned by him from the resale of goods subject to retention of title or from any other legal gro-unds pertaining to these goods completely to the supplier by way of security, along with all the ancillary rights.

If third parties are given access to the goods subject to retention of title, the ownership right of the supplier on thesegoods is brought to the notice of the customer and the supplier is informed immediately of this interference. The custo-mer shall bear the costs incurred and compensate for the resultant damages.

In the event of default of payment on part of the customer, the supplier will have the right to withdraw from the contractand take back the goods at the customer’s cost or, if required, demand an assignment / transfer of the handover claimsof the customer against the third party. The supplier’s right to demand compensation of damages shall remain unaffec-ted. This shall also apply if the customer carries out activities contrary to the contract.

If the customer demands, the supplier shall release the securities at his disposal such that the realisable value of hisremaining securities exceeds the receivables to be secured by more than 20%. The supplier decides which securitieshe will release.

If the customer behaves contrary to the terms of the contract, particularly if he is default of payment, the supplier is ent-itled to take back the delivered goods after sending a corresponding reminder. In that case, it is obligatory for the custo-mer to hand over the goods.

If the customer files an application for initiating insolvency proceedings, the supplier shall have the right to withdraw fromthe contract and demand immediate handover of the delivery object.

§ 7 Claims for defects

Excluding all the other claims, the supplier gives the guarantee for material defects and defects of title, subject to § 8.

Material defectsThe supplier shall repair or replace all parts that are proved as defective due to certain circumstances prevalent beforethe transfer of risk, as per the supplier’s discretion. The customer shall immediately notify the supplier in writing of suchdefects. The replaced parts will be the property of the supplier.

The customer shall discuss with the supplier and agree upon a specific period and provide him with the requisite facili-ties for the apparent repairs or replacement deliveries to be made; if the customer fails to do so, the supplier will not beliable for the consequences. However, in cases of extreme emergency, when the operational safety is at risk or there isa possibility of an even greater damage, whereby the supplier must be immediately informed, the customer has the rightto eliminate the defect himself or involve the services of a third party and demand compensation of the expenses incur-red from the supplier.

Return deliveries of goods should be generally free; freight forwarded consignments will not be accepted.If reclamation is justified, the postal charges are compensated.

The supplier shall bear the direct costs for the repairs or replacement delivery and, if the claim is justified, also the costsfor the replacement as well as the shipping costs. Besides, the supplier shall bear the installation and dismantling costs,the costs required for the provision of the corresponding technicians and assistants and transportation costs, providedthat this does not put an unreasonably high burden upon the supplier.Within the framework of the legal guidelines, the customer has the right to withdraw from the contract if the supplier failsto carry out the repair operations or make the replacement delivery following a material defect within the reasonable termassigned for this purpose (whereby the legal exceptions will be taken into account). If the defect is insignificant, thecustomer only has a right to reduce the contract price. In all other cases, the right to reduce the contract price is exclu-ded.

Other claims are specified in § 8 of these terms and conditions.

The supplier does not give any guarantee for the delivered goods in the event of:

Inappropriate use, incorrect assembly or commissioning by the customer or a third party, natural wear, faulty or carelesshandling, inappropriate maintenance, unsuitable operating resources, chemical, electro-chemical or electric influences,provided that the supplier is not responsible for the same.

If the repair operations are undertaken by the customer himself or by a third party, the supplier shall not assume any lia-bility for the consequences.

The same shall apply if the customer makes changes to the delivery object without the prior consent of the supplier.

Defects of titleIf the use of the delivery object leads to a violation of the industrial property rights or copyrights within the country, thesupplier shall, at his own cost, procure and grant the customer the right to further use or modify the delivery object (ina manner reasonably acceptable to the customer), so that there is no violation of the industrial property rights.

If this is not possible under economically reasonable conditions or within a reasonable period of time, the customer isentitled to withdraw from the contract. Under the given pre-requisites, the supplier also has the right to withdraw fromthe contract.

Moreover, the supplier shall exempt the customer from undisputed or legally ascertained claims of the respective pro-prietor.

The obligations of the supplier mentioned in §7, pt. 7 are subject to § 8, pt. 2 with respect to the violation of the indu-strial property right or copyright.

These obligations are valid if

- the customer immediately notifies the supplier of the asserted violations of industrial property rights or copyrights,

- the customer supports the supplier to a reasonable extent in the process of warding off the asserted claims or the supplier allows the modification measures as defined under § 7, pt. 7,

- all the defence measures including out-of-court settlements remain reserved for the supplier,

- the defect of title is not the result of a direction of the customer and

- the infringement was not because of an unauthorised modification made by the customer to the delivery object or aninappropriate use (not in conformance with the contractual terms) of the object.

§ 8 Liability

If the customer is unable to use the delivery object in conformance with the contract due to a fault on part of the sup-plier, e.g. as a result of incomplete or wrong suggestions and consultation offered before or after the conclusion of thecontract or due to the violation of other incidental contractual obligations (particularly of the operating and maintenanceinstructions for the delivery object), the terms mentioned under §§7 and 8, pt. 2 shall apply accordingly under exempti-on of other claims of the customer.

The supplier shall assume the liability for damages that are not directly caused to the delivery object (on any legal gro-unds whatsoever) only under the following circumstances:- purposeful act - gross negligence on part of the owner / institution or managerial employee- if there is culpable injury to life, physical injury or damage to health - if defects are found in the delivery object, which the supplier has hidden with malicious intent or whose absence he

had guaranteed in writing- if defects are found in the delivery object, for which liability must be assumed in conformance with the Product Liability

Law in the event of damage to life or property during the private use of objects.

In the event of culpable violation of important contractual obligations, the supplier shall also assume the liability for neg-ligence as well as gross negligence on part of the non-managerial employees, for the former case limited to the rea-sonably foreseeable damages typical to the contract. No other claims are valid.

§ 9 Statute of limitation

All claims raised by the customer, resulting from any legal grounds whatsoever, shall expire in 12 months. For damagecompensation claims as mentioned under § 8, pt. 2a-e, the legal terms shall apply.

§ 10 Confidentiality

The customer shall handle all the information, know-how and other business secrets revealed to him in the course ofexecution of the respective order in a strictly confidential manner. He shall not forward any information, drawings, sket-ches or other documents or make these accessible to a third party without the express consent from the supplier.

§ 11 Industrial property rights, usage right and patent rights

As long as the supplier manufactures goods on the basis of an order as per the instructions and guidelines given by thecustomer and delivers these to the customer, the customer shall guarantee the supplier that the goods and services pro-vided by him will not lead to an infringement of the industrial property rights of third parties. The customer shall exemptthe supplier from all the third-party claims and compensate for the damages borne by him.

If the supplier provides the customer with tools, proposals for installation, drawings or other documents along with thegoods, he shall retain the ownership of these as well as all the industrial property rights and usage right. The customermay use these only within the scope of the agreement to sale. However, he shall not have the right to reproduce suchobjects or make these accessible to third parties.

§ 12 Final clauses

The supplier has the right to store and process all data about the customer acquired in the process of development ofcontract for his own purpose under observance of the Federal Data Protection Act.

If individual clauses of this contract are rendered ineffective, the parties to the contract shall replace the ineffective clau-se with a clause that comes closest to fulfilling the commercial aim strived at with the former clause.

The Court of jurisdiction is Stuttgart.

Unless specified otherwise in the order confirmation, the place of fulfilment will be the business location of the supplier.

All the legal relationships between the supplier and the customer shall be governed by the German Law.

Terms and Conditions1

1 10

System description 2

Individual Units Pre-Filters 3

Micro-Filters 4

Activated-Charcoal-Filters 5

Combinations 6

Service Units G1/4 Pre-Filter – Micro-Filter – Regulator 7Special Filter Combination

Accessories and Main spare parts 7

microair G1/2 8

List of Contentsvma

22

vma

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

Filter System v-m-avma

2

2

2

Dimensions

Compressed-air treatment for the most critical requirementsCleaning of compressed air with standard filters is insufficient for many applications.For cases of this kind, the filter system V-M-A, available as single units or combinations,offers a wide range of filters to meet all requirements, from technical-clean air working equipment via process air to odour-free air for breathing.Housing assembled from vma modular system for direct flange mounting with sizes I andII. Two sizes of housing and 6 different sizes of filter element. Connecting threads fromG 1/4 to G 2 in accordance with DIN-ISO 228. Housings and bowls are made of aluminium,plastic-coated or anodised, protected against corrosion, attractive appearance, easy toclean. Differential pressure gauges. Indicates the pressure drop in filters. We recommend thatthe filter element is changed when the pressure drop exceeds 0,6 bar (red zone). Full exploi-tation of service life of filter saves money-timely replacement stops wastage of energy.Gauges can be fitted as desired to be readable from front or rear (double scale).Kit for bracket mounting of single units and combinations available as an accessory.Filter elements. For every size of filter-three different elements of identical dimensions. Seefollowing pages for detailed description.Fully automatic drain valve. Fitted as standard to pre-filters and micro-filters. Mountedoutboard, easily accessible for maintenance. Minimum operating pressure 4 bar. Manually-operated drain valve. Fitted as standard in the form of a drain screw in the caseof activated charcoal-filters, since these are not subject to condensation.

Single units Pre-filters, Micro-filters, Activated-charcoal-filtersThe structure of the v-m-a range as regards individual sizes and connecting threads is asfollows: Two different sizes of housing are available with two or four different bowl lengths,which makes a total of 6 different nominal sizes or element sizes. For each size, two diffe-rent connection threads are available (even three for the smallest sizes), thus making a totalof 13 different versions of each single unit or combination.The relationship between filter size and connecting thread is shown in the table below:

CombinationsPre-filter - micro-filterMicro-filter - activated-charcoal-filterPre-filter - micro-filter - activated-charcoal-filterCombinations are assembled from single units in the case of sizes I and II by simple flange-mounting, using four tapered sleeves with screws and nuts. The working sequence for flange mounting is as follows:1. Lay the first unit on the table, with the flange face uppermost.2. Insert the sealing ring and four nuts into the appropriate recesses.3. Position the next unit with its flange face downwards.4. Fit the tapered sleeves one at a time and tighten the screws lightly.5. Fully tighten the screws, working crosswise.

Operation: As a protection of the differential pressure gauge the unit must be charged slowly with pressure after assembly, so that a pressure equalization persists.

Filter elementsThe three different filter elements available for each size of filter have identical dimensions:v Pre-filter element - sintered Polyethylen, chiefly for filtering of solid matter.m Micro-filter element - borosilicate glass microfiber, chiefly to remove aerosols.a Activated-charcoal-filter element - for adsorption of oil vapours.Since the flow direction with pre-filters and micro-filters or activated-charcoal-filters is diffe-rent, attention must be paid to this when changing filter elements or reassembling filters.The service life of filters up to the recommended time for replacement (when the pressuredrop reaches 0,6 bar) is about 2000 hours of operation, depending on the incidence ofcontamination. We recommend a flow rate of between 10% and 80% of the specified nomi-nal values.

Housingsize I II

Nominal I 1 I 2 II 1 II 2 II 3 II 4size

Connectionthread G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2 G2

A 48 71B1/B2 24 / 12 48 / 12C 75 145 110 210 310 500

Size I1 I2 II1 II2 II3 II4

Pre-Filter – v –vma

Size Thread Unit Dimensions [mm] Mounting WeightW A B C E F G*** J K L [g ]

I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 83 335 83 57 41,5 410 40 48 M6 2100 I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 83 405 83 57 41,5 550 40 48 M6 2300II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 118 420 118 72 59 530 70 80 M8 4800II2 G 1*, G 11/4* 118 520 118 72 59 730 70 80 M8 5300II3 G 11/4*,G 11/2* 118 620 118 72 59 930 70 80 M8 5700II4 G 11/2*,G 2 118 810 118 72 59 1310 70 80 M8 6400

Size ThreadW Q**

I1 G 1/4, G 3/8, G 1/2 60 (1000)I2 G 1/2, G 3/4 120 (2000)II1 G 3/4, G 1 180 (3000)II2 G 1, G 11/4 320 (5333)II3 G 11/4, G 11/2 500 (8333)II4 G 11/2, G 2 800 (13333)

** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p1=6 bar and Δp= 0,05 bar.Dimensions

***Space required to change element.

Technical dataMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature +5 °C to +80 °CMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowConnection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)Minimum operating pressure

(manually-operated drain valve) up 0 bar(external-automatic drain valve A) 4 bar

Differential pressure gauge 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi)Efficiency 99,99 % referred to 2 μmCompressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Class 2

Pre-Filterswith differential pressure gauge and add-on automatic drain valve A

Rates of flow

Filter elements made out of sintered Polyethylen with high capacity . Application. Pre-filters for use with micro-filters and combinations of micro-filters/activated-charcoal-filters, and as after-filters for adsorptive, absorptive and refrigerating dryers, dust fil-ters for compressed air and other compressed gases.Efficiency 99,99 % referred to 2μm (solid contamination)Flow direction from inside to outside. Structure 1. Polyethylencylinder

2. End caps aluminiumMode of operation. As the compressed air enters the housing, the increased cross-section and the resulting reduction in velocity cause larger solid and liquid impurities to sepe-rate out and drop into the bowl. All contamination with a particle size of greater than 2μm is retained on the large-area surface of the starshaped folded filter material. The highcapacity of the filter ensures a long service life.Cleaning should if possible be carried out by washing the filter with a warm soap solutionand blowing it out from the inside to the outside. Cleaning should be carried out at the latestwhen the pressure drop reaches 0,6 bar, i.e. the pressure-gauge pointer enters the red zone.

Drain valves, see chapter 8

Size Thread Unit Element

I 1 G 1/4* 429.2102 429-152G 3/8* 429.2104 429-152G 1/2* 429.2106 429-152

I 2 G 1/2* 429.2206 429-156G 3/4 429.2208 429-156

II 1 G 3/4* 429.2308 429-158G 1* 429.2309 429-158

II 2 G 1* 429.2409 429-159G 11/4* 429.2410 429-159

II 3 G 11/4* 429.2510 429-161G 11/2* 429.2511 429-161

II 4 G 11/2* 429.2611 429-162G 2 429.2612 429-162

special option - how to order:429.x102

2 – with differential pressure gauge5 – without differential pressure gauge

For example:429.2102 without differential pressure gauge = 429.5102

* Inlet and outlet reduced 32

22

vma

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4 * Inlet and outlet reduced



Size ThreadW Q**

I1 G 1/4, G 3/8, G 1/2 78 (1300)I2 G 1/2, G 3/4 120 (2000)II1 G 3/4, G 1 245 (4080)II2 G 1, G 11/4 275 (4580)II3 G 11/4, G 11/2 390 (6500)II4 G 11/2, G 2 540 (9000)

** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p1=6 bar and Δp=0,1 bar.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

Micro-Filter – m –vma

2

Dimensions

2


Micro-Filters with differential pressure gauge and automatic drain valve A

Technical dataMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature +5 °C to +80 °CMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowConnection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)Minimum operating pressure

(manually-operated drain valve) up 0 bar(external-automatic drain valve A) 4 bar

Differential pressure gauge 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi)Efficiency 99,9999 % referred to 0,01 μmResidual oil content 0,01 ppmCompressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Dust / Oil, Class 1

Rates of flow

Borosilicate glass microfiber filters. Used mainly to filter out aerosols and solid contamination with a particle size of over 0,01μm. We recommend that a pre-filter V is fitted upstream.Application. Paint-spraying, sandblasting, control systems, vacuum systems, measuringinstruments, fluids, air for conveying devices, process air, aircushion bearings, air-conditio-ning systems.Efficiency 99,9999 % referred to 0,01 μm. Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.Flow direction from inside to outside.Structure 1. Inner support, perforated stainless steel.

2. Pre-filtration mesh.3. Borosilicate glass microfiber material.4. Support fabric.5. Outer support, perforated stainless steel.6. Foam-material sheath.7. End caps aluminium.

Mode of operation. Air, which should if possible be pre-cleaned (pre-filter), flows throughthe filter element from the inside to the outside. Coarse particles are first removed by the pre-filtration mesh, and fine filtration is then provided by the multi-layer borosilicate glassmicrofiber material. The high void content of 94 % between the glass fibres ensures a highcapacity for solid particles. Cleaning is not possible. The filter elements should be replacedat the latest when the pressure drop reaches 0,6 bar, i.e. the differential pressure-gaugepointer enters the red zone respectively after about 2000 hours of operation.



I 1 G 1/4* 430.2102 430-2G 3/8* 430.2104 430-2G 1/2* 430.2106 430-2

I 2 G 1/2* 430.2206 430-6G 3/4 430.2208 430-6

II 1 G 3/4* 430.2308 430-8G 1* 430.2309 430-8

II 2 G 1* 430.2409 430-9G 11/4* 430.2410 430-9

II 3 G 11/4* 430.2510 430-11G 11/2* 430.2511 430-11

II 4 G 11/2* 430.2611 430-12G 2 430.2612 430-12







*Size ThreadW Q**

I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 30 (500)I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 60 (1000)II1 G 3/4, G 1 90 (1500)II2 G 1, G 11/4 160 (2667)II3 G 11/4, G 11/2 250 (4167)II4 G 11/2, G 2 400 (6667)

** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measuredat p1=6 bar and Δp=0,12 bar.

Activated-Charcoal-Filter – a –vma


Dimensions

Technical dataMax.operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature +5 °C to +80 °CMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowConnection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)Differential pressure gauge 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi)Residual oil content 0,005 ppmCompressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Class 1

Activated-Charcoal-FiltersWithout differential pressure gauge but with manually-operated drain valve

Rates of flow

2

Activated-charcoal-filters for the adsorption of liquid vapours. We recommend that a micro-filter M is fitted upstream in all cases where dried air is not used.Application. Food industry, packing industry, beverage industry, air for breathing, pressu-re chambers, medicinal technology, dental technology, measurement technology.Efficiency Residual oil content 0,005 ppm.Flow direction from inside to outside.Structure 1. Activated-charcoal layer.

2. Filtration layer.3. Support sheath, perforated stainless steel.4. End caps aluminium.

Mode of operation. The pre-cleaned compressed air (from a dryer, micro-filter or micro-filter with pre-filter) first flows through the activated-charcoal layer. The thickness of this layerensures a sufficient contact time for the adsorption of liquid vapours. Any carried-over activated-charcoal particles are retained in the outer filter layer. In order to ensure a long service life for the filter, the compressed air which enters the activated-charcoal filter shouldnot contain any solid or liquid contamination.Cleaning or regeneration is not possible. The filter elements should be replaced at the latestafter about 2000 hours of operation.


I 1 G 1/4* 431.6102 431-2G 3/8* 431.6104 431-2G 1/2* 431.6106 431-2

I 2 G 1/2* 431.6206 431-6G 3/4 431.6208 431-6

II 1 G 3/4* 431.6308 431-8G 1* 431.6309 431-8

II 2 G 1* 431.6409 431-9G 11/4* 431.6410 431-9

II 3 G 11/4* 431.6510 431-11G 11/2* 431.6511 431-11

II 4 G 11/2* 431.6611 431-12G 2 431.6612 431-12


22

vma

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing


Size Thread Rates of flow Installation length [A]Q** v-m / m-a v-m-a

I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 30 (500)166 249

I 2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 60 (1000)II 1 G 3/4*, G 1* 90 (1500)

236 354II 2 G 1*, G 11/4* 160 (2667)II 3 G 11/4*, G 11/2* 250 (4167)II 4 G 11/2*, G 2 400 (6667)

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

2 Combinationvma

2

Rates of flow / Dimensions**Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p1=6 bar and Δp=0,12 bar.

For further technical data, see individual units.




Combinations (will be supplied as single components with connectors)

Pre-filter / micro-filter (v-m)

Micro-filter / activated-charcoal-filter (m-a)

Pre-filter / micro-filter / activated-charcoal-filter (v-m-a)

Size Thread v-m m-a v-m-a

I 1 G 1/4* 432.2102 433.2102 434.2102G 3/8* 432.2104 433.2104 434.2104G 1/2* 432.2106 433.2106 434.2106

I 2 G 1/2* 432.2206 433.2206 434.2206G 3/4 432.2208 433.2208 434.2208

II 1 G 3/4* 432.2308 433.2308 434.2308G 1* 432.2309 433.2309 434.2309

II 2 G 1* 432.2409 433.2409 434.2409G 11/4* 432.2410 433.2410 434.2410

II 3 G 11/4* 432.2510 433.2510 434.2510G 11/2* 432.2511 433.2511 434.2511

II 4 G 11/2* 432.2611 433.2611 434.2611G 2 432.2612 433.2612 434.2612


72

Service Unit / Accessoriesvma

Service units

Through the installation of maintenance units in the network of air (4-16 bar) is the provision of purified and reduced air.

The pre-filter and micro-filter clean air (solid impurity 0.01 micron and 0.01 ppm residual) channeled through the pressure regulator on the distribution and pressure hoses to the res-pective consumers (e.g. instrument sealing air).

Flow rate at 1 bar (Δp 0,2 bar) is 200 Nl/min.

Article Order No.

Combination G1/4 (Prefilter – Microfilter – Regulator) 432.017without differential pressure gauge, with automaticdrain valves, Bracket mounting inclusive, Regulator with gauge(range 0,5 - 3 bar) adjusted at 1 bar.

Combination G1/4 (Pre – Microfilter – Regulator) 432.002with differential pressure gauge for microfilter, with automaticdrain valves, Bracket mounting inclusive, Regulator with gauge(range 0,5 - 3 bar) adjusted at 1 bar.

22

vma

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

AccessoriesBG I BG II

Connectors for sizes I and II for flange connection of two units. Kit consists of one sealingring and four tapered sleeves, screws and nuts. Two kits are required for the flangeconnection of three units.Connectors Kit 429-29 429-33

Kit for bracket mounting for mounting on vertical surfaces. Consists of a mountingbracket and two screws to secure this to the unit, at the front or rear as desired.Bracket mounting Kit 429-25 429-27

Special wrench to dismantle used containers to replace the filter cartridge.

Special wrench (no picture) 429-70 429-92

Electronic drain valve of the new generation. Contactless measurement of accumulatedcondensate which is the discharged without the loss of valuable compressed air.Electronic drain valve 230 V AC 5370.200

Adapter set for growing at bowls5370-400

M 14 x 1 - G 1/2

Dimensions, see chapter 8

Main spare partsBG I BG II

Differential pressure gauges for all filters. Two-part scale 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi). Greenzone 0 to 0,6 bar, red zone 0,6 to 2 bar. Complete with mounting components for flangemounting (2 screws, 2 seals).Differential pressure gauge ø 70 5429.10

Drain valve A beetwen 4 and 16 bar when certain condensation level is reached, a floatactivates a pneumatic servo valve and the drain valve is opened.Drain valve A 5370.4


5429.10

5370.200

5370.4

Filter-regulating station for paint-sprayingAir quality according to ISO 8573.1 - Class 1

Stage One - Pre-filter with Automatic Drain ValveFinely sintered bronze filter, 5 μm filtration, for filtering solids and liquids, filtration efficiency 99 %, (reusable after washing)

Stage Two - Pressure Reducer gauge with solvent resistant glass protecting panelIndependent of primary pressure with increased precision, without air consumption, regulates the desired operating pressure from 0,5 to 10 bar.

Stage Three - Micro filterMulti-layered deep-bed filter with three-dimensional filtration by borosilicate fibrous web with high-capacity dirt-absorption. For fine filtration of solid particles in compressed airand oil-water aerosols up to a residual oil content of 0,01mg/m³. Chemically and biologicallyinactive, water-resistant. Stainless steel protective case and and aluminium cover. Filtration efficiency 99,99998 % at 0,01μmTested and approved according to LPV 0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer Instititute)

Supplementary element: activated carbon filter + distributor block with two outletscan be connected to 439.2 and to 439.3 with double nipple 185.77.

Stage Four - activated carbon filter

Breathing-air quality with significantly less contamination than the surrounding air.

Multi-layered activated carbon for the absorption of vaporized liquids and hydrocarbons(oil-aerosols, odours). Residual oil content 0,005 ppm.

Main spare partsPre-filter element 429-100Micro-filter element 430-6Activated-charcoal-filter element 431-6Pressure gauge ø 50 vertical, 0 - 16 bar 102Pressure gauge ø 63 horizontal, 0 - 16 bar 89

8

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

2 microairvma

2

Multi-stage compressed air preparation system with high-quality filter elements (pre-filter,micro-filter and, if needed, activated carbon-filter) for optimal paint results, avoiding (render-ing unnecessary) costly retouching work and preventing operational failure. Removes conta-mination such as H2O, CO, CO2, hydrocarbons and dust particles. High flow-rate (3000Nl/min) with differential pressure gauge as an individual indicator of the degree of contami-nation. Provides optimal economic efficiency, service and safety.

Filter regulating station with 2 ball valves G 3/8 439.2

Filter regulating station with 2 couplings DN 7,2 439.3

Bracket mounted

Article Unit

Activated carbon filter + distributor with 2 couplings DN 7,2 439.4

Technical DataThread G 1/2

Primary pressure 16 barTemperature range +5 °C up to +80 °CFlow rate 3000 Nl/minWashers NBRMaterials Housing Al, CuZn39Pb3

Distributor, bowl Plastic (coated)

Additional applications:Sand blastingChemical industrySynthetics industryProduction of paints and varnishesPackaging industryTechnical specification subject to prior change

List of Contentsstandard

Filter Small, Medium 2

Compact, Large, Max 3

Super 4

Filter - 40 bar I, II, Super 5

Filter - 60 bar I, II 6

Micro-Filter Small 7

Medium, Large 8

Super 9

Micro-Filter - 40 bar I, II, Super 10

Micro-Filter - 60 bar I, II 11

Small Pressure Regulator 12

Pressure Regulator Small, Intermediate, Medium 13


Super 15

Pressure Regulator Brass Small, Medium 16

Pressure Regulator - 60 bar I, II 17

Pressure Line Regulator 18Up To 150 bar Outlet Pressure

Precision Pressure Regulator 19

Pressure Regulator With 20Internal Gauge In Setting Knob

Water Pressure Regulator Small, Medium, Large, Max 21

Lubricator Small, Medium 22


Super 24

Small Lubricator For Air Pressure Tools 25

Filter Pressure Regulator Small, Medium 26

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit Small, Medium 27

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Small, Medium 28


Super 30

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Plastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-112 322-118semi-automatic drain valve 322-113 322-119external-automatic drain valve A 322-114 322-120Bowl ring 287-25 297-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 287-6 297-10Filter element40 μm (mounted) 287-10 267-37

5 μm 287-13 298-9

Bracket mounting 322-24 322-25Bowl protection for plastic bowlwith bowl ring 322-130 322-131

Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 324-101 324-109semi-automatic drain valve 324-113 324-117external-automatic drain valve A 324-114 324-118Bowl ring 287-25 297-2

Small 370.21* 370.22* 370.23 -Medium - - 370.35* 370.36

Small 322.521* 322.522* 322.523 -Medium - - 322.535* 322.536

Small 322.21* 322.22* 322.23 -Medium - - 322.35* 322.36


Size Small MediumPort G 1/8*,G 1/4*,G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2

A 56 56 56 87 87

B 57 57 50 88 80

C 19 19 19 24 24

D** 135 135 135 172 172

Small Medium

Small Medium

Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow** 1.050Nl/min 4.670 Nl/minMax. operating pressure

plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature

plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 25 cm³ 80 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 PN 25Weight 390 g 950 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Filters

with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valve

with plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valve

with plastic bowl and external-automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)

Accessories

Main spare parts

special option - how to order:322.21 x

M – metal bowlS – bowl protection

For example:322.21 with bowl protection = 322.21S

** -semi-automatic drain valve +10 mm-external-automatic drain valve +90 mm

3

Filterstandard

Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flowp2 [bar]

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750

Small G 3/8 p2 [bar]

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

Medium G 1/2

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rustparticles) from the air in the work place. The cleansing is done in two stages by means ofcycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination). Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3


Size Compact Large MaxPort G 3/4*, G1 G3/4*, G1 G11/4*,G11/2

A 102 90 133 133 133 133

B 102 90 134 120 134 120

C 38 38 36 36 46 46

D** 175 175 206 206 216 216Plastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-118 322-122 322-122semi-automatic drain valve 322-119 322-123 322-123external-automatic drain valve A 322-120 322-124 322-124Bowl ring 297-2 279-2 279-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9Filter element40 μm (mounted) 267-37 281-14 281-14

5 μm 298-9 - -

Bracket mounting 405-4 281-26 281-26Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 322-131 281-24 281-24Bowl ring - 300-31 300-31Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 324-109 322-125 322-125semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126 322-126external-automatic drain valve A 324-118 322-127 322-127Bowl ring 297-2 279-2 279-2

Compact 370.38* 370.39 - -Large 370.48* 370.49 - -Max - - 370.410* 370.411



Compact Large Max

Compact Large Max

Technical data Compact Large MaxNominal rates of flow** 6.700 Nl/min 10.000 Nl/min 12.500 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 80 cm³ 260 cm³ 260 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 1320 g 1870 g 2120 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy alu alloy aluminumFilter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Size G 3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2

3

Filters






For example:405.38 with bowl protection = 405.38S

Accessories

Main spare parts


Filterstandard

Dimensions [mm]

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rustparticles) from the air in the work place. The cleansing is done in two stages by means ofcycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination). Port sizes G 3/4 to G11/2.

p2 [bar] Large

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 13000 16000 18000

p2 [bar] Max

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 4000 7000 10000 12000 14000 17000 20000


322.49

Rates of flowp2 [bar] Kompakt

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d



For example:456.212 with metal bowl = 456.212M

Plastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-122semi-automatic drain valve 322-123external-automatic drain valve A 322-124Bowl ring 279-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 279-9Filter element40μm (mounted) 454-35 μm 454-11

Bracket mounting 457-12Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 281-24Bowl ring 300-31Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-125semi-automatic drain valve 322-126external-automatic drain valve A 322-127Bowl ring 279-2

Super 456.611* 456.612

Super 456.511* 456.512

Super 456.211* 456.212


Size SuperPort G11/2* G 2

A 160 140

B 140 140

C 42,5 42,5

D** 330 330

Size G11/2 G2

Super

Super

3

Technical data SuperNominal rates of flow** 15830 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 500 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5340 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumFilter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,5 bar

Filters




Accessories

Main spare parts

Filterstandard


Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rustparticles) from the air in the work place. The cleansing is done in two stages by means ofcycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination). Port sizes G11/2 to G2.


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3

Technical data I II SuperNominal rates of flow** 2660 Nl/min 6000 Nl/min 15830 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³ 300 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50Weight 1220 g 2000 g 5800 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminiumMetal bowl brass aluminumFilter element sintered bronze


Compressed air filters in modular design with condensation drain, manually operated***. Filter element of sintered bronze. Body of aluminium (black anodized). Bowl of brass. Test certificate for pressure bowl included.


40 bar Filterstandard

Dimensions [mm]

Size I II SuperPort G 3/8*,G 1/2 G 3/4*, G1 G11/2*,G2

A 65 80 140

B 200 210 285

C 65 80 120

D 70 62 92 80 160 140

E 32 40 42,5

F 31 40 70

G** 250 285 350

**Space required to change element.

Rates of flow

30354045

25

5

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

101520

Q [Nl/min]

445.009 - G1

p2

[bar

]

445.016

40 bar FiltersSize G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G11/2 G2

I 445.015* 445.016 - - - - IIII - - 445.008* 445.009 - -Super - - - - 454.411* 454.412

Accessories I II Super

Bracket mounting for housing 445-39 445-28 429-27

Main spare parts I II Super

Filter elements40 μm (mounted) 394-16 267-37 454-35 μm 394-37 298-9 454-11Manual drain valve for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41*** 275-41***

*** Condensate drain under pressure only to 25 bar range

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Compressed air filters in modular design with condensation drain, manually operated. Filter element of sintered bronze. Body of aluminium (black anodized). Bowl of brass. Test certificate for pressure bowl included.

60bar Filterstandard

6 * Inlet and outlet reduced3

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3

Rates of flow

3035404550556065

25

5

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

101520

Q [Nl/min]

475.009 - G1

p2

[bar

]

Technical data I IINominal rates of flow** 2660Nl/min 6000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 60 bar (PN 60)Operating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 15 DN 20Weight 1400 g 3000 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumMetal bowl brassFilter element sintered bronze


Dimensions [mm]

Size I IIPort G 3/8*, G 1/2 G 3/4*, G1

A 65 80

B 185 200

C 65 80

D 70 65 92 80

E 25 30

F 33 40

G** 205 285


60 bar FiltersSize G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

I 475.015* 475.016 - -II - - 475.008* 475.009

Accessories I II

Bracket mounting for housing 445-39 445-28

Main spare parts I II

Filter element40 μm (mounted) 394-16 267-37

5 μm 394-37 298-9Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41*** 275-41***

*** Condensate drain under pressure only to 25 bar range

Micro-Filterstandard



For example:403.21- with bowl protection = 403.21S

Technical data SmallNominal rates of flow** 560 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume max. to MicrofilterelementMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 380 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element borosilicate glass microfiberPlastic bowl polycarbonate


Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purityof the compressed air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter theyremove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm. Port size G 1/8 to G 3/8.

Size SmallPort G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8

A 56 56 56

B 57 57 50

C 19 19 19

D** 135 135 135


Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750



Micro-FiltersSize G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8

with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valveSmall 403.21* 403.22* 403.23

with plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveSmall 403.521* 403.522* 403.523

with plastic bowl and add-on automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)Small 403.121* 403.122* 403.123

Accessories Small

Bracket mounting 322-24Bowl protection for plastic bowlwith bowl ring 322-130Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 324-101semi-automatic drain valve 324-113external-automatic drain valve A 324-114Bowl ring 287-25

Main spare parts Small

Plastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 403-9semi-automatic drain valve 403-26external-automatic drain valve A 403-30Bowl ring 287-25Sealing ringfor all bowls 287-6Micro-Filter element with seal0,01 μm (M 10 x 1 – ø28 x 68) 403-1

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Size Medium LargePort G 3/8*, G 1/2 G 3/4*, G1

A 87 87 133 133

B 88 80 134 120

C 24 24 36 36

D** 172 172 206 206


Technical data Medium LargeNominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 4000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume max. to MicrofilterelementMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 15 DN 20Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 PN 25Weight 980 g 1900 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy aluminumFilter element borosilicate glass microfiberPlastic bowl polycarbonate




For example:403.35- with bowl protection = 403.35S

Micro-Filterstandard

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3


Dimensions [mm]

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purityof the compressed air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter theyremove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm. Port size G 3/8 to G1.


Micro-Filters Size G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valveMedium 403.35* 403.36 - -Large - - 403.48* 403.49

with plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveMedium 403.535* 403.536 - -Large - - 403.548* 403.549

with plastic bowl and external-automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)Medium 403.135* 403.136 - -Large - - 403.148* 403.149

Accessories Medium Large

Bracket mounting 322-25 281-26Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 298-8 281-24Bowl ring 297-13 300-31Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 324-109 322-125semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126external-automatic drain valve A 324-118 322-127Bowl ring 297-2 279-2

Main spare parts Medium Large

Plastic bowl with seal and manually-operated drain valve 360-12 360-25**semi-automatic drain valve 403-28 403-29**external-automatic drain valve A 403-32 403-33**Bowl ring 297-2 279-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 297-10 279-9Filter element with seal0,01 μm (M 23x1 – ø 50x98) 403-3 -0,01 μm (M 35x1,5 – ø 75x125) - 403-4

** without seal

Rates of flowp2 [bar] Medium G 1/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

p2 [bar] Large G1

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000



3

Technical data SuperNominal rates of flow** 7000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume max. to MicrofilterelementMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5400 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumFilter element borosilicate glass microfiberPlastic bowl polycarbonate


Micro-FiltersSize G11/2 G2

with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valveSuper 403.511* 403.512

with plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveSuper 403.5511* 403.5512

with plastic bowl and external-automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)Super 403.1511* 403.1512

Accessories Super

Bracket mounting 457-12Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 281-24Bowl ring 300-31Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-125semi-automatic drain valve 322-126external-automatic drain valve A 322-127Bowl ring 279-2

Main spare parts Super

Plastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 322-122semi-automatic drain valve 322-123external-automatic drain valve A 322-124Bowl ring 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9Filter element with seal0,01 μm (ø 63 x 115) 454-17

BG SuperG11/2* G 2

A 140 140

B 133 133

C 42 42

D** 330 330

** - semi-automatic drain valve +10 mmexternal-automatic drain valve +90 mm

Dimensions [mm]



for example:403.512 with metal bowl = 403.512 M

Micro-FilterstandardMicroborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purityof the compressed air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter theyremove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm. Port size G1 1/2 to G2.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G1/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] G1

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

40 bar Micro-Filterstandard

445.116

Technical data I II SuperNominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 3000 Nl/min 7000Nl/minMax. operating pressure 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume max. to MicrofilterelementMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50Weight 1220 g 2000 g 5800 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumMetal bowl brass aluminumFilter element borosilicate glass microfiber


Compressed air filters in modular design with condensation drain, manually operated. Filter element of Borosilicate microfiber fleece. Body of aluminium (black anodized). Bowl ofbrass. Test certificate for pressure bowl included. Micro-filters guarantee as the secondstage best possible quality with an effectiveness of 99,9999 % based on 0,01 μm. Residualoil content 0,01 ppm. The filter element with a pore size lower than 0,01 μm are of borosili-cate filter with supporting casing made of stainless steel (V2A) and foamed plastic cover.Flow passes from inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months.

Dimensions [mm]

Size I II SuperPort G 3/8*,G 1/2 G 3/4*, G1 G11/2*,G2

A 65 80 140

B 200 210 285

C 65 80 120

D 70 65 92 80 160 140

E 32 40 42,5

F 31 40 70

G** 250 285 350


40 bar Micro-FiltersSize G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G11/2 G2

I 445.115* 445.116 - - - - IIII - - 445.108* 445.109 - -Super - - - - 454.511* 454.512

Accessories I II Super

Bracket mounting for housing 445-39 445-28 429-27

Main spare parts I II Super

Filter elements0,01 μm 448-8 403-3 454-17Manual drain valve for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41*** 275-41***

*** Condensate drain under pressure only to 25 bar rangeFor maximum working life we recommend using a

normal filter 40 bar as first stage.


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3


60 bar Micro-Filterstandard

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G1

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

Compressed air filters in modular design with condensation drain, manually operated. Filter element of Borosilicate microfiber fleece. Body of aluminium (black anodized). Bowl ofbrass. Test certificate for pressure bowl included. Micro-filters guarantee as the secondstage best possible quality with an effectiveness of 99,9999 % based on 0,01 μm. Residualoil content 0,01 ppm. The filter element with a pore size lower than 0,01 μm are of borosili-cate filter with supporting casing made of stainless steel (V2A) and foamed plastic cover.Flow passes from inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months.

Technical data I IINominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 3000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 60 bar (PN 60)Operating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume max. to MicrofilterelementMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 15 DN 20Weight 1400 g 3000 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumMetal bowl brassFilter element borosilicate glass microfiber


Dimensions [mm]

BG I IIG 3/8*, G 1/2 G 3/4*, G1

A 65 80

B 185 200

C 65 80

D 70 65 92 80

E 25 30

F 33 40

G** 205 285


60 bar Micro-FiltersSize G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

I 475.115* 475.116 - -II - - 475.108* 475.109

Accessories I II

Bracket mounting for housing 445-39 445-28


Filter element with seal0,01 μm 448-8 403-3Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41*** 275-41***

*** Condensate drain under pressure only to 25 bar rangeFor maximum working life we recommend using a

normal filter 60 bar as first stage.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Small Pressure Regulatorstandard

Technical dataNominal rates of flow* 600 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 16 bar at max. +50 °C (122 °F)Operating temperature -10°C up to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 300 gMaterial

Housing aluminumCover PA6-GF30Handwheel POMGuide pin, disc PACone, diaphragm NBR

* measured at p1 = 10 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 barAlso to be used with neutral and non-toxic gases

Small Pressure Regulator 0,5 - 10 bar

Size G 1/4

Small 301.223

Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) in round shape. Relieving (feedback control), form exten-sive amount of independence and compensation are given. Typically ranges 0,5 bar to 6, and10 bar. Operation by handwheel, lockable. Gauges mounted on both sides. Panel or bracketmounting if desired. Connecting thread G 1/4.Note: To avoid losses should be a pre-filter.

3C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g

123

special option - how to order:301.xxx

1 – 0,2 - 3 bar2 – 0,5 - 6 bar operating pressure range3 – 0,5 - 10 bar

2 – thread (2 = G 1/4)2 – with pressure gauge4 – without pressure gauge

For example:301.223 – but without pressure gauge and 0,5 - 6 bar = 301.422

Accessories Small

Bracket mounting at cover 443-36Panel mounting 381-32Panel thread M 30 x 1,5

Main spare parts Small

Pressure gauge ø 40display range 0 - 4 bar 709

0 - 6 bar 7140 - 10 bar 7230 - 16 bar 734

Seal cone complete 301-3Diaphragm complete 301-6

3* Inlet and outlet reduced 13

Size Small Intermediate MediumPort G 1/8*, G 1/4*, G 3/8 G 1/8*, G 1/4*, G 3/8 G 3/8*, G 1/2

A 61 61 54 77 77 70 90 82

C 30 30 30 33 33 33 34 34

D 100 100 100 127 127 127 136 136

E 67 67 67 78 78 78 85 85

Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2 bar

p2 [bar] Small G1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500

p2 [bar] Intermediate G3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

p2 [bar] Medium G1/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

323.333


1 – 0,5 - 3 bar

operating pressure range2 – 0,5 - 6 bar3 – 0,5 - 10 bar4 – 0,5 - 16 bar

– thread (1 = G 1/8, 2 = G 1/4, 3 / 5 = G 3/8, 6 = G 1/2)2 – handwheel with pressure gauge3 – toggle with pressure gauge4 – handwheel without pressure gauge5 – toggle without pressure gauge


Technical data Small Intermediate MediumNominal rates of flow** 1000 Nl/min 2000 Nl/min 2670 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 25 bar (PN 25)Operating temperature -10°C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 10 DN 15Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 % < 2 % < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 620 g 1150 g 1350 gMaterial

Diaphragm NBRSeals NBRHousing zinc alloy

** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 barAlso to be used with neutral and non-toxic gases

Pressure regulators (diaphragm type) keep the working pressure constant regardless of pres-sure fluctuations in the system and of air consumption, providing secondary air exhaust (relie-ving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Working pressure ranges from0,5 to 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar. Operation by means of a toggle or handwheel. Special models (forexample, without secondary air exhaust) upon request. Gauge can be mounted on eitherside. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2. Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Accessories Small Intermediate Medium

Bracket mounting 323-68 280-134 280-132Panel mounting 323-69 323-66 280-133Panel thread M 14 x 1 M 20 x 1,5 M 22 x 1

Main spare parts Small Intermediate Medium

Pressure gauge ø 50 ø 63 ø 63display range 0 - 6 bar 42 213 213

0 - 10 bar 55 214 2140 - 16 bar 85 215 2150 - 25 bar 96 216 216

Seal cone complete 323-119 406-37 280-220Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-223 280-221

Pressure Regulatorstandard

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Pressure Regulators 0,5 - 10 bar

Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2

Small 323.313* 323.323* 323.333 -Intermediate 280.313* 280.323* 280.333 -Medium - - 280.353* 280.363


Size Compact Large MaxPort G 3/4*, G1 G 3/4*, G1 G11/4*, G11/2

A - - 116 116 116 116

B 96 90 95 83 128 114

C 47 47 41 41 50 50

D 139 139 175 175 190 190

E 89 89 - - - -

F 77 77 80 80 80 80

G 39 39 58 58 58 58

Dimensions [mm]


p2 [bar] Compact

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] Large

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

Technical data Compact Large MaxNominal rates of flow** 5330 Nl/min 7830 Nl/min 12160 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 25 bar (PN 25) 40 bar (PN 40) 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature -10 °C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Dependence upon supply pressure< 3 % < 1,5 % < 1,5 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 2050 g 3480 g 5260 gMaterial

Diaphragm NBRSeals NBRHousing zinc alloy brass brass


Pressure regulators (diaphragm type) keep the working pressure constant regardless ofpressure fluctuations in the system and of air consumption, providing secondary air exhaust(relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Working pressure rangesfrom 0,5 to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Operation by means of a toggle or handwheel (size Large+ Max for 16 and 25 bar with hexagon screw sw 19. Special models (for example, withoutsecondary air exhaust) upon request. Gauge can be mounted on either side. Port sizes G3/4

to G11/2.

Important: Use of filter always recommended.


Size G 3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2


Accessories Compact Large Max

Bracket mounting 406-17 280-239 280-239Panel mounting 406-18 - -Panel thread M 28 x 1,5

Main spare parts Compact Large Max

Pressure gauge ø 63 ø 63 ø 63display range 0 - 6 bar 213 213 213

0 - 10 bar 214 214 2140 - 16 bar 215 215 2150 - 25 bar 216 216 2160 - 40 bar - 217 217

Seal cone complete 406-32 280-218 280-235Diaphragm complete 406-50 280-219 280-219

3C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g


280.xxxLarge / Max

406.xxxCompact

special option - how to order:406.xxx (Compact) 280.xxxx (Large / Max)

1 – 0,5 - 3 bar 1 – 0,5 - 3 bar

2 – 0,5 - 6 bar 2 – 0,5 - 6 bar

3 – 0,5 - 10 bar 3 – 0,5 - 10 bar

4 – 0,5 - 16 bar 4 – 0,5 - 16 bar

– thread (8= G 3/4, 9= G 1) 5 – 0,5 - 25 bar

2 – handwheel with pressure gauge (to 10 bar) – thread (8= G 3/4, 9= G 1,

3 – toggle with presssure gauge 10= G 11/4, 11= G 11/2)

4 – handwheel without press. gauge (to 10 bar) 3 – toggle* with pressure gauge

6 – toggle without pressure gauge 5 – toggle* without pressure gauge

* 16 + 25 bar with hexagon screw

For example: 280.3113 – but without pressure gauge and 0,5 - 25 bar = 280.5115

p2 [bar] Max

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000




A 180 160

C 78 78

D 200 200

special option - how to order:417.xxxx

2 – 0,5 - 6 bar


– thread2 – with pressure gauge4 – without pressure gauge


Technical data Super

Nominal rates of flow** 25000 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 40 bar (PN 40)Outlet pressure range (P2) 0,5 to 6, 10, 16 and 25 barOperating temperature -10°C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 50Dependence upon supply pressure < 1 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,5 barWeight 5500 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing aluminum alloy


Dimensions [mm]

Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) with servomechanism. Port sizes G 11/2 to G 2. Secon-dary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure are pro-vided. Working pressure ranges: 0,5 to 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Two gauges (inlet andoutlet pressure) can be mounted on either side. Bracket mounting upon request.Important: Use of filter always recommended.


p2 [bar] Super G 2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000

Accessories Super

Bracket mounting 417-47

Main spare parts Super

Pressure gauge horizontal ø 63display range 0 - 10 bar 214

0 - 16 bar 2150 - 25 bar 2160 - 40 bar 2170 - 60 bar 218

“old Model” “new Model” **two diaphragm one diaphragm

Seal set (incl. Valves complete) 417-54 417-75Seal cone complete 417-15 417-67Diaphragm complete 417-26 417-66

** picture with one diaphragm(new Model)

Pressure Regulators 0,5 -10 bar

Size G11/2 G2

Super 417.2113* 417.2123Execution "remote control" on request

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Pressure Regulator Brassstandard

Size Small MediumPort G 1/4 G 1/2

A 45 72

B 23 30

C 81 115

D 35 52

E M20x1,5 M28x1,5

Dimensions [mm]

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow* 430 Nl/min 1250 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature -10 °C to +90 °COutlet pressure range (P2) 0,5 to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 barMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 12Dependence upon supply pressure < 10 % < 4 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 390 g 1000 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing brass


Pressure regulators (diaphragm type). Port size G 1/4 and G 1/2. Secondary air exhaust (relie-ving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Working pressure ranges 0,5to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Adjustment by means of a locknut. Gauge can be mounted oneither side. Panel mounting or bracket mounting upon request.Important: Use of filter always recommended.


1 – 0,5 - 3 bar2 – 0,5 - 6 bar3 – 0,5 - 10 bar operating pressure range4 – 0,5 - 16 bar5 – 0,5 - 25 bar

– thread (2 = G 1/4, 6 = G 1/2)3 – with pressure gauge (Model 286) (not at 25 bar)6 – with pressure gauge (Model 274)4 – without pressure gauge


Pressure Regulators Brass 0,5 - 10 bar

Size G 1/4 G 1/2

Small 286.323 -Medium - 274.663

Rates of flow p1=p2+2bar

p2 [bar] Klein

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 100 200 300 400 500

p2 [bar] Mittel

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Accessories Small Medium

Bracket mounting 286-88 274-48Panel mounting 286-89 274-49

Main spare parts Small Medium

Pressure gauge ø 40 ø 63display range 0 - 6 bar 714 213

0 - 10 bar 723 2140 - 16 bar 734 2150 - 25 bar 745 2160 - 40 bar - 217

Seal cone complete 286-120 274-75Diaphragm complete 0 - 3 bar 286-126 274-65

0 - 10 bar 286-126 274-660 - 25 bar 286-126 274-67

274.663

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3

163


60 bar Pressure Regulatorstandard

Dimensions [mm]

Pressure regulator (piston type). Port sizes G1. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almostcomplete independence of primary pressure are provided. Working pressure ranges: 0,5 to12, 22, 35 and 50 bar. Gauge can be mounted on either side. Bracket mounting uponrequest.Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Technical data BG I BG IINominal rates of flow* 1400 Nl/min 5000 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 60 bar (PN 60)Control range (P2) see special option - how to orderOperating temperature 10 °C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 12 DN 20Weight 1500 g 7100 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing brass


Accessories I II

Bracket mounting steel 274-48 302-19


Pressure gauge (built-in ø 63 horizontal) see chapter 9 page 47 + 48

Seal cone complete 406-37 302-6

Size I II

A 72 118C 31 51D 133 206F 66 80G 34 58

BG II

BG I


3 – 0,5 - 12 bar4 – 1,0 - 20 bar

operating pressure range5 – 2,0 - 35 bar6 – 3,0 - 50 bar

– thread (2 = G 1/4, 3 = G 3/8, 9 = G 1)3 – with pressure gauge5 – without pressure gauge


High Pressure Regulators 0,5 - 8 / 12 bar

BG I with handwheel (50 bar with hexagon screw) – BG II with toggle (50 bar with hexagon screw)

Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G1

I 302.323* 302.333 -II - - 302.393

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

760C

03P

17A

.201

304

Pressure Line Regulatorstandard

SizePort G 1/4

A 150

B 215

C 130

D 160

E 130

G G 1/4

Dimensions [mm]

Technical dataNominal rates of flow 50 bar = 2500 Nl/min

100 bar = 2700 Nl/min150 bar = 2900 Nl/min

Size Port G 1/4i female thread on both sidesGauge inlet ø 63, 0 - 200 barGauge outlet ø 63, 0 - 50 bar, 100 bar, 200 barMax. inlet pressure (P1) 200 bar (PN 200)Outlet pressure range (P2) 1 to 50 bar, 100 bar, 150 barOperating temperature -10 °C to +90 °CMounting psoition anyDirection of flow left to rightNominal width DN 3Over-pressure protection blow-off valveAdjustment toggle (50 bar - handwheel)Weight 2200 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing brass

Pressure line regulator for a maximum inlet pressure of 200 bars. Suitable for compressedair, nitrogen and other neutral compact gases.

Pressure Line Regulators up to 150 bar outlet pressure

Pressure range G 1/4

50 bar (with handwheel) 120.420100 bar

(with toggle)120.421

150 bar 120.422

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3

183

Precision Pressure Regulatorstandard

Size IPorts G 1/4

A 82

C 34

D 132

E 41

F 80

G 85

Dimensions [mm]

Technical data INominal rates of flow** 500 Nl/min Max. inlet pressure (P1) 10 bar (PN 10)Operating temperature -10 °C to +60 °COutlet pressure range (P2) 0,1 to 6 barMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 4Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 %Reversing control hysteresis < 0,1 barAir consumption < 2,5 l/minWeight 1400 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy

** measured from 2 - 6 bar, Δp = 1 barAlso to be used with neutral and non-toxic gases


2 – with pressure gauge4 – without pressure gauge

For example:435.222 – but without pressure gauge = 435.422

Pressure regulators (diaphragm type) with low operating air consumption. Port sizes G 1/4.

Secondary air exhaust (relieving) practically without hysteresis. Working pressure ranges0,1 to 6 bar. Gauge can be mounted on either side. Setting handwheel with locknut. Panelmounting or bracket mounting possible, if desired.Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Precision Pressure Regulators 0,1 - 6 bar

Size G 1/4

I 435.222*

Accessories I

Bracket mounting 280-132Panel mounting 280-133Panel thread M22x1

Main spare parts I

Pressure gauge (fine scale) ø 63display rage 0 - 6 bar 257



Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Pressure Regulator with Internal Gauge in Setting Knobstandard

Size IPort G 3/8

A 54

B 60

C 115

D 145

E 48

F 56

Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

p2 [bar] G3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Technical data INominal rates of flow* 1000 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 25 bar (PN 25)Outlet pressure range (P2) 0,5 to 3, 6, 10 and 16 barOperating temperature -10 °C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 10Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 985 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy and aluminum

* measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar


1 – 0,5 - 3 bar


For example:367.333 – but 0,5 - 16 bar = 367.334

Pressure regulators (diaphragm type), ideal for panel installation. Port size G 3/8. Secondaryair exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Workingpressure ranges from 0,5 to 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar. Gauge integrated in setting handwheel.Panel mounting possible if desired.Important: Use of filter always recommended.


Size G 3/8

I 367.333

Accessories I

Panel mounting 367-33

Main spare parts I

Pressure gauge (M8x1) ø 40display range 0 - 6 bar 673

0 - 10 bar 6740 - 16 bar 6750 - 25 bar 676


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3

203

3 21

Water Pressure Regulatorstandard

Size Small Medium Large MaxPort G 1/4 G 1/2 G1 G1 1/2

A 45 72 116 116

B 45 72 83 114

C 23 30 41 50

D 81 115 175 190

E 56 76 125 140

F 50 55 80 80

G 18 36 58 58

Dimensions [mm]

280.600280.1600

Pressure regulators protect water installations against line pressures that are too high.When the specification are observed, these can also be applied in industrial and commer-cial sectors. Deviations in pressure are avoided during use and the water consumption isreduced. The pressure set at different primary pressures is maintained at a constant level.Disturbing flow noises are reduced at the same time.

Water Regulators

Technical data Small Medium Large MaxNominal rates of flow* 2,5 l/min 15 l/min 24 l/min 56 l/minMax. inlet pressure (P1) 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature +5 °C to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 12 DN 20 DN 25Regulation handwheel toggleReversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 390 g 1000 g 3480 g 5260 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing brass

* measured at p1 = 7 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

pressure ranges [bar] 0,5 - 6 0,5 - 10 0,5 - 16 0,5 - 25with pressure gaugeSmall G 1/4 286.599 286.600 286.601 286.602Medium G 1/2 274.599 274.600 274.601 274.602Large G1 280.599 280.600 280.601 280.602Max G1 1/2 280.1599 280.1600 280.1601 280.1602without pressure gaugeSmall G 1/4 286.399 286.400 286.401 286.402Medium G 1/2 274.399 274.400 274.401 274.402Large G1 280.399 280.400 280.401 280.402Max G1 1/2 280.1399 280.1400 280.1401 280.1402

Size Small Medium Large Max

AccessoriesBracket mounting 286-88 274-48 280-239 280-239Panel mounting 286-89 274-49 – –Panel thread M20x1,5 M28x1,5

Size Small Medium Large Max

Main spare partsPressure Gauge ø 40 ø 63 ø 63 ø 630 - 6 bar 723 214 214 2140 - 10 bar 734 215 215 2150 - 16 bar 745 216 216 2160 - 25 bar 745 217 217 217

Seal cone complete 286-124 274-82 280-171 280-172Diaphragm complete 286-45 274-81 280-173 280-173

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow** 1160 Nl/min 4330 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 47 Nl/min 117 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 40 cm³ 135 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 8 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 400 g 890 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyPlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Recommended oil see chapterOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or syn-thetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C(in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils,especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

9

Lubricators add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, this effecting a constant and reliable lubrication of pneumatically controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc..Refilling oil while under pressure is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high dropconstancy for long periods of time. Also available with metal sight dome. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

LubricatorsSize G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2

with plastic bowlSmall 327.021* 327.022* 327.023 -Medium - - 327.035* 327.036


Bracket mounting 322-24 322-25Bowl protection for plastic bowlwith bowl ring 322-130 322-131Metal bowl with seal metal bowl 327-92 327-96Bowl ring 287-25 297-2Sight dome metalKit 327-67 327-67


Plastic bowl with sealplastic bowl 327-106 327-108Bowl ring 287-25 297-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 287-6 297-10Sight dome plasticKit 330-92 330-92

Size Small MediumPort G 1/8*, G 1/4*, G 3/8 G 3/8*, G 1/2

A 56 56 56 87 87

B 57 57 50 88 80

C 51 51 51 55 55

D 119 119 119 156 156

Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flowp2 [bar] Small G 3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

p2 [bar] Medium G 1/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 5000 5500



For example:327.023 – with bowl protection = 327.023S

Lubricatorstandard

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3



Technical Data Compact Large MaxNominal rates of flow** 6330 Nl/min 7330 Nl/min 7830 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 135 cm³ 360 cm³ 360 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 1270 g 1700 g 1970 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy aluminium aluminumPlastic bowl polycarbonate



9

Lubricators add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, this effecting a constant and reliablelubrication of pneumatically controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc..Refilling oil while under pressure is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time. Also available with metal sight dome. Port sizes G 3/4 to G 11/2.

Rates of flowp2 [bar] Compact

Q [Nl/min]

p2 [bar] Large

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500

p2 [bar] Max

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

Size Compact Large MaxPort G 3/4*, G1 G 3/4*, G1 G11/4*,G 11/2

A 102 90 133 133 133 133

B - - 134 120 134 120

C 69 69 58 58 65 65

D 166 166 190 190 200 200



For example:407.038 – with metal bowl = 407.038M

Dimensions [mm]

LubricatorsSize G 3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2

with plastic bowlCompact 407.038* 407.039 - -Large 300.080* 300.090 - -Max - - 327.410* 327.411

Accessories Compact Large Max

Bracket mounting 405-4 281-26 281-26Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 322-131 281-24 281-24Bowl ring 297-13 300-31 300-31Metal bowl with sealmetal bowl 327-96 327-112 327-112Bowl ring 297-2 279-2 279-2Sight dome metalKit 327-67**** 327-67 327-67

**** mounting

Main spare parts Compact Large Max

Plastic bowl with sealplastic bowl 327-108 327-111 327-111Bowl ring 297-2 279-2 279-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9Sight dome plasticKit - 330-92 330-92

Lubricatorstandard

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Lubricatorstandard


A 160 140

B 140 140

C 80 80

D 350 350



For example:457.012 – but with metal bowl = 457.012M

Dimensions [mm]

Rates of flowp2 [bar] Super G2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000

Plastic bowl with sealplastic bowl 327-111Bowl ring 279-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 279-9Sight dome metalKit 423-65

Bracket mounting 457-12Bowl protection for plastic bowlbowl protection 281-24Bowl ring 300-31Metal bowl with sealmetal bowl 327-112Bowl ring 279-2Sight dome plasticKit 423-179

Super 457.011* 457.012

Technical data SuperNominal rates of flow** 14000 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 170 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 600 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5290 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumPlastic bowl polycarbonate



Lubricatorswith plastic bowl

Size G11/2 G2

Accessories

Main spare parts

9

Super

Super

Lubricators add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, this effecting a constant and reliable lubrication of pneumatically controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc..Refilling oil while under pressure is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high dropconstancy for long periods of time. Also available with metal sight dome. Port sizes G11/2 to G2.


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3


Screw complete 317-56

(oil suction at lowest point) 317.12* 317.14

Connection thread G 1/4 G 3/8

Fog-Lubricators with plastic bowl

Oil mist produced during intermittently airflow

Main spare parts

G 1/4 female – G 1/4 male (oil suction at lowest point) 317.10

Connecting thread G 1/4

Technical dataMax. operating pressure (P1) 0,5 - 10 bar (PN 10)Nominal rates of flow ca. 2.000 l/min at 6 barOperating temperature 0 °C to +50 °CMounting position oil suction at lowest point!Direction of flow anyEffective bowl volume 5,5 cm³Dimensions 60 x 35 mmWeight 120 gMaterial

Housing cast aluminumPlastic bowl polycarbonate

Small-Lubricator with plastic bowl

Oil mist is created when flowing air stream

Fixed set small oiler for direct connection to pneumatic tools such as screwdrivers, grindersetc.. Connecting threads: G 1/4 female, G 1/4 male. Easy to fill with an oil filler cap. Oil mist iscreated with flowing air stream.

Lubricators (for standard oil fog lubrication) to be mounted on compressed air tools thatare used intermittently. Port sizes G 3/8 (with reduction G 1/4). Fixed adjustment of oil dosa-ge. Oil suction should be mounted opposite the filling screw, at the lowest point.

Technical dataMax. operating pressure (P1) 10 bar (PN 10)Operating temperature 0 °C to +50 °CMounting position oil suction at lowest point!Direction of flow anyEffective bowl volume 12 cm³Nominal width DN 8Weight 87 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminumPlastic bowl polycarbonate

Oil dosageThe permanently set dosage is about 0,4 cm³ per 100 working strokes. One filling lastsfor about 3000 cycles. The adjustment screw on the filler, seals with an O-ring and canbe adjusted.

Small Lubricatorfor Air Pressure Toolsstandard

Size IPort G 1/4* G 3/8

A 33 33

B 67 60

C 22 22

Dimensions [mm]

Recommended oil see chapter

Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frostor synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approximately22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C.

9

ewo Special Air OilOrder No.

Volume 1 litre 583

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow** 910 Nl/min 2660 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume 25 cm³ 80 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 % < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 840 g 2290 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyPlastic bowl polycarbonateFilter element sintered bronze

** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar


p2 [bar] Small G 3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 5000 5500

Compressed air filter and pressure regulator combined in one piece of equipment. The puri-fied compressed air is kept at constant pressure regardless of fluctuations in the system orin the air consumption. This equipment provides secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almostcomplete independence of primary pressure. Diaphragm regulator with working pressureranges from 0,5 to 6, 10 or 16 bar. Operation by toggle or handwheel. Special models alsoavailable (for example without air exhaust) upon request. Gauge can be mounted on the frontor back. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

Filter Pressure Regulators 0,5 - 10 bar

Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2

Small 324.313* 324.323* 324.333 -Medium - - 324.353* 324.363


Bracket mounting 323-68 280-132Bowl protection for plastic bowlwith bowl ring 322-130 322-131Metal bowl with sealand manually-operated drain valve 324-101 324-109Bowl ring 287-25 297-2


Plastic bowl with seal and manually-operated drain valve 322-112 322-118Bowl ring 287-25 297-2Sealing ringfor all bowls 287/6 297-10Pressure Gauge ø 50 ø 630 - 3 / 6 bar 42 2130 - 6 / 10 bar 55 2140 - 10 / 16 bar 85 2150 - 16 / 25 bar 96 216Seal cone complete 323-119 280-220Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-221Filter element40 μm (mounted) 287-10 267-375 μm 287-13 298-9

Filter Pressure Regulatorstandard


A 56 56 56 87 87

B 61 61 54 90 82

C 99 99 99 134 134

D 131 131 131 172 172

E 67 67 67 87 87

special option - how to order:324.xxx x

M - metal bowlS - bowl protection1 - 0,5 - 3bar2 - 0,5 - 6bar operating 3 - 0,5 - 10bar pressure range4 - 0,5 - 16bar

- thread (1G 1/8, 2G 1/4, 3+ 5G 3/8, 6G 1/2)2 - handwheel with gauge3 - toggle with gauge4 - handwheel without gauge5 - toggle without gauge

For example:324.333 - but without gauge, 0,5 - 10 bar

and metal bowl = 324.533M

Dimensions [mm]


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3



Two-Piece Maintenance Unitstandard

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow** 580 Nl/min 1830 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 50 Nl/min 117 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure

plastic bowl/metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature

plastic bowl/metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume

filter bowl/lubricator bowl 25 cm³ / 40 cm³ 80 cm³ / 135 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 % < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1400 g 3670 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyPlastic bowl polycarbonateFilter element sintered bronze

** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Can be combined with additional equipment to make other variations. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.


p2 [bar] Small G3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

p2 [bar] Medium G1/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Connector (double nipple)G 1/8 185.29 -G 1/4 185.33 -G 3/8 185.55 185.55G 1/2 - 185.77

Bracket mounting 323-68 280-132

Small 331.21* 331.22* 331.23 -Medium - - 331.35* 331.36

Small Medium

Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2



For example:331.21 – but with bowl protection = 331.21S

Recommended oil see chapterOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost orsynthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approximately22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers shouldbe used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metallubricator adjusting cap.

Two-Piece Maintenance Units0,5 - 10 bar

Accessories

9

Size Small MediumPort G 1/8*,G 1/4*, G 3/8 G 3/8*, G 1/2

A 124 124 124 182 182

B 130 130 122 184 176

C 99 99 99 134 134

D 131 131 131 172 172

E 67 67 67 87 87

Dimensions [mm]

Filter pressure regulator, see page 26Lubricators, see page 22


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d

Three-Piece Maintenance Unitstandard

Connector (double nipple)G 1/8 185.29 -G 1/4 185.33 -G 3/8 185.55 185.55G 1/2 - 185.77

Bracket mounting 323-68 280-132

Small 333.21* 333.22* 333.23 -Medium - - 334.35* 334.36

Technical data Small MediumNominal rates of flow** 500 Nl/min 1830 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 50 Nl/min 117 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume

filter bowl / lubricator bowl 25 cm³ / 40 cm³ 80 cm³ / 135 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Dependence upon supply pressure < 3 % < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1780 g 3220 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyPlastic bowl polycarbonateFilter element sintered bronze


Small Medium

Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2

Accessories





Three-Piece Maintenance Units0,5 - 10 bar

9

Maintenance unit consisting of a filter, a pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Numerous variations are possible by combining with other pieces of equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.


A 196 196 196 281 281

B 197 197 197 282 274

C 51 51 51 55 55

D 135 135 135 172 172

E 67 67 67 85 85

Dimensions [mm]

Filter, see page 2Pressure regulator, see page 13Lubricators, see page 22

Rates of flow p1= p2+ 2 bar

p2 [bar] Small G 3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3




p2 [bar] Compact G1

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] Large G1

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500

p2 [bar] Max G11/2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500

Connector (double nipple)G 3/4 415-13 415-13 -G1 415-12 415-14 -G11/2 - - 280-228

Bracket mounting (2x to order) 406-17 281-26 281-26


Technical data Compact Large MaxNominal rates of flow** 5330 Nl/min 6000 Nl/min 6670 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0° C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume

filter bowl / lubricator bowl 80 cm³ / 135 cm³ 260 cm³ / 360 cm³ 260 cm³ / 360 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Dependence upon supply pressure < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 5250 g 7270 g 9950 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing

Filter/Lubricator zinc alloy aluminum aluminumPressure Regulator zinc alloy brass brass

Filter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate


Size G 3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2

Compact Large Max






Accessories

9

Maintenance unit consisting of a filter, a pressure regulator and lubricator with a doublenipple. Numerous variations are possible by combining with other pieces of equipment.Port sizes G 1/4 to G11/2.

Size Compact Large MaxPort G 3/4*, G1 G 3/4*, G1 G11/4*, G11/2

A 290 290 426 426 426 426

B 315 290 382 370 382 370

C 69 69 58 58 58 58

D 176 176 206 206 206 206

E 90 90 130 130 130 130

Dimensions [mm]

Filter, see page 3Pressure regulator, page 14Lubricators, see page 23



Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

33

stan

dar

d


G2 454-9

Connector (double nipple)

Bracket mounting (with 2 bracket) 458-1

Super 458.211* 458.212

Technical data SuperNominal rates of flow** 11660 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 167 Nl/minMax. operating pressure


plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume

filter bowl / lubricator bowl 500 cm³ / 600 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Dependence upon supply pressure < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 17530 gMaterial

Diaphragm/Seals NBRHousing

Filter/Lubricator aluminumPressure Regulator alu alloy

Filter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate


Size G11/2 G2

Super






Accessories

9

Maintenance unit consisting of a filter, a pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Numerous variations are possible by combining with other pieces of equipment.Port sizes G11/2 to G2.


A 332 332

B 332 320

C 69 69

D 176 176

Dimensions [mm]


p2 [bar] Super G2

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500



Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

3


List of Contentsvariobloc

Overview 2 - 3

Filter Type 482 4

Micro-Filter Type 491 5

Membrane Air Dryer Type 494 6

Activated-Charcoal-Filter Type 493 7

Filter Pressure Regulator Type 480 8

Pressure Regulator Type 481 9

Batterie Regulator Type 490 10

Lubricator Type 483 11

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 488 12

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 489 13

Mobile Maintenance Unit Type 489 14

Ball Valve Type 487 15

3/2-Way Starting Valve, electrical Type 485 16

Distributor Type 486 17

Pneumatic Valve Type 484 18

Fixing- and Connection Elements 19

Accessories 20

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Facts – Data – Advantages

M Safety acc. EN 983

M Modern industrial design

M Robust metal housing

(Zinc die casting with 2-fold surface protection)

M Thread connection acc. DIN with sealing surface

M Bayonet fixing for the plastic and metal bowl

M Retrofit metal bowl protection for the plastic bowl

M Option semi and fully automatic drain valves

M Two combinable connection possibilities (comfort - compact)

M Comfort connection with adhesive o-rings

M Integrated T-Bracket as connection module

M Direct wall mounting

M High stiffness / stability of the connection

M Optimal regulation characteristics through roll diaphragms

M Lubricator with enhanced flow rate and nebulisation

4C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g

4 2

The differences lie in the details. When you evaluate offers, you should consider the features listed here are the

calculations. Whether ease of handling, performance, or longevity - these ewo-qualities bring you benefits.

Materials used:Housing, zinc diecastingfastening elements (Z 410)Cap, head (regulator) PA 6-GF 30Handwheel POMCover ABSSeals, diaphragm NBRFilter insert PE sinteredImpact cartridge, cutting wheel POMBowl polycarbonateInterlock POMPressure spring steel galvanizedAgainst pressure spring stainless steelCone, diaphragm plate brassOiler dome spez. PAOil regulation PUMetal bowl, zinc diecastingbezel (Z 410)Sighting tube (at metal bowl) spez. PABowl protection aluminum

The parts have a material indicator of formal, so they should be dispo-sed of easily and are well recyclable.

Module fixationwith bracket angle (for regulator) or direct wallmounting (2 screws) for all devices

Compact connectionwith optional integrated T-Bracket

Thread connecting platewith adhesive sealing rings ( also available withbracket ) for assembly friendly installation in pipe -or hose systems

Comfort blockingfaster change of components or complete setswith connection module (sealing rings adhesive)Result: shorter assembling time (only size I).

4 3

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Lockable handwheel for pressure regulator,battery pressure regulator, filter regulator andservice units available.

special option - how to order:

482.x x x x

plastic bowlS bowl protection bowl / optionM metal bowl

1 40μm2 5μm

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G 1***

2 manually-operated drain valve3 internal-automatic drain valve5 semi-automatic drain valve6 external-automatic drain valve ,,A”

4 Filter Type 482variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

4

Technical data I Size II

Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***

Nominal rates of flow* 1800 Nl/min 2000 Nl/min 3200 Nl/min 3500 Nl/min

Wideness of pores (filter) 40 μm (optionally: 5 μm)

Pre-Pressure (p1) max.** 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowl

Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlVolume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³Drain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Material

Housing zinc alloyBowl polycarbonate

Weight 310 g 840 g (G 1 = 1300 g)

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** with internal automatic drain valve between 1 and 12 bar*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19External-automatic drain valve see page 20Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

Accessories and main spare parts I II

Upon request:

Dimensions [mm]

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G 3/8

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

4

Thread A B C E F H J K øL

G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 158 48 22 24 32 43 14,5 4,4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 202 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

G 1*** 125 202 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rustparticles) from the air in the working place. The cleansing is done in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and PE-Filter-elements (solid contamination). Three opportuni-ties of drain valves are available: manually-operated-, semi-automatic- or fully-automatic(internal- or external) drain valves.

Filter element40 μm 480-7 480-219

5 μm 480-45 480-220Plastic bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-18 480-210Metal bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-28 480-213Plastic bowl with protection cap 480-90 -Bowl protection 480-25 480-216

Cover: “private label”


491.x x x x

plastic bowlS bowl protectionM metal bowl

0 without1 mechanical indicator2 electrical

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***

2 manually-operated drain valve5 semi-automatic drain valve6 external-automatic drain valve ,,A”

Filter element with seal 491-4 491-103Plastic bowl with manually-operated drain valve 491-13 491-108Metal bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-28 480-213Bowl protection 480-25 480-216

Technical Data I Size II

Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***

Nominal rates of flow* 370 Nl/min 420 Nl/min 1000 Nl/min 1100 Nl/minParticle separation** 99,999 %, related to 0,01 μmResidual oil content 0,01 mg/m³Air quality ISO 8573.1 Class 1 dirt, Class 1 oilPre-Pressure (p1) max. 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlVolume of condensate 10 cm³ 30 cm³Drain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Material


Weight 310 g 870 g (G 1 = 1330 g)

* measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,1 bar** Prefiltration necessary at 5 μm*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19External-automatic drain valve see page 20Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

Micro-Filter Type 491variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

4


Dimensions [mm]


Q [Nl/min]

7,5

7,0

6,5

6,0

5,5

5,0

4,50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

7,5

7,0

6,5

6,0

5,5

5,0

4,50 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100

bowl / option

5


G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 158 48 22 24 32 43 14,5 4,4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 202 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

G1*** 125 202 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity ofthe compressed air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter theyremove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,999% (for 0,01μm).

Upon request:


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

4 Membrane Air Dreyer Type 494variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

4

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6

Membrane dryer for efficient removal of water vapor from out of the air. It contributes signi-ficantly for the process security. The high demands on the air quality are implemented intohighest reliability by this membrane dryer of our variobloc series.Guaranteed drying, since in any case reduced moisture. Low pressure loss. Maintenance-free, since there are no wearing parts in the dryer. No electrical energy required. No envi-ronment polliting desiccant. No condensation, as this is blown into the atmosphere with thedrying flow.Easiest combination with all variobloc filters. For proper function and long lifetime of themembrane dryer, it is absolutely necessary to pre-filter the compressed air! We recommendour pre-filter model 482 and microfilter model 491.IAvailable in several sizes for different degrees of drying power, from 50 Nl/min up to 734Nl/min.To be used in a wide range of applications like automotive, metal-processing, wood craft,body shops, all industrial usage-based drying, instrument air drying, pneumatic controls,medical air, analyzer, air control panels, etc.


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1*Operating pressure 0 - 12 barOperating temperature 1,5 - 60 °CDifferential pressure 200 mbarAir quality to ISO 8573.1 Klasse 1 (Schmutz), Klasse 1 (Öl)Material

Membrane fiber PESMembrane shell AluminiumHousing ZinkdruckgussSeals NBR

* mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19


494.x x x

0 without mounting bracket1 with T-bracket

Size I Size II1 50 3002 100 400

Size (nominal flow [Nl/min]**)3 150 5344 200 734

2 G 1/4Size I

3 G 3/8

6 G 1/2 Connection thread8 G 3/4 Size II9 G 1*

** at 7 bar, inlet dew point +35 °C, outlet dew point +15 °C

Correction factorsTo calculate the correct capacity of a given filter based on actual operating con-ditions, multiply the nominal flow capacity by the appropriate correction factor.

250

200

150

100

50

010 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Connection Dimensions [mm] Nominal flow [Nl/min]Size thread Size A B C E

1 298 50 37 23 17

Size I2

96396

48 22100 72 47 33

3 498 150 107 72 524 578 200 142 95 681 406 300 213 142 103

Size II2

140470

70 26400 283 188 137

3 559 534 427 283 2074 686 734 568 378 273

Outlet dew point [°C] 15 3 -20 -40Purge air consumption [%] 10 14 21 29

Water removal [%] 69,70 86,53 98,20 99,77at 7 bar and inlet dew point +35 °C, data refers on inlet flow capacity

Dimensions Performance

CORRECTED CAPACITY = NOMINAL FLOW CAPACITY x COP

[bar] 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12COP 0,41 0,56 0,76 1 1,22 1,48 1,76 1,86 2,22

Δp [m

bar]

NOMINAL FLOW [%]DRY

760C

01P

06A

.201

304

4 7

Activated-Charcoal-Filter Type 493variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


493.0 x x

plastic bowlS bowl protection) bowl / optionM metal bowl

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G 1***

0 without drain valve


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1**

Nominal rates of flow* 800 Nl/min 1000 Nl/min 1200 Nl/min 1300 Nl/minResidual oil content 0,003 mg/m³Air quality ISO 8573.1 Class 1 dirt, Class 1 oilPre-Pressure (p1) max. 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlMaterial


Weight 320 g 900 g (G1 = 1400 g**)

* measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,2bar** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19


Dimensions [mm]

Active-charcoal filters serve to remove oil vapours and other organic pollutants from pres-surised air. The active-charcoal fibre (the adsorption capacity of which is sufficient forapprox. 1,000 hours of operation) is positioned between two stainless-steel nettings. Theair at the inflow opening should be dry and free of particles; this is why the prior attachmentof a micro-filter is categorically recommended. Caution! Some hazardous substances areeither not at all or only slightly adsorbent, therefore non-removable with active charcoal!Such substances are i.e., carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, ammonia.

Filter element with seal 493-2 493-102Plastic bowl 483-7 483-110Metal bowl 483-10 483-113Bowl protection 480-25 480-216


G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 142 48 22 24 32 43 14,5 4,4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 193 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

G1*** 125 193 70 26 35 44 62 18 5,4

Upon request:



Q [Nl/min]

7,5

7,0

6,5

6,0

5,5

5,0

4,50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

7,5

7,0

6,5

6,0

5,5

5,0

4,50 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C øD E F H I J K øL M øN V

G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 203 48 28 68 24 32 M30x1,5 43 14,5 4,4 84 40 G 1/4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 62 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

G1*** 125 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 62 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 2000 Nl/min 3000 Nl/min 5500 Nl/min 6500 Nl/minWideness of pores (filter) 40 μm (optionally: 5 μm)Pre-Pressure (p1) max.** 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlSecondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (optionally: 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlVolume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³Drain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Material

Housing zinc alloySeals NBRPlastic bowl polycarbonate

Weight (without gauge) 460 g 1150 g (G 1 = 1610 g)

* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 barafter ISO 6953.

** with internal-automatic drain valve between 1,0 and 12 bar*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19External-automatic drain valve see page 20Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19



480.xxxx

bowl / option plastic bowladjusting pressure S bowl protection 2 6 bar (scale 0 - 10 bar) M metal bowl3 10 bar (scale 0 - 16 bar) A lockable4 16 bar (scale 0 - 25 bar) D gauge with

color codeSize I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2 0 - 16 bar

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***

2 manually-operated drain valve + gauge 6 external-automatic drain valve A + gauge

3 internal-automatic drain valve + gauge 7 internal-automatic drain valve without gauge

4 manually-operated drain valve without gauge 8 external-automatic drain valve A without gauge

5 semi-automatic drain valve + gauge 9 semi-automatic drain valve without gauge

Filter pressure regulators unique in space-saving model the functions of a filter and a regu-lator in one piece of equipment. (see single definitions).

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 = 10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

0 - 10 bar 723 55Gauge scale 0 - 16 bar 734 85

0 - 25 bar 745 96

Filter insert40 μm 480-7 480-219

5 μm (reduced flow) 480-45 480-220Plastic bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-18 480-210Plastic bowl with bowl protection 480-90 -Metal bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-28 480-213Bowl protection 480-25 480-216

Wear partsDiaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92 480-263Seal cone complete 480-48 480-218

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 8

Filter Pressure Regulator Type 480variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

Pressure gauge (self-tightened) added loosely

Advice: Upon request:


480.233 SD 480.333 MD480.233

4 9

Pressure Regulator Type 481variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 2000 Nl/min 3200 Nl/min 7000 Nl/min 8000 Nl/minPre-pressure (p1) max. 25 barSecondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 80 °CMaterial

Housing zinc alloySeals NBR


* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 barafter DIN ISO 6953.

*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19



481.x x x x

A lockable - optionD gauge with color code 0 - 16 bar - option

2 6 bar (scale 0 - 10 bar)3 10 bar (scale 0 - 16 bar) adjusting pressure4 16 bar (scale 0 - 25 bar)

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***

2 with gauge4 without gauge

0 - 10 bar 723 55Gauge scale 0 - 16 bar 734 85

0 - 25 bar 745 96Wear partsDiaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218

Pressure regulators (diaphragm type) of compact block design in two sizes. Facilities onboth sides for flange mounting of further units. Panel mounting, direct mounting or bracketmounting on housing or cover. These units are, of course, fitted with a secondary exhaust(self-relieving) and are largely unaffected by fluctuations in primary pressure. Three pressu-re ranges are available, up to 6, 10 or 16 bar; regulators are also available without pressuregauges. Simple locking of setting by pressing in handwheel. Version available with keylock-able handwheel. Pressure gauge can be mounted on either side.Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 = 10 bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10 bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Dimensions [mm]


G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 98 48 28 68 24 26 M30x1,5 43 14,5 4,4 84 40 G 1/4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 134 70 39 98 35 33 M42x1,5 62 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

G1*** 125 134 70 39 98 35 33 M42x1,5 62 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4




Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

481.233 D 481.233 A481.233

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 10

D

Battery Regulator Type 490variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

These kind of regulators are equipped with a continious pressure supply.The pressure inlet can be selected on left or right side, so that it can be used for a so cal-led “battery mounting” .The attached regulators are offering independent and different pressure adjustments becau-se the supply pressure is existing on both sides of the unit (Connection No. 1).The working pressure (secondary pressure) which is kept almost constant regardless ofpressure fluctuations (inlet pressure) in the system and air consumption, is available on thebackside connection (No. 2).The regulator(diaphragm type ) is fitted with a secondary exhaust (self-relieving) to reducethe working pressure without air extraction. Contamination and damage could be avoidedif a filter of the model 482 is installed. We recommend to use the units port size G 3/8 or G3/4 as they have the higher flow capacity. Important: Use of filter always recommended.




Rate of flowP2 [bar] G 3/8 P1=10bar

Q[Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

function

Dimensions [mm]


Connection 1 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Connection 2 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 3/4

Nominal rate of flow* 1.800 Nl/min 5.800 Nl/min 6.800 Nl/minInlet pressure (p1) max. 25 barOutlet pressure range (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)Operating temperature max. 80 °CMaterial

Housing zinc alloySeals NBR

Weight (without gauge) 390 g 950 g (G 1 = 1.410 g)

* measured from 10 bar inlet pressure (P1), 6 bar outlet pressure (P2) and decrease ofΔp = 1 bar according to DIN ISO 6953

*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

special option - how to orde:

490.x x x x

A lockable - optionD Gauge with color code 0 - 16 bar - option

2 6 bar (scale 0 -10bar)3 10 bar (scale 0 -16bar) adjustment4 16 bar (scale 0 -25bar)

Size I 2 – G 1/4 Size II 6 – G 1/2

3 – G 3/8 8 – G 3/4

9 – G1***

2 with gauge4 without gauge

Accessories and main spare parts0 - 10 bar 723 55

Gauge scale 0 - 16 bar 734 850 - 25 bar 745 96

G 1/4 280-127 280-127Plug with female hexagon G 3/8 447-28 -

G 1/2 - 424-67Main spare partsDiaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218

Thread 1 A B C øD E F I M øN V / 2

G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 98 48 28 68 24 M30x1,5 84 40 G 1/4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 134 70 39 98 35 M42x1,5 106 50 G 1/2 and G 3/4

G1*** 125 134 70 39 98 35 M42x1,5 106 50 G 3/4

4 11

Lubricator Type 483variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 3400 Nl/min 4400 Nl/min 4600 Nl/min 7500 Nl/minPre-pressure (p1) max. 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50°C**Oil volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function from 50 l/min from 150 l/minSort of oil according to DIN 51524 - ISO VG 32Material

Housing zinc alloyPlastic bowl polycarbonateSeals NBR

Weight 300 g 800 g (G 1 = 1260 g)

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1), and Δp = 1 bar** 80 °C with metal bowl and oiler dome out of metal*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19



483.x x x x

PlasticS Bowl protection bowl / optionM Metal bowl

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***

2 Normal-Lubricator model

0 without drain valve1 manually-operated drain valve

Recommended oil see chapterOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attached by oil additives, anti-frost orsynthetic oils. We therefore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at40°C (in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for otheroils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjustingcap.

Oiler dome out of plastic 483-6 423-179Oiler dome out of metal 483-21 423-65Plastic bowl without drain valve 483-7 483-110Plastic bowl with protection cap 483-24 -Metal bowl without drain valve 483-10 483-113Metal bowl with manually-operated drain valve 480-28 480-213Bowl protection 480-25 480-216

Wear partsRegulation insert 483-3 -

9

Lubricators add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, this effecting a constant and reliablelubrication of pneumatically controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc...Refilling oil while under pressure is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high dropconstancy for long periods of time. Also available with metal sight dome.


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C øD E F H J K øL

G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 171 48 22 52 24 32 43 14,5 4,4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 224 70 22 57 35 44 62 18 5,4

G1*** 125 224 70 22 57 35 44 62 18 5,4

Upon request:


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Dimensions [mm]


G 1/4 and G 3/8 96 203 48 28 68 24 32 M30x1,5 91 14,5 4,4 84 40 G 1/4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 140 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 132 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

G1*** 195 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 132 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 =10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

D

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 12

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit Typ 488variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 1500 Nl/min 1800 Nl/min 3400 Nl/min 5000 Nl/minWideness of pores (filter) 40 μm (optionally: 5 μm)Pre-Pressure (p1) max.** 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlSecondary-pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C****Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³Drain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Oil volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function from 50 l/min from 150 l/minMaterial

Housing zinc alloyBowl polycarbonateSeals NBR


* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar,according tor ISO 6953

** with internal-automatic drain valve between 1,0 and 12 bar*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19**** 80 °C with metal bowl and oiler dome out of metalExternal-automatic drain valve see page 20Recommended oil see page 10Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

Accessories and main spare parts see stand-alone deviceWear parts I IIDiaphragm complete (with slip ring) 480-92 480-263Seal cone complete 480-48 480-218Regulation insert 483-3 -

The number of possible variations which can be created by the simple block-mounting ofindividual units to form air treatment units is naturally countless. We have listed some of themost frequently-used versions below. As regards filters, there are options for the bowls anddrain valves, while for filter regulators there is generally a pressure range of up to 10 bar;various reservoir options are available for the lubricators.


488.xxxx

bowl / option plastic bowlS bowl protection

0 Compact M metal bowl1 Compact with T-bracket fixing A lockable2 Comfort (only size I) D gauge with


3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***








Dimensions [mm]


G 1/4 and G 3/8 144 203 48 28 68 24 32 M30x1,5 139 14,5 4,4 84 40 G 1/4

G 1/2 and G 3/4 210 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 194 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

G1*** 265 273 70 39 98 35 44 M42x1,5 194 18 5,4 106 50 G 1/4

Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 =10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0

p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 1500 Nl/min 1800 Nl/min 3400 Nl/min 5000 Nl/minWideness of pores (filter) 40 μm (optionally: 5 μm)Pre-Pressure (p1) max.** 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlSecondary-pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C****Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³Drain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Oil volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function from 50 l/min from 150 l/minMaterial

Housing zinc alloyBowl polycarbonateSeals NBR


* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar, after ISO 6953

** with internal-automatic drain valve between 1,0 and 12 bar*** mounting plates with G1 see page 19**** 80 °C with metal bowl and oiler dome out of metalExternal-automatic drain valve see page 20Recommended oil see page 10Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

The number of possible variations which can be created by the simple blockmounting ofindividual units to form air treatment units is naturally countless. We have listed some of themost frequently-used versions below. As regards filters, there are options for the bowls anddrain valves, while for regulators there is generally a pressure range of up to 10 bar; various reservoir options are available for the lubricators.


489.xxxx

bowl / option plastic bowlS bowl protection

0 Compact M metal bowl1 Compact with T-bracket fixing A lockable2 Comfort (only size I) D gauge with


3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1***





Accessories and main spare parts see stand-alone deviceWear parts I IIDiaphragm complete (with slip ring) 480-92 480-263Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218Regulation insert 483-3 -

D

4 13

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 489variobloc G 1/4 – G 1




Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Technical Data Size II

Thread G 1/2 G 3/4 G1Nominal rates of flow* 3.400 Nl/min 5.000 Nl/min 5.000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barControl range 0,5 - 10 barMax. operating temperature 50 °CWidness of pores (filter) 40 μmDrain valve manually (opt.: semi-automatic, fully-automatic)Volume of condensate 85 cm³Oil volume 125 cm³Lubricator function from 150 l/minMaterial

Housing zinc alloyBowl / Bowl protection polycarbonate / steelSeals NBRSide parts painted steelFeets rubber

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

To ensure optimal conditions in regard to cleaning and lubrication of pneumatic tools direc-tly on site, this portable maintenance unit was designed with components from our vario-bloc line. It is advisable to use it everywhere where to manage distribution and location between airdistribution routes over 5 meters.

Examples:- Truck workshops- Machine and plant construction- Shipbuilding and shipyards

Mobile Maintenance Unit 0,5 - 10 bar

Article G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

Mobile Maintenance Unit 489.200 489.100 489.000

Accessories and main spare parts see stand-alone deviceWear partsDiaphragm complete (with slip ring) 480-263Seal cone complete 480-218

Rates of flowp2 [bar] G 3/4 und G 1 p1 =10 bar

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C D E F H I

G 1/2 and G 3/4 269 491 300 307 261 431 85,5 55,5

G 1 264 491 300 307 261 431 85,5 55,5

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 14

Mobile Maintenance Unit Typ 489variobloc G 1/2 – G 1

Upon request:


4 15

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Ball Valve Type 487variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C D E F H J K øL M

G 1/4, G 3/8 48 80 48 30 58 24 22 43 14,5 4,4 45

G 1/2, G 3/4 70 92 70 30 64 35 28 62 18 5,4 45

G1 125 92 70 30 64 35 28 62 18 5,4 45

G 1/2, G 3/4*** 70 120 70 - 92 35 28 62 18 5,4 -

G1*** 125 120 70 - 92 35 28 62 18 5,4 -

***pneumatic gear


487.x x

A lockable, with padlock ø 4,5D lockable, with padlock ø 8,0P with peumatic gear (only Size II)

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1**


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1**Nominal rates of flow* 4300 Nl/min 4400 Nl/min 9000 Nl/min 11000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 25 barWorking temperature 80 °CMaterial

Housing zinc alloyWeight 295 g 840 g (G 1 = 1300 g)Weight (pneumatic gear) – 1100 g (G 1 = 1560 g)Pressure range (pneumatic gear) – 5,6 - 7,4 bar

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

Ball valves with exhaust (3/2 directional control valves) for flange-mounting to variobloc-FRL´s are particularly suitable for use at the start of these as main shut-off valves.Actuation by 90 ° rotation of lever, marked clearly with switching position: Lever in trans-verse direction - Valve closed, outlet exhausted (narrower nominal size). Lever in lengthwi-se: Valve open, exhaust closed. Silencer to reduce exhaust noise. Two sizes with portthreads from G 1/4 to G 1. Direct mounting or bracket mounting on the housing is possible.

Version with pneumatic gear (onliy size II) enables the application in danger of explosion areas as remote control. The swing construction warrants a high starting lingemoment and so a high forming energy (nessesary after long period of down time).

Accessories and main spare partsPadlock ø 4,5 487-17Padlock ø 8,0 487-26

Upon request:


D

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 16

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C øD E F H J K øL M N

G 1/4, G 3/8 48 146 48 30 108 24 26 43 14,5 4,4 22 72

G 1/2, G 3/4 70 157 70 30 113 35 33 62 18 5,4 22 82

G1 125 157 70 30 113 35 33 62 18 5,4 22 82

3/2-Way Starting Valve, electrical Type 485variobloc G 1/2 – G 1

Solenoid valvelAs shutoff vlave with speed exhaus.Combi-nation with starting valve recommended.

Upon request:


3/2-way starting valves in modular design for flange-mounting to variobloc-maintenanceunits. Without electrical power – valve closed, with manual emergency-operation.Port sizes G 1/4 to G 1.


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 2200 Nl/min 2600 Nl/min 3300 Nl/min 3800 Nl/minWorking pressure range** 3 to 10 bar**Max. surrounding temperature 50 °CProtection class IP 65 after DIN 40050Rated voltage 24 V = (opt. 24 V / 50 Hz, 110 V / 50 Hz, 220 V / 50 HzElectrical thread female connector after DIN 43650, Form B Ind. PG 9Material

Housing zinc alloyWeight 445 g 980 g (G 1 = 1440 g)* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** higher pressures upon request*** mounting plates with G1 Seite 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19


485.x x

1 24 V / AC2 220 V / AC

manual override bistable, DIN 436503 110 V / AC4 24 V / DC5 24 V / DC manual override monostable, M 12

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1

Accessories and main spare parts24 V / DC 447-7624 V / AC 447-130

Magnetic coil 220 V / AC 447-74110 V / AC 447-7524 V / DC, M 12 447-13324 V / DC 485-1624 V / AC 485-17

Magnetic valve 220 V / AC 485-18110 V / AC 485-1924 V / DC, monostable 485-20

Female connector DIN 43650 447-120


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

4 17

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Distributor Type 486variobloc G 1/4 – G 1


486.x x0 without Non-Return Valve1 with Non-Return Valve

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G1


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Distributors with non-return valves are ideal for tapping off unlubricated compressed air when flange-mounted upstream of the lubricator. The non-return valve prevents oil frombeing taken in from the lubricator or lines. This does, however, mean that the system down-stream of the non-return valve cannot readily be exhausted. Two sizes with four outlets andport threads from G1/4 to G1.


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1**Dispatches top / down G 3/8 G 3/8 / G 1/2

front + rear G 1/4 G 1/4

Nom. R.o.F. without NRV* 4200 Nl/min 5000 Nl/min 9000 Nl/min 11000 Nl/minNom. R.o.F. with NRV* 900 Nl/min 900 Nl/min 4000 Nl/min 5000 Nl/minMax. working pressure 25 barMax. operating temperature 80°CMaterial

Housing zinc alloyWeight 290 g 780 g (G 1 = 1240 g)

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** mounting plates with G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19

Dimensions [mm]

Thread A B C F J K øL U W

G 1/4 and G 3/8 48 44 48 24 43 14,5 4,4 G 3/8 G 3/8

G 1/2 and G 3/4 70 56 70 35 62 18 5,4 G 3/8 G 1/2

G1 125 56 70 35 62 18 5,4 G 3/8 G 1/2

Upon request:


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 18

Pneumatic Starting Valve Type 484variobloc G 1/4 – G 1

#


484.x x0 Air regulator adjustable

Size I 2 - G 1/4 Size II 6 - G 1/2

3 - G 3/8 8 - G 3/4

9 - G 1

Starting valves and filling valves in modular block design serve to raise the pressure gra-dually in pneumatic systems when they are being started, for example after emergencyshut-off. When switched on, throttles release at first only a small orifice. Only when the pres-sure has reached about 60% of operating pressure is the full orifice opened. In the opposi-te direction (relieving) the full orifice is opened by means of a non-return valve. In combina-tion with ewo-equipment such as the 3/2-way valve, ball valve or solenoid valve a comple-te on-and-off unit can be assembled. Port sizes G 1/4 to G 1. Only suitable for closed systems!


Thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1***Nominal rates of flow* 1200 Nl/min 1400 Nl/min 3800 Nl/min 4200 Nl/minPoint of dispatch** about 0,6 x working pressureWorking pressure range 2 to 25 barMax. surrounding temperature 50 °CMaterial

Housing zinc alloyWeight 295g 730g (G 1 = 1190g)

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar.** profile completely opened*** mounting plates G1 see page 19Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 19


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750

p2 [bar] G 3/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Upon request:


Dimensions [mm]

Threat A B C E F H J K øL M

G 1/4, G 3/8 48 54 48 24 24 30 43 14,5 4,4 53

G 1/2, G 3/4 70 72 70 36 35 36 62 18 5,4 75

G 1 125 72 70 36 35 36 62 18 5,4 75

Set Comfort Connection (inside module)

Thread Order No.Size I with holder

G 1/4 + G 3/8 480-38 480-122

Mounting plates set

Thread Order No.Size I with holder

G 1/4 480-75 480-120G 3/8 480-37 480-121

Thread Order No.Size II with holder

G 1/2 480-283 480-287G 3/4 480-282 480-288G 1 480-271 480-289

“Plug and Work” - this is the motto after which you can choose your prefered combination from the variety of the fixing- and accessory elements.

T-bracket separately

Order No.

Comfort Size I 480-84

CompactSize I 480-640Size II 480-270

Set Compact Connection

Thread Order No.with holder

Size IG 1/4 480-570 480-560G 3/8 480-360 480-350

Size IIG 1/2 480-238 480-264G 3/4 480-237 480-265

Size I

Size II

480-640480-84 480-270

CompactSize I

ComfortSize I

CompactSize II

4 19

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

44

vari

ob

loc

Fixing- and Assembly-Possibilitiesvariobloc

480-640480-84 480-270

CompactSize I

ComfortSize I

CompactSize II

Size Order No. A B C D E F HI 443-36 40 26,5 30 30 5,5 16 30,5II 443-104 55 35 42,5 40 7 20 43Panel mounting (nut)I 381-32 M 30 x 1,5 (PA 6)II 443-106 M 42 x 1,5 (brass)

Fixing bracket at the handwheel cap with nut

Seal for Compact Connection

Fastening screws for direct mounting for single devices

Size Order No. A B C D E F GI 480-67 50 34 15 71 5,5 16 25II 480-252 74 50 20 88 7 19 28

Fixing on housing

Article Order No.I II

PE-Filter insert 40 μm 480-7 480-219 PE-Filter insert 5 μm 480-45 480-220Micro filter cartridge 491-4 491-103Activated carbon filter cartr. 493-2 493-102

Article OrderNo.

IG 1/4 form seal

480-85G 3/8 480-11

IIG 1/2 sleeve + seal

480-267G 3/4 480-268

I (2 x M 4 x 40) 480-83II (2 x M 5 x 60) 480-266

Gauge with color code ø 40 ø 50

Gauge scale 0-16 bar 746 105

Gauge ø 40 ø 50

0-10 bar 723 55Gauge scale 0-16 bar 734 85

0-25 bar 745 96

Bowl protection forplastic bowl 480-25 480-216

Plastic bowl with manuallyoperated drain valve (figure)

480-18 480-210

Plastic bowl with semi-automatic drain valve 480-78 480-255

Plastic bowl with internal-automatic drain valve 480-79 480-256

Plastic bowl with external-automatic drain valve A 480-95 480-257

Plastic bowl for lubricator(without drain valve) 483-7 483-110

Metal bowl with manuallyoperated drain valve (20 bar)

480-28 480-213

Metal bowl with semi-automatic drain valve (20 bar)

480-80 480-258

Metal bowl with internal-automatic drain valve (12 bar)

480-81 480-259

Metal bowl with external-automatic drain valve A (16 bar)

480-96 480-260

Metal bowl for lubricator(without drain valve) (20 bar)

483-10 483-113

Article Order No.I II

Padlock for ballvalvesModel 487 487-17

External-autom. drain valve B (1-12 bar)Internal-automatic drainvalve in housing for external LW 5 441.11mounting (thread G 1/8)

External-autom. drain valve A (4-16 bar)for external mounting to e.g. a micro-filter

Housing + cap (brass) G 1/8 5370.3Housing (polyamide) G 1/8 5370.4

Internal-autom. drain valve (1-12 bar)for bowl withborehole ø 14

LW 5 441.1

Semi-automatic drain valvewith insert for plastic and

LW 6 495-100metal bowl (ø 14)

Drain Bolt G 1/8 423-110out of plastic

Article OrderNo.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

4

4 20

Fixing- and Assembly-Possibilitiesvariobloc

Drain valves see chapter 8



Padlock for pressure regulatorand filter pressure regulator 480-430

List of Contentscombibloc

Combined Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Size I and II 2 + 3

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

55

com

bib

loc

BG I II

A 66 93

B** 200 295

C 69 96

E 65 105

F 34,5 48

G** 220 325

J 82 112

K 43 61

L 6,5 9

M 105 135


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

5 Combined Three-Piece Maintenance Unitcombibloc

5

** -internal-automatic drain valve +10 mm -semi-automatic drain valve +10 mm-external-automatic drain valve A +90 mm

Combined three-piece maintenance unit consisting of a filter, pressure regulator andlubricator, united in one device in extremely space-saving design. Two sizes with differentconnection threads. Double bowl for filter condensate and oil supply out of plastic (poly-carbonate), optionally with bowl protection or metal bowl. Drain valves for condensate eit-her as manually-operated, semi-automatic, fully-automatic internal or fully-automatic exter-nal drain valve. Filter elements out of sintered bronze available with two different pore dia-meters. Pressure regulator with three different pressure ranges. Adjustment can be lockedby pressing the handwheel. Version with lockable handwheel in arrested state is also avai-lable. Bracket mounting possible. Gauge can be mounted on back or front. Filling oil underpressure is possible (use a spray oilcan).

Drain valves see individual brochures 8

Technical Data I II

Nominal rates of flow 1400 Nl/min 3400 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) Plastic bowl 16 bar (PN 16)

Metal bowl 25 bar (PN 25)Operating temperature Plastic bowl 0 °C to +50 °C

Metal bowl 0 °C to +90 °CEffective bowl volume Filter 25 cm³ 75 cm³

Lubricator 75 cm³ 150 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 8 DN 15Dependency upon supply pressure < 3 % < 2 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1255 g 2690 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element sintered bronzePlastic bowl polycarbonate


M metal bowlS bowl protectionA lockable

2 0,5 - 6 bar3 0,5 - 10 bar pressure range4 0,5 - 16 bar

2 G 1/4* 6 G 1/2*BG I 3 G 3/8* BG II 8 G 3/4* Thread

4 G 1/2 9 G 1

2 manually-operated drain valve3 internal-automatic drain valve (1 - 12 bar)5 semi-automatic drain valve (0,5 - 25 bar)6 external-automatic drain valve A (4 -16 bar)

Dimensions [mm]

Combined Three-Piece Maintenance Unitswith plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valve

Size I Size II

Pressure range G 1/4* G 3/8* G 1/2 G 1/2* G 3/4* G 10,5 – 6 bar 423.222 423.232 423.242 423.262 423.282 423.2920,5 –10 bar 423.223 423.233 423.243 423.263 423.283 423.2930,5 –16 bar 423.224 423.234 423.244 423.264 423.284 423.294

Recommended oil see chapterOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or syn-thetic oils. We therefore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C(in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils,especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

9

* Inlet and outled reduced 3

5

5

Size I II

AccessoriesBracket mounting on housing 423-60 423-102

Bowl protection 423-107 423-108

Metal bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 423-296 423-297semi-automatic drain valve 423-298 423-299external-automatic drain valve A 423-300 423-301

Oiler dome out ofplastic 423-179 423-179metal 423-65 423-65

ReductionsG 1/2 x G 3/8** 423-57 -G 1/2 x G 1/4** 423-58 -G 1 x G 3/4** - 423-99G 1 x G 1/2** - 423-100** Upon request also with NPTF-thread

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 423-282 423-283internal-automatic drain valve 423-288 423-289semi-automatic drain valve 423-284 423-285external-automatic drain valve A 423-290 423-291

Gauges ø 50 ø 63Display range 0 - 10 bar 55 214

0 - 16 bar 85 2150 - 25 bar 96 216

Filter elements40 μm (mounted) 394-6 394-165 μm (reduced flow rate) 394-40 394-37

Valve complete with stem 423-342 423-79Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92 423-77

Rates of flow p1 = 10bar

p2 [bar] BG I - G 1/2

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

p2 [bar] BG II - G1

Q [Nl/min]

10

8

6

4

2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Combined Three-Piece Maintenance Unitcombibloc


5 co

mb

iblo

c

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular

List of Contentsairvision modular

Filter 2

Micro-Filter 3

Pressure Regulator 4

Fog-Lubricator 5

Filter Pressure Regulator 6 - 7

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit 8

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit 9

Narrow Distributor 10

Distributor for Pressure Switch 10

Wide Distributor 11

Distributor With Non-Return Valve 11

Ball Valve 12

Starting Valve 13

Solenoid Valve 14

airvision L

Filter 16


Fog-Lubricator 18

Filter Pressure Regulator 19



2 * Inlet and outlet reduced (reducing adapters with O-Rings enclosed)

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Filterairvision modular

6


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Compressed air filter in modular design for cleansing the compressed air of humidity (by means of cycloning) and solid particles. Can be flanged on either side for additional airvision equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.


** internal-automatic drain valve +40 mm semi-automatic drain valve +10 mmexternal-automatic drain valve A +90 mm external-automatic drain valve B +75 mm

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40

B** 120

C 40

D 46 40

E 25

F 20

G** 150

Technical DataNominal rates of flow*** 1170 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 10 cm³ Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 230 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element polyethylenePlastic bowl polycarbonate

*** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

special option - how to order:445.xx x

S bowl protection

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

2 manually-opereated drain valve3 internal-automatic drain valve (1 - 12 bar)5 semi-automatic drain valve (0,5 - 25 bar)6 external-automatic drain valve A (4 - 16 bar)7 external-automatic drain valve B (1 - 12 bar)

For example:445.22 – but with semi-automatic drain valve and bowl protection = 445.52 S

Filters with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valve

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 445.21* 445.22

AccessoriesBracket mounting 444-5

Bowl protectionshort 445-44long (for bowls with internal drain valve) 419-10

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 443-12semi-automatic drain valve 443-42external-automatic drain valve A (16 bar) 443-43manually-operated drain valve B (12 bar) 443-111

Plastic bowl (long bowl) with seal andinternal-automatic drain valve 419-78

Filter element40 μm filter mesh (mounted) 443-32

5 μm filter mesh (reduced flow rate) 443-167

* Inlet and outlet reduced (reducing adapters with O-Rings enclosed) 3

Micro-Filterairvision modular

6


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500

Compressed air filters in modular design remove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,999 % (for 0,01 μm).Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 570 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 10 cm³ Filter mesh 0,01 μmResidual oil content 0,01 ppmMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 230 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element borosilicate glass microfiberPlastic bowl polycarbonate

*** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 0,5 bar

special option - how to order:453.2x x

S bowl protection

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

For example:453.22 – but with bowl protection = 453.22 S

Micro-Filters with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valve

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 453.21* 453.22


Bowl protectionlong (for bowls with internal automatic drain valve) 419-10

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 419-64

Special filter cartridge with seal 448-5

** Space required to change element

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40

B 155

C 40

D 46 40

E 25

F 20

G** 220

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Pressure Regulatorairvision modular

6


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Compressed air pressure regulators in modular design maintain constant working pressureregardless of pressure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Flanging is possibleon both sides for adding other airvision equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. Secondary airexhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Diaphragmregulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 to 6, 10 and 16 bar. Adjustment can be lockedby pressing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front.Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow*** 670 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 25 bar (PN 25)Outlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar - optionally: 6 and 16 barOperating temperature +50 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 4 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 300 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy

*** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar


Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 444.213* 444.223


2 0,5 - 6 bar3 0,5 - 10 bar operating pressure range4 0,5 - 16 bar

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

2 with pressure gauge4 without pressure gauge

For example:444.223 – but with operating pressure range 0,5 - 16 bar = 444.224

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40

B 90

C 40

D 46 40

E 25

F 20

H 105

K 22

L M 30 x 1,5

M 75

AccessoriesBracket mounting (for housing) 444-5

Bracket mounting (for top)- Kit (bracket and nut) 443-36- Panel mounting (nut) 381-32

Main spare partsPressure gauge Ø 40 (G 1/8)0 - 6 / 10 bar 6700 - 10 / 16 bar 6800 - 16 / 25 bar 690

Valve complete with stem 443-142

Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92


Fog-Lubricatorairvision modular

6


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000


9

Compressed air lubricator in modular design add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, provi-ding a constant and reliable lubrication of pneumatically regulated compressed air tools, val-ves and cylinders etc... Flanging is possible on both sides for adding other airvision equip-ment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. Oil can be refilled under pressure. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy over long periods of time.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 1670 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 25 cm³ Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 270 gMaterial


** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar


S bowl protection

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

For example:446.02 – but with bowl protection = 446.02 S

Lubricators with plastic bowl

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 446.01* 446.02


Lubricator adjusting cap metal 423-65

Bowl protection 445-44

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal 446-6

Lubricator adjusting cap plastic 423-179

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40

B 155

C 40

D 46 40

E 25

F 20

G** 220

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Filter Pressure Regulatorairvision modular

6


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400

Filters for compressed air and pressure regulators combined in one piece of equipment in modular design to save space. The cleansed compressed air is kept at constant pressure regardless of pressure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Secondary airexhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Diaphragm regulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 to 6, 10 or 16 bar. Adjustment can be locked by pressing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front side. Additional air-vision equipment can be flanged to either side. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 833 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 25 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar - optionally: 6 and 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 10 cm³Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 4 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 350 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element polyethylenePlastic bowl polycarbonate


Filter Pressure Regulators 0,5 - 10 bar

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 443.213* 443.223


S bowl protection

2 0,5 - 6 bar 3 0,5 - 10 bar operating pressure range4 0,5 - 16 bar

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4



7

Filter Pressure Regulatorairvision modular

6


AccessoriesBracket mounting (for housing) 444-5

Bracket mounting (for top)- Kit (bracket and nut) 443-36- Panel mounting (nut) 381-32

Bowl protectionshort 445-44long (for bowls with internal automatic drain valve) 419-10

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 443-12semi-automatic drain valve 443-42external-automatic drain valve A (16 bar) 443-43manually-operated drain valve B (12 bar) 443-111

Plastic bowl (long bowl) with seal andinternal-automatic drain valve 419-78



Pressure gauge Ø 40 (G 1/8)0 - 6 / 10 bar 6700 - 10 / 16 bar 6800 - 16 / 25 bar 690



Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40

B** 170

C 40

D 46 40

E 65

F 20

H** 190

K 22

L M 30 x 1,5

M 78

** internal-automatic drain valve +40 mm semi-automatic drain valve +10 mmexternal-automatic drain valve A +90 mm external-automatic drain valve B +75 mm

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Two-Piece Maintenance Unitairvision modular

6

** semi-automatic drain valve +10 mmexternal-automatic drain valve B +75 mmexternal-automatic drain valve A +90 mm


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter pressure reducer and fog lubricator. Flanging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Other variations are possible by combination with additional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Filter pressure regulator, see pages 6 - 7Lubricators, see page 5


Technical DataNominal rates of flow*** 570 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume

filter bowl 10 cm³lubricator bowl 25 cm³

Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 4 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 650 gMaterial


*** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar / Recommended oil see chapter 9


S bowl protection

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4



Two-Piece Maintenance Units 0,5 - 10 bar

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 449.21* 449.22

AccessoriesFlange connecion kit with seal 447-1

Bracket mounting (for housing) 444-5

Bracket mounting (for top)- Kit (bracket and nut) 443-36

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 80

B** 160

C 44

D 86 80

E 65

G** 190

M 78



Three-Piece Maintenance Unitairvision modular

** - semi-automatic drain valve +10 mmexternal-automatic drain valve B +75 mmexternal-automatic drain valve A +90 mm


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter pressure reducer and fog lubricator. Flanging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Other variations are possible by combination with additional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow*** 570 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume


Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 4 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 800 gMaterial


*** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar / Recommended oil see chapter 8


S bowl protection

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4



Three-Piece Maintenance Units 0,5 - 10 bar

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 450.21* 450.22


Bracket mounting (for housing) 444-5


Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 120

B** 160

C 44

D 126 120

E 65

G** 190

M 78

96

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Narrow Distributorairvision modular

6

Distributor for Pressure Switchairvision modular

Distributors in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvision main-tenance units. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. They have two outlets (above and below), which areplugged upon delivery.

Distributors for pressure switches in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvisi-on maintenance units. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. They have one outlet (below), which is plugged upondelivery, and a connection possibility for pressure switches made by IMI Norgren or Bosch (see below).

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow anyNominal width DN 6Weight 130 gMaterial

Housing aluminum

Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D UG 1/8*

26 40 4032

G 1/4G 1/4 26

Dimensions

Narrow DistributorsThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.01* 447.02



Housing aluminum

Distributors for Pressure SwitchesThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.11* 447.12


Recommended pressure switch - Bosch Rexroth0,2 - 3 bar No. 0821 100 0110,5 - 8 bar No. 0821 100 0121,0 - 16 bar No. 0821 100 013

Recommended pressure switch - IMI Norgren0,2 - 3 bar No. 0881 2000,5 - 8 bar No. 0881 3001,0 - 16 bar No. 0881 400

Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D UG 1/8*

30 40 4036

G 1/4G 1/4 30

Dimensions


Wide Distributorairvision modular

Distributor with Non-Return Valveairvision modular

6

Distributors in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvision mainte-nance units. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. They have four outlets, which are plugged upondelivery.

Distributors with a non-return valve in modular design are mounted before the airvision foglubricator. Removal of unlubricated air is possible through four outlets which are pluggedupon delivery. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.


Housing aluminum

Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D U VG 1/8*

40 40 4046

G 1/4 G 1/8G 1/4 40

Dimensions

Wide DistributorsThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.21* 447.22


Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Weight 205 gMaterial

Housing aluminum

Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D U VG 1/8*

40 40 4046

G 1/4 G 1/8G 1/4 40

Dimensions

Distributors with Non-Return ValvesThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.31* 447.32


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n m

od

ular


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Ball Valveairvision modular

6

Ball valves (3/2-way valves) in modular design with relieving for flanging onto airvision main-tenance units are especially suitable as a main shut-off valve at inlet. Operation by means of a toggle that turns 90 degrees to switch positions that correspond to the functions:crosswise = closed, relieving open; parallel = open. Toggle available in lockable model.Relieving with sintered muffler. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °CMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal size

inside diameter DN 6exhaust DN 2

Weight 250 gMaterial

Seals NBRHousing aluminum


A key-lockable toggle

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

For example:447.42 – but with key-lockable toggle = 447.42 A

Ball ValvesThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.41* 447.42


Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D EG 1/8*

40 66 4046

46G 1/4 40

Dimensions


Starting Valveairvision modular

6

Starting valves or filling valves in modular design serve to raise the pressure gradually inpneumatic systems when they are being started, for example after emergency shut-off. When switched on, throttles release at first only a small orifice. Only when the pressure hasreached about 50% of operating pressure is the full orifice opened. In the opposite direction(relieving) the full orifice is opened by means of a non-return valve. In combination with air-vision equipment such as the 3/2-way valve or solenoid valve a complete on-and-off unit canbe assembled. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.Only suitable for closed systems!

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Switch over point adjustable 2 to 6 barThrottle adjustable 0 to DN 3Weight 350 gMaterial


Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D E FG 1/8*

44 90 4050

44 46G 1/4 44

Dimensions

Starting ValvesThread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.51* 447.52

AccessoriesFlange connecion kit with seal 447-1 C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g6

6 ai

rvis

ion

mo

dul

ar


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6

6

Solenoid valves (3/2-way valves) in modular design can be used as an alternative to themanually operated ball valve for various voltages as shut-off valves in compressed airsystems. The electric connection is made by means of a couplet socket with Pg 9. Protectivesystem IP 65 according to DIN 40050. The valve is closed when currentless. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Solenoid Valveairvision modular

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 1200 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 10 barMin. operating pressure 3 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +80 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowSolenoid

Voltage available (Tolerance ±10 %) 24 V ~220 V ~110 V ~24 V =

rel. swith-on time 100 %Type of protection and DIN 40050 IP 65

Weight 400 gMaterial


** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Solenoid Valves 220 V, 50 Hz (with exhaust)

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 447.612* 447.622

special option - how to order:444.6xx

1 24 V, 50 Hz2 220 V, 50 Hz3 110 V, 50 Hz4 24 V =

1 G 1/8 thread2 G 1/4

For example:447.622 – but with 24 V, 50 Hz = 447.621

Port Dimensions [mm]W A B C D E F GG 1/8*

40 145 4046

105 40 25G 1/4 40

Dimensions


Filter 16


Fog-Lubricator 18

Filter Pressure Regulator 19



List of Contentsairvision compact L

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n co

mp

act

„L“


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Filterairvision compact L

6


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Compressed air filter in modular design. Flanging for more devices is possible. Containersmade of plastic (polycarbonate) with a manual drain valve for condensate. Two-stage sepa-ration (cyclone) and filter insert made of plastic (polyethylene) with a pore size of 40 μm.

Filters with plastic bowl and manually-operated drain valve

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 460.21* 460.22

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 443-12



Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 12 cm³ Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowPore diameter of filter element 40 μmNominal width DN 6Weight 200 gMaterial


** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 46

B 106

C 40

E 11

F 20

G** 150


Pressure Regulatorairvision compact L

6

Rates of flow p1=p2+2 bar

p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500

Compressed air pressure regulators in modular design maintain constant working pressureregardless of pressure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Flanging is possible.Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete indepen-dence of primary pressure. Diaphragm regulator with working pressure ranges 10 bar.Gauge can be mounted on back or front.Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 600 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature +50 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 10 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 barWeight 230 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing zinc alloy

** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar


Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 461.213* 461.223

AccessoriesBracket mounting (for top)- Kit (bracket and nut) 443-36- Panel mounting (nut) 381-32

Main spare partsPressure gauge Ø 40 (G 1/8)0 - 10 / 16 bar 680



Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 46 40

B 90

C 40

E 25

F 20

K 23

L M 30 x 1,5

M 75

N Ø 40

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n co

mp

act

„L“


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Lubricatorairvision compact L

6


Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Compressed air lubricator in modular design add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, pro-viding a constant and reliable lubrication of pneumatically regulated compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc.. Flanging is possible on both sides for adding other airvision `L´equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. Oil can be refilled under pressure. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy over long periods of time.


9

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 800 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 25 cm³ Mounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Weight 230 gMaterial


** measured at p1= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar

Lubricators with plastic bowl

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 462.01* 462.02

Main spare partsPlastic bowl with seal 446-6

Lubricator adjusting cap plastic 423-179

Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 46 40

B 138

C 40

E 50

F 20

G 170


Filter Pressure Regulatorairvision compact L

6


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Filters for compressed air and pressure regulators combined in one piece of equipment inmodular design to save space. The cleansed compressed air is kept at constant pressure regardless of pressure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Secondary airexhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Diaphragmregulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 and 10 bar. Adjustment can be locked by pres-sing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front side. Additional airvision `L´equipment can be flanged to either side. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/4.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 750 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume 12 cm³Pore diameter of filter 40 μmMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 10 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 barWeight 350 gMaterial

Diaphragm / Seals NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element polyethylenePlastic bowl polycarbonate



Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 463.213* 463.223

AccessoriesBracket mounting (for top)- Kit (bracket and nut) 443-36- Panel mounting (nut) 381-32

Main spare partsPlastiv bowl with seal andmanually-operated drain valve 443-12



Pressure gauge Ø 40 (G 1/8)0 - 10 / 16 bar 680



Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 46 40

B 162

C 40

E 65

F 20

G 190

K 23

L M 30 x 1,5

M 75

N Ø 40

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n co

mp

act

„L“


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

6 Two-Piece Maintenance Unitairvision compact L

6


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700


Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost orsynthetic oils. We therefore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt).

9

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter pressure reducer anda fog lubricator. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Filter pressure regulator, see page 19Lubricators, see page 18

Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 470 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 30 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume


Pore diameter of filter 40 μmMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 10 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 barWeight 600 gMaterial

Seals / Diaphragm NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element polyethylenePlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar

Two-Piece Maintenance Units 0,5 - 10 bar

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 464.21* 464.22



Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 86

B 162

C 40

E 65

G 190

M 75

N Ø 40


Three-Piece Maintenance Unitairvision compact L

6


p2 [bar] G 1/4

Q [Nl/min]

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter, pressure regulator and a fog-lubricator. Flanging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.


Technical DataNominal rates of flow** 470 Nl/minMin. flow rate*** 30 Nl/minMax. inlet pressure (p1) 16 barOutlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 - 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CEffective bowl volume


Pore diameter of filter 40 μmMounting position verticalDirection of flow arrowNominal width DN 6Depend. upon supply pressure < 5 %Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 700 gMaterial

Seals / Diaphragm NBRHousing zinc alloyFilter element polyethylenePlastic bowl polycarbonate

** measured at p1= 8 bar, p2= 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar*** Oil delivery 10 droplets / min at 6 bar


Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost orsynthetic oils. We therefore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case of striking tools up to 68 cSt).

9

Three-Piece Maintenance Units 0,5 - 10 bar

Thread G 1/8 G 1/4

Order No. 465.21* 465.22



Dimensions [mm]

Port G 1/8* G 1/4

A 126 120

B 162

C 40

E 65

G 190

M 75

N Ø 40

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

66

airv

isio

n co

mp

act

„L“

List of Contensstainless steel

Filter Type 682 2

Filter Pressure Regulator Type 680 3

Pressure Regulator Type 681 4

Lubricator Type 683 5

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 688 6

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 689 7

Threaded Fitting 8 – 11

Ball Valve 12

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel

7 Filter Type 682stainless steel G 1/8- G 1

7

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

2

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rustparticles) from the air in the working place. Filter with bowl without sight glass completelymade of stainless steel, extremely robust, suitable for compressed air, gases or liquids.Application examples the chemistry, petroleum processing as well as food industry andmedical technology.

Technical Data SizeI II III IV

Thread (optionally NPT) G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/4 G1

Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* 750 900 1.000 2.500 2.700 7.200Media compressed air, gases, liquidsWideness of pores (filter) 50 μm (optionally 5 μm) made of stainless steelPre-pressure (p1) max. 30 bar (manual drain)

50 bar (screw plug)16 bar (automatic drain - stainless steel)

Temperature range 0 °C to 80 °C / 32 °F to 176 °F – FKM (optionally EPDM)0 °C bis 130 °C / 32 °F to 266 °F – high temperature version(for appropriately conditioned compr. air down to -20 °C / -4 °F)

Bowl capacity [l] 0,04 0,15 0,28 0,58Material

Body stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Bowl stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Inner valve stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Elastomer FKM (optionally EPDM)

Weight [g] 500 1.000 1.900 4.500

* measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,33 bar

How to order: 682.241 (manually drain valve – size II G 3/8 – 50 μm)

682.x x x

1 50μm2 5μmSize I Size II Size III Size IV

1 G 1/8 3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

2 G 1/4 4 G 3/8 7 G 3/4 9 G1

0 screw plug on the bowl (p1 50 bar)2 manually drain valve on the bowl (p1 30 bar)6 automatic drain valve on the bowl (p1 16 bar)

AccessoriesSize I II III IV

Bracket mounting - 682-33 682-36 682-38

B

A

C

Dimensions [mm]

Size Connection A B C

I G 1/8, G 1/4 40 95 82

II G 1/4, G 3/8 65 147 133

III G 1/2, G 3/4 80 145 123

IV G 3/4, G1 100 191 165

Rates of flow [Nl/min]

42

9 7

1516

682-33 682-36 682-38

45

44

87

24

16

50

66

8 7

44

30

60

7 3

Filter and pressure regulator united in an space-saving model. Filter pressure regulator withbowl without sight glass completely made of stainless steel. Application examples are che-mistry, petroleum processing, equipment and special machinery, as well as food industryand medical technology.

Filter Pressure Regulator Type 680stainless steel G 1/8- G 1



Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* 600 1.400 3.800 6.000Regulating system diaphragm (size IV = piston)Adjustment by hexagon socket screw with locknutMedia compressed air, gases, liquidsRelieving function relieving

(optionally non-relieving)Wideness of pores (filter) 50 μm (G 1/4 - G 1 optionally 5 μm) made of stainless steelPre-pressure (p1) max. 30 bar (manual drain valve)

50 bar (screw plug)16 bar (automatic drain valve - stainless steel)

Temperature range -20 °C to 80 °C / -4 °F to 176 °Fother temperature ranges on request - up to 130 °C / 266 °F


Body stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Bowl stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Internal parts stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04O-rings FKM (optionally EPDM)Diaphragm FKM (optionally EPDM)

Weight [g] 1.500 2.000 3.500 5.000

* measured at 8 bar pre-pressure (p1) 6 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar

How to order: 680.243 (manually drain valve with pressure gauge – size II G 3/8 – 0,5 - 8 bar)

680.x x x

1 0,2 - 3 bar3 0,5 - 8 bar4 1,0 - 15 barSize I Size II Size III Size IV (regulating system = piston)

1 G 1/8 3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

2 G 1/4 4 G 3/8 7 G 3/4 9 G1

0 screw plug on the bowl, with gauge (p1 50 bar)1 screw plug on the bowl, without gauge (p1 50 bar)2 manually drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 30 bar)4 manually drain valve on the bowl, without gauge (p1 30 bar)6 automatic drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 16 bar)8 automatic drain valve on the bowl, without gauge (p1 16 bar)

Dimensions [mm]


I* G 1/8, G 1/4 40 188 116

II G 1/4, G 3/8 60 253 130

III G 1/2, G 3/4 70 260 132

IV G 3/4, G1 90 360 207

* gauge thread G 1/8

A

B

C

G 1/4 (G 1/8)*

Connection



Pressure gauge display range Ø 40, G 1/8 Ø 50, G 1/4 Ø 50, G 1/4 Ø 63, G 1/4

0 - 4 bar 680-111 680-131 680-131 680-1810 - 10 bar 680-113 680-133 680-133 680-1830 - 16 bar 680-114 680-134 680-134 680-184

Bracket mounting 680-31 680-33 680-36 680-36

Mounting nut M 30 x 1,5 M 45 x 1,5 M 50 x 1,5 M 50 x 1,5

680-41 680-43 680-46 680-46

Automatic drain valve stainless steel - 680-63 680-63 680-63

43

9 6

53

16

439 6

53

16

439 6

53

16

680-31 680-33 680-36

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel

Pressure Regulator Type 681stainless steel – G 1/8- G 1

Dimensions [mm]


I G 1/8, G 1/4 40 88 21

II G 1/4, G 3/8 65 149* 38

III G 1/2, G 3/4 80 155 37

IV G 3/4, G1 125 285 66


Pressure regulator straight through stainless steel. The system pressure in a compressedair system varies according to the compressor size. Pressure regulators reduce this fluc-tuating line pressure (pressure p1) to the desired working pressure (outlet pressure p2) andmaintain it largely constant Application examples are chemistry, petroleum processing,equipment and special machinery, as well as food industry and medical technology.



Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* 200 500 2.200 6.500Regulating system diaphragm (2,0 - 30 bar + 3,0 - 50 bar with piston)Setting with adjustment (BG IV with toggle) and locknutMedia compressed air, gases, liquidsRelieving function relieving

(optionally non-relieving)Pre-pressure (p1) max. 30 / 50 bar (see how to order)Temperature range 0 °C bis 80 °C / 32 °F to 176 °F – FKM (optionally EPDM)

0 °C bis 130 °C / 32 °F to 266 °F – high temperature version-20 °C / -4 °F at appropriately conditioned compressed air

MaterialBody stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Internal parts stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04O-rings FKM (optionally EPDM)Diaphragm FKM (optionally EPDM)

Weight [g] 1.000 1.500 2.500 7.500


How to order: 681.243 (with pressure gauge – size II G 3/8 – 0,5 - 8 bar)

681.x x xoperating range P1 max. regulating system

0 0,1 - 1,5 bar 30 bar1 0,2 - 3,0 bar 30 bar diaphragm3 0,5 - 8,0 bar 30 bar4 1,0 - 15,0 bar 50 bar (Size I 30 bar)

5 2,0 - 30,0 bar 50 bar (not size I) piston6 3,0 - 50,0 bar 50 bar (not size I)

Size I Size II Size III Size IV

1 G 1/8 3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

2 G 1/4 4 G 3/8 7 G 3/4 9 G1

2 with pressure gauge4 without pressure gauge



0 - 2,5 bar 680-110 680-130 680-131 680-1800 - 4,0 bar 680-111 680-131 680-131 680-1810 - 10,0 bar 680-113 680-133 680-133 680-1830 - 16,0 bar 680-114 680-134 680-134 680-1840 - 60,0 bar - 680-135 680-135 680-185


Mounting nut M 30 x 1,5 M 45 x 1,5 M 50 x 1,5 -

680-41 680-43 680-46 -

681.243

681.273

681.293

A

B

C

* + 19 mm at 2,0 - 30,0 bar and 3,0 - 50,0 bar

43

9 6

53

16

439 6

53

16

439 6

53

16

104

79

73

30

680-31 680-33 680-36 681-38

681.223

7 4

7C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g

Recommended oil see chapter 9

Lubricators add a fine oil fog into the compressed air, this effects a constant and reliablelubrication of pneumatically controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders.Lubricator made of stainless steel with bowl without sight glass. Extremely robust. Manuallyoil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time.

Lubricator Type 683stainless steel – G 1/8- G 1


Thread (optionally NPT) G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/4 G1

Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* 750 900 1.000 2.400 2.500 8.000 8.200Pre-pressure (p1) max. 50 barTemperature range 0 °C to 80 °C – FKM (optionally EPDM)

0 °C to 130 °C – high temperature version(for appropriately conditioned compr. air down to -20 °C / -4 °F)


Body stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Bowl stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Inner valve stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.44.04Elastomer FKM (optionally EPDM)

Weight [g] 1.000 1.500 3.000 4.500

* measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,33 bar

How to order: 683.04 (without drain valve – size II G 3/8)

682.0 xSize I Size II Size III Size IV

1 G 1/8 3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

4 G 3/8 7 G 3/4 9 G1

0 with screw plug

B

A

C


683.01 683.06

7 5

Dimensions [mm]


I G 1/8 40 124 80

II G 1/4, G 3/8 65 173 129

III G 1/2, G 3/4 80 167 121

IV G 3/4, G1 100 222 165

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel

Two-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 688stainless steel – G 1/8- G 1


Thread (optionally NPT) G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* 550 850 950 2.300 5.700 6.000Adjustment by hexagon socket screw with locknutMedia compressed air, gases, liquidsRelieving function relieving

(optionally non-relieving)Wideness of pores (filter) 50 μm (size II - IV optionally 5 μm) made of stainless steelPre-pressure (p1) max. 30 bar (manual drain valve)


Secondary pressure (p2) max. 15 barTemperature range -20 °C to 80 °C / -4 °F to 176 °F

other temperature ranges on request - up to 130 °C / 266 °FMaterial


Weight [g] 2.500 3.500 6.500 9.500


How to order: 688.243 (manually drain valve with pressure gauge – size II G 3/8 – 0,5 - 8bar)

688.x x x

1 0,2 - 3 bar3 0,5 - 8 bar4 1,0 - 15 barSize I Size II Size III Size IV (regulating system = piston)

1 G 1/8 3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

4 G 3/8 9 G1

0 screw plug on the bowl, with gauge (p1 50 bar)1 screw plug on the bowl, without gauge (p1 50 bar)2 manually drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 30 bar)4 manually drain valve on the bowl, without gauge (p1 30 bar)6 automatic drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 16 bar)



0 - 4 bar 680-111 680-131 680-131 680-1810 - 10 bar 680-113 680-133 680-133 680-1830 - 16 bar 680-114 680-134 680-134 680-184



680-41 680-43 680-46 -


A

B

C

Dimensions [mm]


I G 1/8 90 188 116

II G 1/4, G 3/8 140 253 130

III G 1/2 175 260 132

IV G 3/4, G1 200 360 207


7 6

7C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator made of stainlesssteel, coupled at double nipple. Bowl without sight glass completely made of stainless steel.The variations of the individual devices is also possible on special order. Application exam-ples are chemistry, petroleum processing, equipment and special machinery, as well asfood industry and medical technology.

Three-Piece Maintenance Unit Type 689stainless steel – G 1/4 - G 1

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter, pressure regulator and lubricator made of stainlesssteel, coupled at double nipple. Bowl without sight glass completely made of stainless steel.The variations of the individual devices is also possible on special order. Application exam-ples are chemistry, petroleum processing, equipment and special machinery, as well asfood industry and medical technology.


Thread (optionally NPT) - G 1/4 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1

Nominal rates of flow [Nl/min]* - 850 2.300 5.700 6.000Adjustment by hexagon socket screw with locknutMedia compressed air, gases, liquidsRelieving function relieving

(optionally non-relieving)Wideness of pores (filter) 50 μm (size II - IV optionally 5 μm) made of stainless steelPre-pressure (p1) max. 30 bar (manual drain valve)


Secondary pressure (p2) max. 15 barTemperature range -20 °C to 80 °C / -4 °F to 176 °F

other temperature ranges on request - up to 130 °C / 266 °FMaterial


Weight [g] 2.500 4.000 7.400 16.500




0 - 4 bar - 680-131 680-131 680-1810 - 10 bar - 680-133 680-133 680-1830 - 16 bar - 680-134 680-134 680-184

Bracket mounting - 680-33 680-36 680-38


- 680-43 680-46 -


Dimensions [mm]


II G 1/4 215 160 140

III G 1/2 265 175 165

IV G 3/4, G1 385 222 165

A

B

C

7 7

How to order: 689.243 (manually drain valve with pressure gauge – size II G 3/8 – 0,5 - 8 bar)

688.x x x

1 0,2 - 3 bar3 0,5 - 8 bar4 1,0 - 15 barSize I Size II Size III Size IV

3 G 1/4 6 G 1/2 8 G 3/4

9 G1

0 screw plug on the bowl, with gauge (p1 50 bar)1 screw plug on the bowl, without gauge (p1 50 bar)2 manually drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 30 bar)4 manually drain valve on the bowl, without gauge (p1 30 bar)6 automatic drain valve on the bowl, with gauge (p1 16 bar)8 automatic drain valve on the bowl, without gauge (p1 16 bar)

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel

Threaded Fittingstainless steel

Material: Stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.4571Internal thread: Cylindrical according to DIN ISO 228External thread: Conical according to ISO 7-1

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.NW L D

Hose spouts with thread1/8 6 45 6 650.001/4 6 45 6 654.531/4 9 47 7 650.01 3/8 6 47 6 654.553/8 9 51 8 650.023/8 13 51 11 654.571/2 9 63 9 654.591/2 13 66 13 650.031/2 19 66 19 654.603/4 20 69 19 650.041 19 71 25 654.621 25 71 25 650.051 1/4 32 80 32 650.061 1/2 40 95 38 650.072 50 105 51 650.08

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.NW L SW

Hexagon nipples1/8 6 29 12 650.091/4 8 32 17 650.103/8 10 36 12 650.111/2 15 42 26 650.123/4 20 46 32 650.131 25 52 38 650.141 1/4 32 56 46 650.15

Hexagon reducers1/4x 1/8 8 x 6 15 16 650.363/8x 1/8 10 x 6 17 18 650.373/8x 1/4 10 x 8 17 18 650.381/2x 1/8 15 x 6 21 26 650.391/2x 1/4 15 x 8 21 26 650.401/2x 3/8 15 x 10 21 26 650.413/4x 1/4 20 x 8 24 30 650.423/4x 3/8 20 x 10 24 30 650.433/4x 1/2 20 x 15 24 30 650.441 x 1/4 25 x 8 27 35 650.451 x 3/8 25 x 10 27 35 650.461 x 1/2 25 x 15 27 35 650.471 x 3/4 25 x 20 27 35 650.481 1/4x 3/8 32 x 10 30 45 650.491 1/4x 1/2 32 x 15 30 45 650.501 1/4x 3/4 32 x 20 30 45 650.511 1/4x 1 32 x 25 30 45 650.521 1/2x 1/2 40 x 15 38 52 650.531 1/2x 3/4 40 x 20 38 52 650.541 1/2x 1 40 x 25 38 52 650.551 1/2x 1 1/4 40 x 32 38 52 650.562 x 1/2 50 x 25 36 63 650.592 x 3/4 50 x 15 36 63 650.572 x 1 50 x 20 36 63 650.582 x 1 1/4 50 x 32 36 63 650.602 x 1 1/2 50 x 40 36 63 650.61

7 8

7C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g




Hexagon reducing nipples1/4x 1/8 8 x 6 34 18 650.203/8x 1/8 10 x 6 36 21 650.213/8x 1/4 10 x 8 34 21 650.221/2x 1/8 15 x 6 34 25 650.231/2x 1/4 15 x 8 34 25 650.241/2x 3/8 15 x 10 41 25 650.253/4x 1/4 20 x 8 37 31 650.263/4x 3/8 20 x 10 38 31 650.273/4x 1/2 20 x 15 45 31 650.281 x 1/4 25 x 8 39 35 650.291 x 3/8 25 x 10 44 35 650.301 x 1/2 25 x 15 44 35 650.311 x 3/4 25 x 20 50 35 650.321 1/4x 1/2 32 x 15 48 46 650.331 1/4x 3/4 32 x 20 52 46 650.341 1/4x 1 32 x 25 54 46 650.351 1/2x 1/2 40 x 15 49 50 654.101 1/2x 3/4 40 x 20 53 50 654.111 1/2x 1 40 x 25 53 50 654.121 1/2x 1 1/4 40 x 32 59 50 654.132 x 1/2 50 x 15 57 63 654.142 x 3/4 50 x 20 57 63 654.152 x 1 50 x 25 57 63 654.162 x 1 1/4 50 x 32 57 63 654.172 x 1 1/2 50 x 40 64 63 654.18

Hexagon caps1/8 6 13 15 650.691/4 8 17 18 650.703/8 10 19 21 650.711/2 15 20 27 650.723/4 20 24 30 650.731 25 25 38 650.74

Hexagon plug tapered1/8 6 21 12 650.801/4 8 21 16 650.813/8 10 22 20 650.821/2 15 28 24 650.833/4 20 30 30 650.841 25 32 38 650.85

Hexagon nuts1/8 6 6 23 651.111/4 8 8 23 651.123/8 10 7 27 651.131/2 15 8 32 651.143/4 20 10 35 651.151 25 10 46 651.161 1/4 32 11 55 651.17

7 9

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel


7 10



Reducing socket1/4x 1/8 8 x 6 26 - 651.223/8x 1/8 10 x 6 30 - 651.233/8x 1/4 10 x 8 30 - 651.241/2x 1/8 15 x 6 34 - 651.251/2x 1/4 15 x 8 34 - 651.261/2x 3/8 15 x 10 34 - 651.273/4x 1/4 20 x 8 37 - 651.283/4x 3/8 20 x 10 37 - 651.293/4x 1/2 20 x 15 37 - 651.301 x 1/4 25 x 8 43 - 651.311 x 3/8 25 x 10 43 - 651.321 x 1/2 25 x 15 43 - 651.331 x 3/4 25 x 20 43 - 651.341 1/4x 1/2 32 x 15 48 - 651.351 1/4x 3/4 32 x 20 48 - 651.361 1/4x 1 32 x 25 53 - 651.371 1/2x 1/2 40 x 15 53 - 651.381 1/2x 3/4 40 x 20 53 - 651.391 1/2x 1 40 x 25 53 - 651.401 1/2x 1 1/4 40 x 32 53 - 651.41

Elbow 90° f/f1/8 6 8 15 651.551/4 8 14 18 651.563/8 10 20 22 651.571/2 15 26 27 651.583/4 20 32 35 651.591 25 38 42 651.60

Cross1/4 8 38 18 651.663/8 10 46 21 651.671/2 15 54 27 651.683/4 20 64 33 651.691 25 76 42 651.70

Elbow 45° f/f1/8 6 23 13 651.761/4 8 32 21 651.773/8 10 39 22 651.781/2 15 45 28 651.793/4 20 46 34 651.801 25 57 41 651.81

Street elbow 90° f/m1/8 6 18 - 651.871/4 8 27 - 651.883/8 10 27 - 651.891/2 15 28 - 651.903/4 20 33 - 651.911 25 37 - 651.92

7C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g


7 11



Equal tee1/8 6 14 14 651.981/4 8 19 19 651.993/8 10 22 22 652.001/2 15 28 28 652.013/4 20 35 35 652.021 25 42 42 652.03

Welding nipples1/8 6 30 10 652.181/4 8 30 13 652.193/8 10 30 17 652.201/2 15 35 21 652.213/4 20 40 27 652.221 25 40 34 652.231 1/4 32 50 42 652.241 1/2 40 50 48 652.252 50 50 60 652.26

Barrel nipples1/8 6 40 10 652.401/4 8 40 13 652.413/8 10 40 17 652.421/2 15 60 21 652.433/4 20 60 27 652.441 25 60 34 652.451 1/4 32 80 42 652.461 1/2 40 80 48 652.472 50 100 60 652.48

Sockets1/8 6 17 14 652.621/4 8 25 17 652.633/8 10 26 21 652.641/2 15 34 26 652.653/4 20 36 32 652.661 25 43 39 652.671 1/4 32 48 48 652.681 1/2 40 48 54 652.692 50 56 66 652.70

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

77

stai

nles

s st

eel

Ball Valvestainless steel

7 12

Stainless steel ball valves are used in applications whereaggressive liquid or gaseous media needs in a pipe or hosesystem, the line can be shut off.High general resistance to water and slightly polluted waste-water, food and organic acids.

Connection Dimensions [mm] Weight Order No.F C D E A [kg]

One-piece reduced bore

G 1/4 39 35 66 5 0,070 660.14G 3/8 44 36 74 7 0,102 660.15G 1/2 57 41 89 9 0,166 660.16G 3/4 59 44 89 13 0,247 660.17G 1 71 51 105 16 0,412 660.18G 1 1/4 78 56 105 20 0,627 660.19G 1 1/2 83 64 130 24 0,838 660.20G 2 100 71 130 32 1,384 660.21Max. operating pressure:G 1/4 - G 11/4 70 bar *G 11/2 - G 2 50 bar ** Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature

corresponds to room temperature

Two-piece full bore

G 1/4 49 51 95 12 0,250 660.22G 3/8 49 51 95 13 0,260 660.23G 1/2 57 53 95 15 0,450 660.24G 3/4 65 59 110 20 0,580 660.25G 1 78 73 135 25 1,000 660.26G 1 1/4 91 78 135 32 1,450 660.27G 1 1/2 105 91 165 38 2,150 660.28G 2 127 99 165 51 3,000 660.29Max. operating pressure:G 1/4 - G 1 95 bar *G 11/4 - G 2 70 bar ** Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature


Three-piece with weld ends, full bore

1/4 59 51 95 12 0,250 660.433/8 59 51 95 13 0,260 660.441/2 64 55 95 15 0,450 660.453/4 75 59 110 20 0,580 660.461 86 73 135 25 1,000 660.47Max. operating pressure:1/4 - 1 95 bar ** Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature


Technical DataMaterial: No. 1.4408ball valve stainless steelball seat PTFE 15%seals PTFElever prodection PVC

Connection:Thread DIN 259 / 2999

Media:compressed air, fluids(material resistance note)

Operating temperature:-20 °C to +160 °C(pressure dependent)

Mounting position:any

Direction of flow:any

7C

om

pre

ssed

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g

List of ContentsDrain Valves

Manual Drain Valve 2

Semi-Automatic Drain Valve 2

Internal-Automatic Drain Valve 3

External-Automatic Drain Valve 3

Timer Controlled External-Automatic Drain Valve 4

Electronic External-Automatic Drain Valve 4

External-Automatic Drain Valve – 20 bar 5

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

88

Dra

in V

alve

s

Semi-automatic drain valve for plastic bowls and metal bowls Ø14 495-100

2

Drain screw made of plastic G 1/8 423-110

Manual drain valve with insert for plastic bowls and metal bowls with inspection glass Ø 14 423-207Manual drain valvewithout insert for metal bowls G 1/8 275-41

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

8 Manual Drain ValveDrain Valves

8

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CMounting position at lowest point of bowlNominal size for condensate DN 3Operation clockwise - closed

counter clockwise - opened

Manual Drain ValvesArticle Connection Order No.

Main spare parts

Semi-Automatic Drain ValveDrain Valves

Semi-Automatic Drain ValvesArticle Connection Order No.

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 barOperating temperature 0 °C to +90 °CClosing pressure (valve open at lower pressure) ~ 0,5 barClosing pressure flow (air) 6 m³/h

(airflow required for reaching closing pressure)Mounting position at lowest point of bowlNominal size for condensate DN 3,5Manual operation push disc upwards

(above 10 bar more force necessary)Drain hose flexible

Remark To change the drainscrew, unscrew and pull firmly downwards.

Manually operated drain valves are integrated as standard equipment in all filter bowls or filter-pressure-regulator bowls. On plastic bowls or metal bowls with sight glass a plasticdrain screw is used. A metal drain screw is used on metal bowls without sight glass, butif desired it can be optionally screwed into any other bowl with female port thread in placeof the plastic drain screw.

Semi-automatic drain valves are open when there is no pressure (up to approx. 0,5 bar).At higher pressures they are opened manually. They are thus used in all situations where atleast during the night the compressed air system is shut off and relieved. With the appro-priate insert they can be installed in all bowls of plastic or metal having a sight glass. For installation in metal bowls without sight glass or G 1/8 female thread no insert is necessary.The manual operation is carried out by pushing the brass plate up over the plug of the drainhose for condensation.

495-100

Fully automatic built-in drain valves (ø24 mm) are suitable for installation in all plastic bowls with ø 14 mm hole and an WZ 19 adaptor. The operating pressure range of the valves runsfrom approx. 1,5 to 12 bar. At pressures below 1,5 bar the valve is open. Between 1,5 and12 bar when a certain condensation level is reached, a float activates a pneumatic servovalve and the drain valve is opened. Emergency manual operation is effected by pushing upthe red ring.

Quiet disksfor airvision-bowls-size I 419-80Quiet disksfor airvision and variobloc-bowls-size II 419-81

3

Remark Mounting on pressure tanks or water pockets without significant

pressure variation not recommended because proper function cannot always beguaranteed (water doesn´t flow into the valve).

Technical DataDrain Valve A Drain Valve B

Max. operating pressure 16 bar 12 barOperating temperature 0 °C to +90 °C 0 °C to +50 °CMin. operating pressure ~ 4 bar ~ 1 bar

at lower pressures closed openMounting position vertically facing downwards vertically facing downwardsNominal size for condensate DN 4 DN 4Manual emergency operation Press pin in push red disk upwards

(above 6 bar harder to press)Condensate drain G 1/4 - female thread 5 mm flexible

External Automatic Drain ValveDrain Valves

8

Internal Automatic Drain ValveDrain Valves

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 12 barCritical range 10 to 12 barOperating temperature 0 °C to +50 °CMin. operating pressure (opened at lower pressures) ~ 1 barClosing pressure flow (air) 7,5 m³/h (125 l/min)

(airflow required for reaching closing pressure)Mounting position vertically facing downwardsNominal size for condensate DN 4Manual emergency operation push red disk upwardsDrain hose 5 mm, flexible

Accessories

Fully automatic drain valves can be fitted on all filters or filter pressure regulators in the ewo-programme instead of manually operated or semi-automatic ones. On bowls with G 1/8

female thread the installation is possible at any time. The working pressure range runs fromabout 4 bar to 16 bar. At pressures below 4 bar the valve is closed and the automatic func-tion turned off. Between 4 and 16 bar when a certain condensation level is reached, a floatactivates a pneumatic servo valve and the drain valve is opened. After brief draining the valvecloses again. Emergency manual operation is carried out by pressing in a horizontallyprotruding pin.

External Automatic Drain ValvesArticle Connection Order No.

Drain Valve A (Housing and Hood Brass) G 1/8 5370.3Drain Valve A (Housing PA, Hood Brass) G 1/8 5370.4Drain Valve B (Float gauge in sight) G 1/8 441.11

Internal Automatic Drain ValveArticle Connection Order No.

Internal-automatic drain valve ø 14 441.1

Remark Mounting on pressure tanks or water pockets without significant pressu-

re variation not recommended because proper function cannot always be guaranteed(water doesn´t flow into the valve).

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

88

Dra

in V

alve

s

4

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

8

8

Timer Controlled Drain ValveDrain Valves

Technical DataMin. / max. operating pressure 0 - 16 barMin. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C to 65 °CInput connection G 1/2

Output connection G 1/4

Output pipe diameter 6 - 8 mmCapacity at 10 bar 0,2 - 114 l/hOpening time 0,5 - 6 sec.Interval time 0,5 - 30 min.Electrical connection

Voltage AC 230 V +/-10 %Frequency 50 - 60 HzPower 18 WProtection IP 54Cable 3 x 0,75 mm²

Weight 560 g

Timer controlled external-automatic drain valve (solenoid). The condensate drain adjustedfrequency controlled or individually timed. No moving parts. Reliable operating without clog-ging and unsensible to outside conditions. Test button, warning LED light for condense dis-posal phase.

Timer Controlled Drain ValveArticle Order No.

Timer controlled drain valve 230 V AC 5370.100

Electronic drain valve of the new generation is used for the automatic discharge of accumu-lated condensate from compressed air systems. The basic principle is contactless measu-rement of accumulated condensate which is the discharged without the loss of valuablecompressed air.Condensate flow constantly flushes debris out of the valve. Thats why uninterrupted opera-ting is guaranteed.Incorrect plunger position is first sign of debris blocking the valve. By detecting incorrectposition, blocked plunger release procedure is started. This procedure assures safety andreliable plunger operating. No staff intervention is needed. This procedure starts automati-cally.The housing is made of aluminum with plastic cover, which protects electronics inside thedevice from outside harmful conditions.Robust aluminum housing eloxated, integrated filter mesh, compact design, two-wayconnections, contactless measuring, direct acting self cleaning valve (patented), blockedplunger release procedure, operating diagnostic monitoring, test button, warning LED lightfor drain operating and alarm.

Technical DataMin. / max. operating pressure 0 - 16 barMin. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C to 65 °CInlet connection G 1/2

Alternative: Inlet connection G 1/2 (backside down and vent up)Outlet connection G 1/8

Drain capacity at 7 bar 15 l/hVolume 0,15 lElectrical connection

Voltage AC 230 V +/-10 %Frequency 50 - 60 HzPower 24 VAProtection IP 54Cable 3 x 0,75 mm²

Weight 900 g

Electronic Drain ValveArticle Order No.

Electronic drain valve 230 V AC 5370.200

Electronic Drain ValveDrain Valves

58

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

8External Automatic Drain Valve – 20 barDrain Valves

The external automatic drain valve is used larger amounts of condensate (up to 300 l/h) mustbe automatically discharged from filters, pressure vessels and cyclone seperators. It ensu-res reliable operating up to 20 bar.When the condensate exceeds the discharge level, the float rises, opens the discharge aper-ture and discharges condensate from the system. No power supply required.A manual drain plug is available.To optimize performance, we recommend the installation of the inlet nipple, especially whenthey are incurred higher flowrates!

Technical DataMin. / max. operating pressure 0 - 20 barMin. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C to 65 °CInput connection G 1/2

Output connection G 1/2

Capacity to 300 l/hMaterial

Housing aluminum alloyO-ring resistant to conventional compressor oils

Weight 680 g

External Automatic Drain Valve – 20 barArticle Order No.

External automatic drain valve up to 20 bar 5370.300

AccessoriesInlet nipple 5370-301

8 D

rain

Val

ves

Adapter-SetArticle Order No.

Adapter-Set for drain valves G 1/2 female5370-400

mounting at bowls (except standard - metal bowl)Adapter-Set for drain valves G 1/2male 5370-400mounting at bowls (except standard - metal bowl) +

for drain valves G 1/2male - sleeve 185.113 is additionally required 185.113

9List of ContentsCompressed Air Accessories

9 C

om

p.A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Couplings Micro-Coupling DN 2,7 2

Mini-Coupling DN 5 3

Multi-Coupling DN 5,5 4

Standard Coupling DN 7,2 (Brass and Steel) 5

Two And Three Way Distributor, Ball Swivel Connector DN 7,2 6

Safety Coupling With Push Button DN 7,4 7 - 8

Steel Plug With Euro Profile DN 7,2 8

Safety Coupling DN 7,8 9 - 10

High Flow Coupling DN 7,8 11

Coupling DN 10 12

Garage Coupling DN 12 13

GEKA Coupling 14

Threaded Connections Threaded Fitting 15 - 18

Hose Connection (Brass) 19 - 20

High Speed Connection 21 - 25

Rapid-Action Screw-Fitting For Plastic Hose 26 - 27

Hoses Hose For High Speed Connestion (PU) 25

Spiral Hose With Connector (PA, PU) 28 - 29

PVC Fabric Hose With Inlay / Rubber-Hose (Blue Stripes) 30

PVC Hose / Painting and Air Hose / Air Hose “SOFT” 31

Plastic Hoses (PE, PA 11) / 32Hose break protection / Strainers

Accessories Automatic Runback Hose Reel / Garage-Wall Holder / 33Teflon Band / Compressed Air Special Oil / Compressor Oil

Valves Ball Valve 34 - 36

Shut-Off And Regulating Valve 37

Drain Valve 38

Air Distributor 38

Manual Slide Valve (3/2-Way Valve) 39

Non-Return Valve 40

Safety Valves Component-Tested Safety Valve DN 6 41

Component-Tested Safety Valve DN 8 42

Component-Tested Safety Valve DN 10 43

Component-Tested Safety Valve DN 24, 32, 48 44 - 45High-Performance Safety Valve G 1 – G 2

Blow-Off Valves Classic and Mini (Without Component Test) 46

Mufflers Muffler Of Sintered Bronze 47

Muffler Of Plastic 48

Multi Chamber Muffler 48

Pressure Gauges Ø 40, 50, 63, 100 / Safety pressure gauge 49 - 51

2 levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces9

Micro-Coupling DN 2,7Couplings

Remark

All DN 2,7 plugs arecompatible with all DN 2,7 couplings.

Compatible with:Rectus 20KA

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 210 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 16 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing brass nickel platedSeals NBRSpring V2A

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar ** At higher pressures (up to PN 35) connecting and dis-

connecting under pressure is not possible.***Coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow.

One side sealing one-handed quick release with extremelysmall dimensions and high pass at low pressure drop.

4 x 3 7 25 7 310.1845 x 3 7 25 7 310.1946 x 4 5,8 24 - 310.204

4 x 3 34 7 9 310.0845 x 3 34 7 9 310.0946 x 4 34 7 9 310.104

LW 3 24 13 - 310-048LW 4 24 13 - 310-049

LW 3 35 13 - 310.105LW 4 35 13 - 310.103

M 5 17 5 7 310-021G 1/8 18 7 12 310-030

M 5 25 5 9 310.002G 1/8 28 7 12 310.102

M 5 18 5 7 310-010G 1/8 20 7 11 310-020

M 5 26 5 9 310.001G 1/8 28 7 11 310.101

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L L2 SW

Plug with hose connection

Plug with rapid-action screw-fitting

Coupling with hose connection

Coupling with rapid-action screw-fitting

Coupling with male thread

Plug with male thread

Coupling with female thread

Plug with female thread

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Remark

All DN 5 plugs arecompatible with all

DN 5 couplings.

Compatible with:Rectus 21KA

Mini Coupling DN 5Couplings

6x4 M 10x1 33 320.2048x6 M 12x1 33 320.214

6x4 M 10x1 41 14 320.1048x6 M 12x1 41 14 320.114

4 mm 33 - 320-0496 mm 33 - 320-050

4 mm 46 14 320.1036 mm 46 14 320.113

G 1/8 25 14 320-030G 1/4 26 17 320-031

G 1/8 37 14 320.102G 1/4 38 17 320.112

G 1/8 28 14 320-020G 1/4 28 17 320-021

G 1/8 36 14 320.101G 1/4 38 17 320.111

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L SW



Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 500 NL/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 16 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to + 90 °CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing brass nickel platedSeals NBRSpring V2A

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar ** At higher pressures (up to PN 35) connecting and dis-








One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with ball lock.Shut-off valve in the coupling, automatically unlocked when coupled. Without non-return valve in the plug.

undetachably seal ring see page 27

levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces 39

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Multi-Coupling DN 5,5Couplings


8 x 6 57 19 312.11410 x 8 62 19 312.124

6 mm 51 - 312-0508 mm 51 - 312-075

10 mm 51 - 312-07613 mm 51 - 312-052

6 mm 67 19 312.0238 mm 67 19 312.0269 mm 67 19 312.024

10 mm 67 19 312.02713 mm 67 19 312.025

G 1/4 38 17 312-055G 3/8 38 19 312-056G 1/2 40 24 312-058

G 1/4 56 19 312.002G 3/8 55 19 312.022G 1/2 58 24 312.042

G 1/4 38 17 312-053G 3/8 38 19 312-054G 1/2 40 24 312-057

G 1/4 55 19 312.001G 3/8 55 19 312.021G 1/2 55 21 312.041

Remark

All DN 5,5 plugs arecompatible with all DN 5,5 couplings.

Compatible with:ARO 210CEJN 300ewo 308JWL 522 + JWL 532ORION 44510PARKER 50RECTUS 14, 22 + 26

Conection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L SW


Couplingwith rapid-action srew-fitting + antikink

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 700 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 16 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -20° C up to +100° CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing / Cover brass nickel platedSeals NBRSpring / Circlip stainless steel 1.4310Balls stainless steel 1.4034

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** At higher pressures (up to PN 16) connecting and dis-








Industrial clutch with high flow performance. Especially sui-table for use with gaseous media in the industry.

8 x 6 130 19 312.16410 x 8 135 19 312.174

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Standard Coupling DN 7,2Couplings


6 mm 57 25 21 308.023 308.123 8 mm 57 25 21 308.026 308.1269 mm 57 25 21 308.024 308.124

10 mm 57 25 21 308.027 308.12713 mm 57 25 21 308.025 308.125

G 1/8 30 7 14 308-062 -G 1/4 33 10 17 308-055 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-056 308-156G 1/2 35 10 24 308-058 308-158

G 1/8 41 8 21 308.029 308.129G 1/4 41 8 21 308.002 308.102G 3/8 41 8 21 308.022 308.122G 1/2 43 10 24 308.042 308.142

G 1/8 31 7 14 308-061 -G 1/4 33 9 17 308-053 (D) 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-054 (D) 308-154G 1/2 35 10 24 308-057 (D) 308-157

G 1/8 41 9 21 308.028 (D) 308.128G 1/4 41 9 21 308.001 (D) 308.101G 3/8 41 9 21 308.021 (D) 308.121G 1/2 41 10 21 308.041 (D) 308.141G 1/2 45 10 24 308.081 (D) -

4 mm 45 25 - 308-074 308-1746 mm 45 25 - 308-050 308-1508 mm 45 25 - 308-075 308-1759 mm 45 25 - 308-051 308-151

10 mm 45 25 - 308-076 308-17613 mm 45 25 - 308-052 308-152

6x4 mm 38 13 14 308.700 -8x6 mm 38 13 14 308.720 -

10x8 mm 42 17 17 308.740 -








(D) = self-sealing (seal ring or coated thread)undetachably seal ring see page 27

OptionCoupling and plug

outside nickel-plated

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lockand non return valve. Shut-off valve in the coupling, automati-cally unlocked when coupled. Plug is without non-return valve.Steel couplings for use in situations subject to heavy wear.

Remark

All DN 7,2 plugs arecompatible with all DN 7,2 and DN 7,8

couplings

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i SW Brass Steel

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 1300 Nl/minMax. operating pressure 16 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Seals NBRHousing brass steelSpring stainless steel



99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es


Standard Coupling DN 7,2Couplings

Conection Order No.W Brass Steel

G 1/4 128.006 -G 3/8 128.007 -G 1/2 128.008 -

Two way distributor with male thread

G 1/4 128.056 -G 3/8 128.057 -G 1/2 128.058 -

Two way distributor with male thread

Two way distributor with female thread

G 1/4 128.003 -G 3/8 128.004 128.104G 1/2 128.005 -

Three way distributor with female thread

G 1/4 128.053 -G 3/8 128.054 128.154G 1/2 128.055 128.155

Ball Swivel Connector DN 7,2Couplings

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needlelock and non return valve. Shut-off valve in the cou-pling, automatically unlocked when coupled. Plug iswithout non-return valve. Steel couplings for use insituations subject to heavy wear.

Free-angle swivel avoids rotation and twisting. Forincreasing efficiency and installation flexibility.Protective rubber sleeve for dust-free operation andto prevent damage to coupling interior. Brass, nickelplated.

Notenot suitable for striking tools

such as pneumatic screwdriveror Nailers.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

G 1/4 74 12 19 308-453G 3/8 74 13 19 308-454G 1/2 74 16 19 / 21 308-457

with male thread

with female thread

G 1/4 74 12 19 308-455G 3/8 74 13 19 308-456G 1/2 74 13 19 / 25 308-458

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i SW1 / SW2

Backflow damper Brass

avoid during disconnection, through a gentle ventila-tion, called whiplash effect.

Connection Order No.W

DN 6 308.810DN 8 308.820DN 9 308.830DN 10 308.840DN 13 308.850

8levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces 79

Safety Coupling With Push Button DN 7,4Couplings

Remark

All DN 7,4 plugs arecompatible with all

DN 7,4, DN 7,2 and DN 7,8couplings.

6 mm 45 25 - 308-1508 mm 45 25 - 308-1759 mm 45 25 - 308-151

10 mm 45 25 - 308-17613 mm 45 25 - 308-152

6 mm 85,5 25 20 411.0238 mm 85,5 25 20 411.0269 mm 85,5 25 20 411.024

10 mm 85,5 25 20 411.02713 mm 85,5 25 20 411.025

G 1/4 33 10 17 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-156G 1/2 33 10 24 308-158

G 1/4 68 10 20 411.002G 3/8 72,5 11 20 411.022G 1/2 73 11 24 411.042

G 1/4 33 8 17 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-154G 1/2 33 10 24 308-157

G 1/4 68,5 8 20 411.001G 3/8 69,5 9 20 411.021G 1/2 69,5 10 24 411.041







This safety coupling according ISO 4414 with a push-but-ton avoids the so-called whip effect when the plug is decou-pled. With the materials used, this high-quality coupling ischaracterized by stability and compactness.

Step 1: By a single actuation of the push button, the cou-pling is vented, the plug is further secured in the sleeve.

Step 2: When the push button is pressed a second time, the connector is unlocked and can be removed safely.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 1800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 12 barMin. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to + 90 °CMounting position** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing entry brass nickel platedHousing middle aluminum anodizedHousing outlet steel galvanizedSeals NBRSprings stainless steel 1.4310Shots stainless steel 1.4034Plugs steel galvanized

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** Coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow


We recommend steel plugswhen using this safety

coupling.

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es


G 1/4 75 12 20 411.202G 3/8 77 12 20 411.222G 1/2 79 13 24 411.242

Coupling with swivel connector

female thread

Safety couplings with swivel connector allow turning thecoupling, when beeing fixed-mounted, for bringing thepush-button into a visible position.

Safety Coupling With Push Button DN 7,4Couplings

G 1/4 76 6 20 411.201G 3/8 76 7 20 411.221G 1/2 81 8 20 411.241

Coupling with swivel connector

male thread

with male thread

Steel connectors and plugs are characterized by a longerlife time compared to brass plugs.Recommended for use with any safety couplings and highflow couplings of series 411, 455, 466 and 476!

with female thread

G 1/4 33 9 17 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-154G 1/2 35 10 24 308-157

Steel Plug With Euro Profile DN 7,2Couplings

G 1/4 33 10 17 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-156G 1/2 35 10 24 308-158

with hose connection

4 mm 45 25 - 308-1746 mm 45 25 - 308-1508 mm 45 25 - 308-1759 mm 45 25 - 308-151

10 mm 45 25 - 308-17613 mm 45 25 - 308-152


Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 1800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 12 barMin. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to + 90 °CMounting position** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing entry brass nickel platedHousing middle aluminum anodizedHousing outlet steel galvanizedSeals NBRSprings stainless steel 1.4310Shots stainless steel 1.4034Plugs steel galvanized



We recommend steel plugswhen using this safety

coupling.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9


Remark

All DN 7,8 plugs are compatible with all DN 7,8 and DN 7,2

couplings.

Safety Coupling DN 7,8Couplings

6 mm 45 25 - 308-1509 mm 45 25 - 308-151

13 mm 45 25 - 308-152

6 mm 72 22 21 466.0239 mm 72 22 21 466.024

13 mm 72 22 21 466.025

G 1/4 33 10 17 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-156G 1/2 33 10 24 308-158

G 1/4 60 12 21 466.002G 3/8 60 12 21 466.022G 1/2 62 14 24 466.042

G 1/4 33 8 17 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-154G 1/2 33 10 24 308-157

G 1/4 57 9 21 466.001G 3/8 57 9 21 466.021G 1/2 60 12 24 466.041

Connection Dimensions[mm] Order No.W L i SW







Safety coupling, plastic sleeve with two-stage relievingaccording ISO 4414, DIN EN 983. Stage I: After pushing the sleeve backwards the plug

goes out one step and the remaining pressure escapes.

Stage II: Pushing the sleeve forwards, the plug release and can be disconnected without any danger.For longer wear we recommend only steel plugs.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 1800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 8 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to + 90 °CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing brass nickel platedCover POMSeals NBRSpring V2APlug steel galvanized



ReferenceNot recommended for direct

connection to percussive toolssuch as impact wrenches.

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Remark


couplings.

Safety Coupling DN 7,8Couplings


G 1/4 33 10 17 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-156G 1/2 33 10 24 308-158

G 1/4 58 9 24 455.002G 3/8 58 9 24 455.022G 1/2 58 12 24 455.042

G 1/4 33 8 17 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-154G 1/2 33 10 24 308-157

G 1/4 62 9 24 455.001G 3/8 62 9 24 455.021G 1/2 62 12 24 455.041

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i SW


Housing brass nickel platedSeals NBRSprings stainless steel 1.4310Shots and Pins stainless steel 1.4034Plugs steel galvanized

* measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar** possible to 16 bar in coupled condition

(increased effort is necessary)***Coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow







Safety coupling with two-stage relieving according ISO4414, DIN EN 983. Lightly pushing back the sleeve opensthe first lock. Coupling closes and at the same time pressesthe plug into the second position; the remaining pressure inthe plug is able to escape. If the sleeve is pushed backagain the plug is released and can be disconnected withoutdanger. For longer wear we recommend only steel plugs.

with rubber protecting ring

6 mm 77 25 24 455.0238 mm 77 25 24 455.0269 mm 77 25 24 455.024

10 mm 77 25 24 455.02713 mm 77 25 24 455.025

6 mm 45 25 - 308-1508 mm 45 25 - 308-1759 mm 45 25 - 308-151

10 mm 45 25 - 308-17613 mm 45 25 - 308-152

ReferenceNot recommended for direct

connection to percussive toolssuch as impact wrenches.

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Remark


couplings.

NPT connection available


High Flow Coupling DN 7,8Couplings

G 1/4 33 10 17 308-155G 3/8 33 10 19 308-156G 1/2 33 10 24 308-158

G 1/4 33 8 17 308-153G 3/8 33 9 19 308-154G 1/2 33 10 24 308-157

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 2300 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 16 barMin. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +100 °CMounting position** anyDirection of flow anyMaterial

Housing / Cover brass nickel platedSeals NBRSprings stainless steel 1.4310Shots and Pins stainless steel 1.4034Plugs steel galvanized





One-hand - operation, rapide-action with needle lock andnon return valve. Coupling with a high flow rate. A robustbody for big pneumatic consumer.

G 1/4 63 12 19 476.001G 3/8 63 13 21 476.021G 1/2 63 15 24 476.041


G 1/4 63 12 19 476.002G 3/8 63 15 21 476.022G 1/2 63 15 24 476.042




6 mm 76 25 19 476.0238 mm 76 25 19 476.0269 mm 76 25 19 476.024

10 mm 76 25 19 476.02713 mm 76 25 19 476.025

6 mm 45 25 - 308-1508 mm 45 25 - 308-1759 mm 45 25 - 308-151

10 mm 45 25 - 308-17613 mm 45 25 - 308-152

We recommend steel plugswhen using this high flow

coupling.

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

12 levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces (Plugs)9

Coupling DN 10Couplings

Remark

All DN 10 plugs are compatible with all DN 10 couplings.

13 mm (1/2”) 160-316 mm (5/8”) 160-3c19 mm (3/4”) 160-3a

13 mm 55 33 - 354-053

G 1/2 128.04

G 1/2 40 12 27 354-060

G 1/2 42 12 27 354-059

G 1/2 65 12 30 354.061

* With plug (male thread) the coupling partNo. 354.071 can be modified to a hose connection.


Plug with male thread (brass)


Plug with female thread (brass)

Two-Way Distributor

Plug with hose connection (brass)

Plug with male thread G1/2 (brass)


Housing brassSeals NBRSpring stainless steel



One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lockand non return valve for higher flow capacity. Shut-off valvein the coupling, automatically unlocked when coupled. Plugis without non-return valve.


OptionMain seals made of Viton

on request

G 1/2 65 12 30 354.071

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9


Garage Coupling DN 12Couplings

Remark

All DN 12 plugs arecompatible with allDN 12 couplings.

Technical DataNominal rates of flow* 4000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (P1) 16 bar**Min. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature (Air) -10 °C up to +50 °C

(Water) +5 °C up to +50 °CMounting position*** anyDirection of flow anyMaterialHousing brassSeals NBRSpring stainless steel



Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i D SW





Two-Way Distributor

Plug* with male thread G1/2

*With plug (male thread) the coupling partNo. 254.11 can be modified to a hose connection.

Coupling with ball lock for high flow capacity. Non returnvalve in the coupling. With lip seal, thus also suitable forneutral fluids. Has rubber ring as protection against wear.

G 1/2 82 12 - 30 254.01G 3/4 82 12 - 30 254.03

G 1/4 54 9 ø 6 17 254-27G 1/2 63 10 ø 10 20 160-20

G 1/2 82 12 - 30 254.11G 3/4 82 12 - 30 254.13

G 1/2 128.03

13 mm 87 45 ø 10,0 - 254-3016 mm 87 45 ø 12,5 - 254-3119 mm 87 45 ø 12,5 - 254-32

13 mm (1/2”) 58 10 ø 10 20 160-316 mm (5/8”) 58 10 ø 11 20 160-3c19 mm (3/4”) 58 10 ø 12 20 160-3a

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es


GEKA CouplingCouplings

10 ( 3/8”) 7,5 40 28 516.15013 ( 1/2”) 10 40 28 516.15116 ( 5/8”) 13,5 44 32 516.15219 ( 3/4”) 17 44 32 516.15325 ( 1”) 21,5 50 37 516.15432 (1 1/4”) 28 60 48 516.15538 (1 1/2”) 34 63 48 516.156

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.SLW / G NW L LT / T

GEKA tail of hosePlug with distinctive and hose saving ribbed profil forclose hold of the hose.For hose clamp and crimp sleeve.

GEKA threaded partfemale threadthread laterally with flat sealing ring SBR (up to100 °C)

- - 27 15 516.174

GEKA blind coupling

Dimensions ca. 13 x 8 x 1,5 516-117 x 11 x 1,5 516-220,5 x 14 x 1,5 516-326 x 18 x 2 516-433 x 23 x 2 516-5

GEKA flat sealing ring SBR (bis +100 °C)for threaded part with inside thread PU = 10 St.

NBR (insert), black-30 °C to +100 °C 516-6NBR - foodstuff resistant, red-30 °C to +100 °C (KTW-approval) 516-7EPDM, black - yellow marked-50 °C to +150 °C 516-8

GEKA high performance form sealing ring PU = 10 St.

Technical Data

Brass CW617N (Cu Zn 40 Pb2) acc.DIN 50930/6

operating pressure (Form sealing ring)> 40 bar (static benchmarked)

explosion limit (Form sealingring) > 80bar (static benchmarked)

Vacuum resistant (Form sealing ring)up to 10 m Water column, WS (staticbenchmarked)

Locking nubs for bestsafety to avoid to release of theconnection also in clutched pres-sureless state.The claws have a uniform distanceof 40 mm.Form sealing ring = NBR.

13 ( 1/2”) 10 67 31 516.36119 ( 3/4”) 15 71 35 516.36225 ( 1”) 20 76 42 516.36332 ( 1 1/4”) 28 82 46 516.364

GEKA SH tail of hoseVacuum and high pressure. With threaded ring (threa-ded ring back screw, clutch, dress threaded ring).

G 1/4 11 21 9,5 516.200G 3/8 11 21 9,5 516.201G 1/2 14 21 9,5 516.202G 3/4 19 22 10,5 516.203G 1 23 23 11 516.204G 1 1/4 23 28 13,5 516.205G 1 1/2 23 29 14 516.206

G 1/4 8 22 8 516.210G 3/8 11,5 22 8 516.211G 1/2 15 22 8 516.212G 3/4 20 22 8 516.213G 1 23 22 8 516.214G 1 1/4 23 26 13 516.215G 1 1/2 23 26 13 516.216

male thread

NBR (insert), black, -30 °C to +100 °C 516-9GEKA form sealing ring SH PU = 10 St.

For a save, easy and fastcoupling and decoupling as wellas to extend flexible hose pipesand -systems (Water-, Industry,Compressed air, suction andpressure hoses in dimensionsG 3/8 - 10 mm up to G 11/2 - 38 mm,also among themselves) and rigidpipes and -systems (metal andplastic pipes, thread dimensionsG 1/4 up to G 1 1/2).

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

516-9


3 x G 3/8 48 - - - 14 - 121-353 x G 1/2 54 - - - 15 - 121-504 x G 3/8 61 - - - 14 - 121-344 x G 1/2 67 - - - 18 - 121-54

2 x G 3/8 35 30 26 18,5 11 4,5 121-552 x G 1/2 40 35,5 30 21,5 16 4,5 121-562 x G 3/4 51 45 39 28 13 4,5 121-57

5 x G 1/2 74 43,5 59 57 15 5,5 121-58

5 x G 1/2 74 43,5 59 57 15 5,5 121-59

3 x G 1/8 8 36 18 9 185.1973 x G 1/4 11 36 19 10 185.1963 x G 3/8 15 44 23 12 185.1953 x G 1/2 19 59 29,5 17 185.1943 x G 3/4 25 68 34 15 185.1933 x G 1 30 78 39 22 185.192

2 x G 1/8 6 20 - 8 185.1822 x G 1/4 8 20 - 10 185.1832 x G 3/8 15 22,5 - 11 185.1852 x G 1/2 19 29 - 15 185.1872 x G 3/4 25 33 - 16 185.1882 x G 1 30 40,5 - 20 185.189

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L M N K i D

Distributor (3-Way and 4-Way)

Ceiling elbow (90° for wall fastening)

Distributor with 5 outlets G 1/2

Distributor with 5 outlets G 1/2

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L M i

90° Elbow with female thread

T-Piece with female thread

6 x G 1/2 123 113 100 50 14 121-608 x G 1/2 173 163 150 50 14 121-61

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L L1 L2 L3 i

Distribution block galvanized steel

121-61

121-60

Threaded FittingThreaded Connections

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Some of the thread connectors are equipped with a cone for ataching a hose connector with ball nippel seal.

G 1/8 x G 1/8 20 8 8 5 14 185.129G 1/4 x G 1/4 24 10 10 8 17 185.133G 3/8 x G 3/8 29 11 12 10 22 185.155G 1/2 x G 1/2 30 12 12 15 26 185.177G 1/8 x G 1/4 22 8 10 8 14 185.130G 1/4 x G 1/8 22 10 8 5 17 185.131G 1/4 x G 1/2 27 10 12 10 22 185.132G 3/8 x G 1/4 27 11 10 8 22 185.153G 3/8 x G 1/2 29 11 12 13 22 185.154G 1/2 x G 3/8 30 12 12 10 26 185.175G 1/2 x G 3/4 34 12 16 17 32 185.176G 3/4 x G 1/2 37 15 16 15 32 185.178

G 1/8 x G 1/8 19 7 7 5 12 185.029G 1/8 x G 1/4 20,5 7 8,5 5 14 185.030G 1/4 x G 1/4 22 8,5 8,5 7 14 185.033G 1/4 x G 3/8 24 8,5 9,5 7 17 185.053G 1/4 x G 1/2 25,5 8,5 11 7 22 185.054G 3/8 x G 3/8 25 9,5 9,5 10 17 185.055G 3/8 x G 1/2 26,5 9,5 11 10 22 185.075G 1/2 x G 1/2 28 11 11 12 22 185.077G 1/2 x G 3/4 33 11 14 12 30 185.078G 3/4 x G 3/4 36 14 14 19 30 185.013G 3/4 x G 1 40 14 16 19 36 185.015G 1 x G 1 42 16 16 22 36 185.014G 11/2 x G 11/2 50 20 20 36 50 280-228G 2 x G 2 55 20 20 40 65 454-9

G 1/8 x G 1/8 29 9,5 9,5 5 12 185.29G 1/4 x G 1/8 32 12 9,5 5 14 185.30G 1/4 x G 1/4 34 12 12 7 14 185.33G 3/8 x G 1/4 36 13,5 12 7 17 185.53G 1/4 x G 1/2 38 12 15,5 7 22 185.54G 3/8 x G 3/8 37 13,5 13,5 10 17 185.55G 1/2 x G 3/8 40 15,5 13,5 10 22 185.75G 1/2 x G 1/2 44 15,5 15,5 12 22 185.77G 1/2 x G 3/4 43 15 15 12 30 185.78G 3/4 x G 3/4 42 15 15 19 30 415-13*G 3/4 x G 1 50 15 16 19 36 415-15G 1 x G 1 55 16 16 22 36 415-14*

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.WxV L i k d SW

Double NippleFor connecting compressed air units or installations ofsimilar equipment. ( without cone )

female-, male thread

male thread, short – with Cone (45°) EN 560

male, long – with Cone (45°) EN 560

* without cone

R 1/8 x R 1/8 5,3 27 9 9 5 15 185.311R 1/8 x R 1/4 5,3 30 9 12 5 15 185.312R 1/4 x R 1/4 6,3 34 12 12 6 19 185.322R 1/4 x R 3/8 6,3 35 12 13 6 19 185.324R 3/8 x R 3/8 8,5 36 13 13 8 22 185.344R 1/2 x R 1/2 13 44 16 16 12 27 185.366R 3/4 x R 3/4 15 52 18 18 14 36 185.388R 1 x R 1 20 65 22 22 19 46 185.399

male thread, solvable (3-part) with conical thread

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.WxV DN L i k SW1SW

16 levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces


9

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9



G 1/8 8 5 8 5 323-14G 1/4 11 7 11 6 280-127G 3/8 10 8 14 8 447-28G 1/2 12 8 18 10 424-67

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i D SW

Screw plug

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W x V L i d SW

Reduction with hexagon nutFor reducing female threads or expanding male threads.

G 1/4 x G 1/8 12 9 10 17 1117G 3/8 x G 1/8 12 8,5 10 19 322-18G 3/8 x G 1/4 12 8,5 13,5 19 1068G 1/2 x G 1/4 15,5 11,5 13,5 22 1191G 1/2 x G 3/8 15,5 11,5 17 22 1018G 3/4 x G 1/2 18 12 21 32 1292G 1 x G 3/4 18 12 27 36 1193G 11/2 x G 11/4 21 15 42,5 50 409-81G 2 x G 11/4 30 20 43 65 417-50G 2 x G 11/2 30 20 49 65 417-45

G 1/8 22 14 185.110G 1/4 26 17 185.111G 3/8 26 22 185.112G 1/2 30 27 185.113G 3/4 33 32 185.114G 1 35 40 185.115

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L SW

Sleeve (2-Way)

Technical DataMax. operating pressure (P1) 63 bar (PN 63)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position/Direction of flow anyMaterial brass

G 1/8 10 6,5 5 14 185.160G 1/4 13 8,5 8 17 185.161G 3/8 15 10,5 10 19 185.162G 1/2 19 13,5 12 24 185.163G 3/4 20 14,0 14 32 185.164G 1 22 16,0 17 36 185.165

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L B SW1 SW

Blind plug with external and internal hexagon

and with turned sealing surface for sealing ring DIN 7603

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es


G 1/8 5 18 18 10 10 185.82G 1/4 7 22 22 11 13 185.83G 3/8 8 27 27 15 17 185.85G 1/2 12 26 26 13 21 185.87G 3/4 19 40 40 16 25 185.88*G 1 25 45 45 18 30 185.89*

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No. W DN L M i SW

90° Elbow male thread with cone

* without cone

G 1/8 5 35 17 7 10 185.97G 1/4 8 47 24 12 13 185.96G 3/8 9 52 26 12 17 185.95G 1/2 12 54 27 13 21 185.94*G 3/4 19 80 38 19 25 185.93*G 1 25 90 42 20 30 185.92*

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L M i SW

T-Piece male thread with cone

* without cone

G 1/8 6 18,5 21,0 8,0 10 185.42G 1/4 8 23,5 25,5 11,0 13 185.43G 3/8 11 26,0 28,0 11,5 17 185.45G 1/2 15 31,0 33,5 14,0 21 185.47G 3/4 19 33,0 36,5 16,0 25 185.48G 1 24 39,0 45,0 19,0 30 185.49

90° Elbow with female / male thread

G 1/8 6 42 18,5 8,0 10 185.62G 1/4 8 51 23,5 11,0 13 185.63G 3/8 11 56 26,0 11,5 17 185.65G 1/2 15 67 31,0 14,0 21 185.67G 3/4 19 73 33,0 16,5 25 185.68G 1 24 90 39,0 19,0 30 185.69

T-Piece with female / male / female thread

G 1/8 6 39,5 21,0 8,0 10 185.12G 1/4 8 49,0 23,5 11,0 13 185.13G 3/8 11 54,0 28,0 11,5 17 185.15G 1/2 15 64,5 33,5 14,0 21 185.17G 3/4 19 69,5 36,5 16,5 25 185.18G 1 25 84,0 45,0 19,0 33 185.19

T-Piece with female / female / male thread

Technical DataMax. operating pressure (PN)

63 barOperating temperature

-10 °C to +90 °CMounting position

anyDirection of flow

anyMaterial

brass


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9


Hose ConnectionThreaded Connections

Hose Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.

LW1 LW2 L i D

Double Hose Connector EN ISO 560 (DIN 8542)

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.

W LW L i / K SW

Hose Tailwith female thread DIN 3852-Z

G 1/8 4 33 9 / 22 12 113-9G 1/8 6 36 9 / 25 12 113-10G 1/8 9 36 9 / 25 14 113-11G 1/4 4 36 12 / 22 17 113-12G 1/4 6 40 12 / 25 17 113-13G 1/4 9 40 12 / 25 17 113-14G 1/4 13 45 12 / 30 17 113-15G 3/8 6 42 14 / 25 19 113-16G 3/8 9 42 14 / 25 19 113-17G 3/8 13 47 14 / 30 19 113-18G 1/2 6 42 14 / 25 24 113-19G 1/2 9 42 14 / 25 24 113-20G 1/2 13 47 14 / 30 24 113-21G 3/4 9 47 19 / 25 32 113-22G 3/4 13 52 19 / 30 32 113-23G 3/4 19 58 19 / 36 32 113-24G 1 19 60 20 / 36 36 113-31G 1 25 66 20 / 42 36 113-32G 1 32 70 20 / 46 36 113-33

G 1/8 4 34 8 / 22 14 113-41G 1/8 6 37 8 / 25 14 113-51G 1/8 9 37 8 / 25 14 113-52G 1/4 4 36 10 / 22 17 113-68G 1/4 6 40 10 / 25 17 113-31aG 1/4 9 40 10 / 25 17 113-40aG 1/4 13 45 10 / 30 17 113-71G 3/8 6 43 12 / 25 17 113-32aG 3/8 9 43 12 / 25 17 113-34aG 3/8 13 48 12 / 30 19 113-43G 1/2 6 44 12 / 25 24 113-67G 1/2 9 44 12 / 25 24 113-66G 1/2 13 49 12 / 30 24 113-44G 3/4 9 49 14 / 25 32 113-25G 3/4 13 54 14 / 30 32 113-26G 3/4 19 58 14 / 36 32 113-27G 1 19 60 16 / 36 36 113-28G 1 25 66 16 / 42 36 113-29G 1 32 70 16 / 46 36 113-30


W LW L i / K SW

Hose Tailwith male thread and inner cone 45° DIN 3852-A

4 4 64 29,5 8 113.006 6 72 33,5 9 113.016 8 72 33,5 12 113.029 9 72 33,5 12 113.03

13 13 72 33,5 16 113.04

Technical DataMax. operating pressure (PN)

40 barOperating temperature

-10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position

anyDirection of flow

anyMaterial

brass

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Hose ConnectionThreaded Connections

G 1/8 - 10 8 12 295-7G 1/4 - 14 11 17 124-19G 3/8 - 16 13 19 120-9G 3/8LH - 16 13 19 124-18G 1/2 - 18 13 24 147-12

G 1/8 4 25 15 - 295-5G 1/8 6 25 15 - 295-6G 1/4 4 43,5 28 - 113-49G 1/4 6 37 25 - 106-16G 1/4 9 37 25 - 113-50G 3/8 4 47,5 31 - 120-10aG 3/8 6 39 25 - 113-38G 3/8 9 39 25 - 113-39G 1/2 6 41 25 - 113-47G 1/2 9 41 25 - 113-48G 1/2 13 45 36 - 113-45

Hexagon nut

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W LW L i SW

Parts for detachable hose tailHose plug with ball seal


W LW L i / K SW

Detachable Hose TailsConsist of hose plug with ball seal and swivel nut withadaptor.

Hose ConnectionHose connections consist of a connector plug - allowingthe hose to be slipped on and secured with a hose clap - and a threaded part, either male or female with a ball seal.

G 1/8 4 43 9 / 25 12 197.06G 1/8 6 43 9 / 25 12 197.07G 1/4 4 43 9 / 28 17 197.01G 1/4 6 43 9 / 25 17 197.02G 1/4 9 43 9 / 29 17 197.03G 3/8 4 49 9 / 31 19 198.01G 3/8 6 43 9 / 25 19 198.02G 3/8 9 43 9 / 28 19 198.03G 3/8 13 43 9 / 28 19 198.04*G 1/2 6 43 9 / 25 24 199.02G 1/2 9 43 9 / 29 24 199.03G 1/2 13 47 9 / 31 24 199.04

* union nut not removable


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9


High Speed ConnectionThreaded Connections

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W øD B i SW

Straight Screwing In Link

with male thread

Technical DataApplication: compressed air, vacuum, neutral gasesMaterial: Plastic, Brass nickel platedMax. pressure: 10 barRecommended hose: PU or PA (Nylon)*Temperature range: -20 °C to +60 °CSeal: NBRThread: cylindrical with incorporated O-Ring

* Page 22

Push in Fittings made out of plastic an d brass (nickel pla-ted). In connection with plastic (PU or PA) hoses applicable.

Straight Screwing On Plug Connection

with female thread

G 1/8 4 19 6 10 582.1104G 1/8 6 21 6 14 582.1106G 1/8 8 26 6 14 582.1108G 1/4 4 18 8 14 582.1204G 1/4 6 23 8 14 582.1206G 1/4 8 25 8 14 582.1208G 1/4 10 31 8 17 582.1210G 1/4 12 34 8 21 582.1212G 3/8 6 21 9 17 582.1306G 3/8 8 22 9 17 582.1308G 3/8 10 28 9 17 582.1310G 3/8 12 28 8 21 582.1312G 1/2 6 25 11 21 582.1406G 1/2 8 26 11 21 582.1408G 1/2 10 26 11 21 582.1410G 1/2 12 33 11 21 582.1412

G 1/8 4 23 8 10 582.2104G 1/8 6 24 8 12 582.2106G 1/8 8 26 8 14 582.2108G 1/4 4 26 11 14 582.2204G 1/4 6 27 11 14 582.2206G 1/4 8 29 11 14 582.2208G 1/4 10 32 11 17 582.2210G 1/4 12 34 11 21 582.2212G 3/8 6 28 12 17 582.2306G 3/8 8 30 12 17 582.2308G 3/8 10 33 12 17 582.2310G 3/8 12 35 12 21 582.2312G 1/2 6 30 14 21 582.2406G 1/2 8 32 14 21 582.2408G 1/2 10 35 14 21 582.2410G 1/2 12 37 14 21 582.2412

Bulkhead Union

M12 4 30 14 582.9304M14 6 32 17 582.9306M16 8 35 19 582.9308M20 10 42 24 582.9310M22 12 45 27 582.9312

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.M 2x øD B SW

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es



G 1/8 4 6 24 17 - 10 582.3104G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.3106G 1/8 8 6 30 23 3 14 582.3108G 1/4 4 8 27 18 - 14 582.3204G 1/4 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.3206G 1/4 8 8 32 23 3 14 582.3208G 1/4 10 8 36 28 4 17 582.3210G 1/4 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.3212G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.3306G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.3308G 3/8 10 9 37 28 4 17 582.3310G 3/8 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.3312G 1/2 6 11 33 19 3 21 582.3406G 1/2 8 11 37 23 3 21 582.3408G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.3410G 1/2 12 11 43 30 4 21 582.3412

Screwing Angle male thread

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W øD i B E ø d SW

G 1/8 4 6 42 3 10 582.6104G 1/8 6 6 44 3 12 582.6106G 1/8 8 6 47 3 14 582.6108G 1/4 4 8 45 3 14 582.6204G 1/4 6 8 46 3 14 582.6206G 1/4 8 8 49 3 14 582.6208G 1/4 10 8 58 4 17 582.6210G 3/8 6 9 48 3 17 582.6306G 3/8 8 9 51 3 17 582.6308G 3/8 10 9 59 4 17 582.6310G 1/2 6 11 51 3 21 582.6406G 1/2 8 11 54 3 21 582.6408G 1/2 10 11 63 4 21 582.6410

Y-ConnectionThread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W øD i B ø d SW

G 1/8 4 6 24 22 10 582.7104G 1/8 6 6 24 23 10 582.7106G 1/8 8 6 24 26 10 582.7108G 1/4 6 8 26 25 14 582.7206G 1/4 8 8 26 29 14 582.7208G 1/4 10 8 26 32 14 582.7210G 3/8 6 8 32 27 19 582.7306G 3/8 8 8 32 30 19 582.7308G 3/8 10 8 32 33 14 582.7310G 3/8 12 8 32 36 14 582.7312G 1/2 8 11 39 33 24 582.7408G 1/2 10 11 39 36 19 582.7410G 1/2 12 11 39 37 19 582.7412

Screwed Angle ConnectionThread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W øD i B E SW

Distributor Plug In Connectionwith male thread, 3 tails reduced

G 1/8 6 4 6 68 19 3 12 582.9851G 1/4 8 4 8 71 20 2 14 582.9852G 1/4 8 6 8 71 20 2 14 582.9853G 3/8 10 8 9 92 24 4 17 582.9854

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W 1x øD1 3x øD2 A B E ø d SW

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9



G 1/8 4 6 25 19 3 10 582.4104G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.4106G 1/8 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.4108G 1/4 4 8 28 19 3 14 582.4204G 1/4 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.4206G 1/4 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.4208G 1/4 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.4210G 1/4 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.4212G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.4306G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.4308G 3/8 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.4310G 3/8 12 9 39 30 4 21 582.4312G 1/2 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.4406G 1/2 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.4408G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.4410G 1/2 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.4412

T-Screwing in screw connection on side

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W 2x øD i B E ø d SW

T-Screwing in screw connection

G 1/8 4 6 25 18 3 10 582.5104G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.5106G 1/8 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.5108G 1/4 4 8 28 18 3 14 582.5204G 1/4 6 8 29 19 3 14 582.5206G 1/4 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.5208G 1/4 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.5210G 1/4 12 8 38 30 4 21 582.5212G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.5306G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.5308G 3/8 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.5310G 3/8 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.5312G 1/2 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.5406G 1/2 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.5408G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.5410G 1/2 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.5412

Thread Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.W 2x øD i B E ø d SW

T-Connection reduced

6 4 19 3 582.98118 6 23 3 582.9812

10 8 28 4 582.981312 10 30 4 582.9814

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD1 øD2 E ø d

4 18 3 582.92046 19 3 582.92068 23 3 582.9208

10 28 4 582.921012 30 4 582.9212

T-ConnectionHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.3 x ø D E ø d

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

4 33 582.90046 35 582.90068 39 582.9008

10 48 582.901012 49 582.9012

Straight ConnectionHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.2x ø D B

6 4 35 582.98018 6 39 582.9802

10 8 47 582.980312 10 49 582.9804

Straight Connection reduced

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD1 øD2 B

4 18 - 582.91046 19 3 582.91068 23 3 582.9108

10 28 4 582.911012 30 4 582.9112

Angle ConnectionHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.2x ø D E ø d

4 18 3 582.94046 19 3 582.94068 23 3 582.9408

10 28 4 582.941012 30 4 582.9412

Cross ConnectionHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD E ø d

4 36 3 582.95046 37 3 582.95068 40 3 582.9508

10 50 4 582.951012 53 4 582.9512

Y-ConnectionHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.3x øD B ø d

Y-Connection reduced

6 4 37 3 582.98218 6 40 3 582.9822

10 8 49 3 582.982312 10 53 4 582.9824

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD1 øD2 B ø d

4 51 3 582.96046 55 3 582.96068 60 3 582.9608

10 73 4 582.961012 78 4 582.9612

Y-Connection with plug nipple

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.2+1 øD B ø d

24 levy of packaging unit á 5 / 10 / 50 pieces (High Speed Connections)9


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9



4 28 582.98616 33 582.98628 37 582.9863

10 42 582.986412 44 582.9865

Catch PlugHose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD B

Straight Plug reduced

4 6 42 582.98314 8 44 582.98326 8 45 582.98336 10 47 582.98348 10 47 582.98356 12 54 582.98368 12 54 582.9837

10 12 55 582.9838

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.øD2 øD1 B

Polyurethane-Hose (PU)Polyurethane tubes are extremely flexible and very kink resi-stant with small bend for routing into tight places. The excel-lent memory tolerates repeated flexing. It is also very abra-sion resistant and outlast other tubings. Good resistanceagainst mineral oil, lubrication grease, oxygen, ozone andaliphatic hydrocarbons. The ideal choice for fluid powerapplications together with High Speed Connections(see page 21-26)

Hose Pressure Color Order No.D x d [bar]

4 x2,5 11 blue 582.0046x4,0 11 blue 582.0068x5,5 11 blue 582.008

10x6,5 11 blue 582.01012x8,0 11 blue 582.012

Minimum tax: 10 m (10 m steps)

Plastic Hose for High Speed ConnectionsHoses

Distributor Plug InConnection for Pipe

6 4 58 19 3 582.98418 4 63 20 3 582.98428 6 63 20 3 582.9843

10 6 77 24 4 582.984410 8 77 24 4 582.9845

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.2x øD1 3x øD2 B E ø d

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

- 6 x 4 42 401.802- 8 x 6 45 401.803

- 6 x 4 44 401.702- 8 x 6 44 401.703

G 1/8 6 x 4 48 6 401.612G 1/8 8 x 6 48 6 401.613G 1/4 6 x 4 53 8 401.622G 1/4 8 x 6 52 8 401.623G 1/4 10 x 8 55 8 401.624

G 1/8 6 x 4 25 9 401.512G 1/8 8 x 6 25 9 401.513G 1/4 6 x 4 25 11 401.522G 1/4 8 x 6 25 11 401.523G 1/4 10 x 8 30 11 401.524

M 10 x 1 6 x 4 47 11 14 401.402M 12 x 1 8 x 6 48 13 16 401.403

ø 6 6 x 4 28 15 12 401.302ø 9 8 x 6 31 18 14 401.303

G 1/4 6 x 4 28 8 17 401.222G 1/4 8 x 6 28 8 17 401.223


W D x d L i SW

Straight Male Screw-In Connector

Straight Female Screw-On Connector

Bulkhead Stuffing Boxes

Swivel Elbow Connector

Swivel T-Connector

T-Distributor

4-Way Distributor

or rapid connection of plastic hoses with connector threads.The hose is pushed over the corresponding plug and clam-ped securely with the swivel nut. The swivel nut is knurledso that it can be tightened quickly and has a hexagon screwto secure the connection. Hoses with an inner diameter of4, 6 and 8 mm. Port sizes G 1/8, G 1/4 and G 3/8.

Bulkhead Stuffing Boxes

G 1/8 6 x 4 25 6 15 401.112G 1/8 8 x 6 25 6 15 401.113G 1/4 6 x 4 27 8 18 401.122G 1/4 8 x 6 27 8 18 401.123G 1/4 10 x 8 29 8 18 401.124G 3/8 8 x 6 29 9 21 401.133G 3/8 10 x 8 31 3 21 401.134


Rapid-Action Screw-Fitting for Plastic HoseThreaded Connections

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Rapid-Action Screw-Fitting For Plastic HoseThreaded Connections


G 1/8 13,9 9,8 1,5 289-133G 1/4 16,5 13,2 1,5 269-97

6 x 4 10 401-18 x 6 14 401-2

10 x 8 18 401-3

G 1/8 - 22 8 17 401-45G 1/4 - 29 10 22 401-46

G 1/8 11 - 6 14 401-47G 1/4 13 - 8 17 401-48G 3/8 14 - 8 19 401-55G 1/2 16 - 10 24 401-56

G 1/8 - 22 7 14 401-43G 1/4 22 29 10 22 401-44

G 1/8 23 - 6 17 401-41G 1/4 30 22 8 22 401-42

G 1/8 19 - 7 17 185.029G 1/4 22 - 8,5 21 185.033

G 1/8 23 - 6 17 401-39G 1/4 30 22 8 22 401-40

Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.

W L H i SW

Screw-On Distributor T

Dimensions [mm] Order No.

D x d i

Plug PA 11

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.

W D d h

Sealing Ring Of PVC

T-Distributor

Double Nipple

4-Way Distributor

Screw-On Distributor L

Screw Plug

Technical DataMax. operating pressure (PN) 40 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow anyMaterial brass

G 1/8 320-35G 1/4 308-124G 3/8 308-125

Sealing Ring PA Undetachably

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

standard – Spiral HoseHoses

Technical DataMax. operating pressure

8 bar at max. 50 °COperating temperature

-40 °C to +85 °C Colour

blueMaximum working length

approx. 80 % of the overall length

Technical DataMax. operating pressure at

+20 °C - 12 bar+40 °C - 10 bar+60 °C - 8 bar+80 °C - 6 bar

Operating temperature0 °C to + 100 °C

289

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Spiral hoses with complete connec-tions at both ends and with anti knikdevice. Hose of polyamide 11 (PA)blue. Maximum working length ap-prox. 80% of the overall length. Non-kinking, resistent to reduction of insi-de diameter.

Spiral Hose Polyamide (PA)Hose Overall ø outside Threat Order No.D x d length [m] [mm]

6 x 4 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.221

8 x 6 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.3218 x 6 5,0 75 G 1/4 580.3228 x 6 7,5 75 G 1/4 580.323

10 x 8 2,5 115 G 1/4 580.52110 x 8 5,0 115 G 1/4 580.52210 x 8 7,5 115 G 1/4 580.523

12 x 9 5,0 140 G 3/8 580.43212 x 9 7,5 140 G 3/8 580.433

Mounting with brass Couplings and Plugs DN 7,28 x 6 5,0 75 - 473.18 x 6 7,5 75 - 473.2

12 x 9 5,0 140 - 473.312 x 9 7,5 140 - 473.4

Spiral Hose Polyurethane (PU)Hose Overall ø autside Threat Order No.D x d length [m] [mm]

8 x 5 3,0 40 G 1/4 580.1258 x 5 6,0 40 G 1/4 580.1268 x 5 7,5 40 G 1/4 580.127

9,5 x 6,3 3,5 60 G 1/4 580.2259,5 x 6,3 6,0 60 G 1/4 580.2269,5 x 6,3 7,5 60 G 1/4 580.227

12 x 8 3,5 80 G 3/8 580.43512 x 8 6,0 80 G 3/8 580.43612 x 8 7,5 80 G 3/8 580.437

Mounting with brass Couplings and Plugs DN 7,29,5 x 6,3 6,0 60 - 473.59,5 x 6,3 7,5 60 - 473.6

12 x 8 6,0 80 - 473.712 x 8 7,5 80 - 473.8

With complete connections at bothends, maximum working lengthapprox. 80 % of the overall length,non-kinking, less rubbing off thanpolyamide hoses, soft surface lessscratching-danger of sensitive surfa-ces..

299

Spiral HoseHoses

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Spiral Hose Polyamide (PA)Hose Overall ø outside Threat Order No.D x d length [m] [mm]

6 x 4 2,5 62 G 1/4 580.241

8 x 6 2,5 91 G 1/4 580.3418 x 6 5 91 G 1/4 580.3428 x 6 7,5 91 G 1/4 580.3438 x 6 10 91 G 1/4 580.3448 x 6 30 91 G 1/4 580.345

Mounting with brass Couplings and Plugs DN 7,26 x 4 2,5 62 - 473.241

8 x 6 2,5 91 - 473.3418 x 6 5 91 - 473.3428 x 6 7,5 91 - 473.3438 x 6 10 91 - 473.3448 x 6 30 91 - 473.345

OptionCut goods without connectors

on request

Spiral hoses with complete connec-tions at both ends and with anti knikdevice. Hose of polyamide 12 (PA)blue. Maximum working length ap-prox. 60% of the overall length. Non-kinking, resistent to reduction of insi-de diameter.

Spiral Hose Polyurethane (PU)Schlauch Auszugs- ø außen Gewinde Bestell-Nr.:D x d länge [m] [mm]

10x6,5 3,5 69 G 1/4 580.24510x6,5 6 69 G 1/4 580.24610x6,5 7,5 69 G 1/4 580.24710x6,5 10 69 G 1/4 580.248

Mounting with brass Couplings and Plugs DN 7,210x6,5 3,5 69 - 473.24510x6,5 6 69 - 473.24610x6,5 7,5 69 - 473.24710x6,5 10 69 - 473.248

Mounting with pushbutton safety couoling DN 7,4and steel plug10x6,5 3,5 69 - 473.74510x6,5 6 69 - 473.74610x6,5 7,5 69 - 473.74710x6,5 10 69 - 473.748

Technical DataMax. operating pressure at

+20 °C - 12 bar+40 °C - 10 bar+60 °C - 8 bar+80 °C - 6 bar

Operating temperature-40 °C to + 100 °C

With complete connections at bothends, maximum working lengthapprox. 60 % of the overall length,non-kinking, less rubbing off thanpolyamide hoses, soft surface lessscratching-danger of sensitive surfa-ces..


8 bar at max. 50 °COperating temperature

-40 °C to +85 °C Colour

blueMaximum working length

approx. 60 % of the overall length

Rotating Screwwith bend protection spring

Hose Thread SW Order No.D x d

6 x 4 G 1/4 14 474-18 x 5 G 1/4 14 474-28 x 6 G 1/4 14 474-3

9,5 x 6,3 G 1/4 15,8 474-410 x 6,5 G 1/4 15,8 474-510 x 8 G 1/4 15,8 474-612 x 8 G 1/4 17 474-7

Plastic HosesHoses

309

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

D x d Pressure Lenght Order No.[mm] [bar] [m]

PVC Hose converted for compressed air

mounted with brass couplings and plugs DN 7,2.

PVC fabric hose with inlay, water-clear, conditionally oil-,gasoline- and base-resistent. Standard hose for a widerange of applications in industry, machine and plant con-struction, manual trades and laboratories. PVC hoses are resistent to pressure, UV and ageing with an unlimited sto-rage life. If they are used with flowing oils, the softener con-tained in the PVC is removed, as a result the hose loses itsUV resistance and gets brittle.

5 E4020010 E40201

12 x 6 1520 E4020330 E4020540 E4020750 E402095 E40210

10 E40211

15 x 8 1520 E4021330 E4021540 E4021750 E402195 E40250

10 E40251

20 x 13 1520 E4025330 E4025540 E4025750 E40259

50 m roll without connections (coupling and plug)12 x 6 15 50 E4001314 x 8 15 50 E4002115 x 9 15 50 E4001416 x 10 15 50 E4002720 x 13 15 50 E4001526 x 19 15 50 E4001934 x 25 12 50 E40020

Technical DataTemperature range:

-15 °C to +60 °COperating pressure at 20 °C:

see in tableCracking pressure:

approx. 60 barSoul:

PVC plainPressure carrier:

polyester threadsCover:

PVC, cadmium and silicon free

O.D. x I.D. P at 20 °C [bar] length Order No.

40 m roll without connections13 x 6 16 E40401

16,5 x 9,5 16 E4040221 x 13 16 E4040329 x 19 16 E4040437 x 25 16 E40405

with High Flow coupling DN 7,4 andplug DN 7,2 (steel) mounted16,5 x 9,5 16 5 m E40420-516,5 x 9,5 16 10 m E40420-10

Rubber Hose for compressed airblue stripes

The ideal workshop compressed air hose (ISO 2398, Cat4B) has a soul of a SBR compound and is resistant to wea-thering and oil-containing compressed air. He is very fle-xible, black, smooth, and has blue stripes.

Technical DataSilicon-freeOperating temperature:

-25 °C to +80 °CCracking pressure:

64 barSoul:

SBR blend, flameprooffabric insert from PVAA

Cover:SBR / EPDM-blend, black /blue with labeling

Length of reel:40 m (can vary by up to 10 %)

319

Plastic HosesHoses

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es


-20 °C up to +60 °COperating pressure:

15 / 20 bar (compressed air /water)Burst pressure:

60 barCore material:

PVC, extra soft, blackMaterial fabric insert:

PolyesterCoat material:

PVC, extra soft, cadmium- and silicone-free

Reinforcement:high-strength synthetic yarn

Length of roll:50 m

Air Hose “SOFT”MOT-certifed according to TÜV PS PPP 53103 09.96

A 3-layer, dimensionally stable PVC hose with a cross tissueinlay made of high-quality polyester yarn in soft-technology.Suitable for process gases up to 15 bar and process liquidsup to 20 bar. The hose is extremely high flexible, even at lowtemperatures. It has a low weight but a high pressure resi-stance. Resistant against UV rays, very robust, has a longdurability and is oil and gasoline resistant. Color light blue.Industrial quality.Ranges of application: Compressed air industry, plant con-struction, garages, industry and everywhere where toolsand machines are provided with compressed air.

Inside-Ø (DN) x Bending Length Order No.thickness [mm] radius [mm] [m]

50 m roll without connections6,3 x 2,35 23 50 E404108,0 x 2,50 27 50 E404119,0 x 2,75 32 50 E40412

10,0 x 2,75 39 50 E4041312,7 x 3,15 45 50 E40414

with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (steel) mounted9,0 x 2,75 32 5 E407109,0 x 2,75 32 10 E407119,0 x 2,75 32 15 E407129,0 x 2,75 32 20 E40713

with safety coupling with push buttonand steel plug mounted

9,0 x 2,75 32 5 E407409,0 x 2,75 32 10 E407419,0 x 2,75 32 15 E407429,0 x 2,75 32 20 E40743

14 x 5 25 502.3112 x 6 15 502.3215 x 9 12 502.3320 x 13 8 502.34

O.D. x I.D. P at 20 °C [bar] Order No.

PVC Hose for compressed air

in extruded version. According to DIN 20018 for rough con-ditions of use. Resistant against water- and mineral oil-con-taining compressed air. Flexible, non-bending, abrasion-resistent and weather-proof.


compressed air: -20 °C to +70 °Cwater: to +90° C

Cracking pressure: > 40 bar

Soul:PVC, black, plane

Pressure carrier:coiled, synthetic textile strings

Cover:black, plane, abrasion-resistentand weather-proof

Length of reel:50 m Painting and Air Hose

with coupling and connector mounted DN 7.2 (brass)

This hose is designed for extreme conditions and consistsof three-layer thermoplastic. It is reinforced with a fabric ins-ert in polyester fibers. The hose cover protects against oil,grease, paint and hydrocarbons. It also provides the abilityto derive electrostatic voltages.Typical applications include repair shops, paint shops, auto-motive, plastics processing, assembly plants and carpentry.

Technical DataSilicon-freeOperating temperature:

-20 °C to +90 °CCracking pressure:

64 barSoul:

Antistatic flexible PVC inner core,Soft PVC layer,Polyester reinforcement

Cover:Matt Blue, oil resistant

Length of reel:40 m

O.D. x I.D. P at 20 °C [bar] length Order No.

40 m roll without connections16 x 9 16 40 m E40502

with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass) mounted16 x 9 16 8 m E4050016 x 9 16 10 m E40510

329

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9 Hose Break Protection / Strainers

HOSES

Inlet: male thread Outlet: female threadG 1/4 58 22 396.032G 3/8 71 27 396.033G 1/2 80 30 396.034

Inlet: female thread Outlet: female threadG 1/4 48 22 396.022G 3/8 59 27 396.023G 1/2 65 30 396.024G 3/4 76 33 / 36 396.025G 1 100 41 / 50 396.026G 2 130 70 / 80 396.029

Thread Lenght [mm] SW Order No.:

Hose Break ProtectionHose Guard

Effective hose and pipe rupture valve for compressed airsystems. Designed for normal amounts of air as is requiredfor pneumatic tools.If a hose or pipe damage by one, interrupting flow to imme-diately stop the flow of a marginal residual flow. Remainundamaged parts of the compressed air network under fullpressure to the affected segment or the tube can be safelyreplaced.After repair, the residual flow, the segment is filled slowly towork pressure levels. Once this is achieved, House Guardopens the line is back for normal operation.

OptionNPT-thread

- Protects personnel and the environ-ment from damage that can be the bursting of a compressed air system or entering hose

- Meets the EU standardEN 983 - § 5.3.4.3.2

- Operational and adjustable secured- Building-in into any compressed air

system

Technical DataInlet pressure max.:

G 1/4 - G 1/2 18 barG 3/4 - G 2 35 bar

Opertaing temperature:G 1/4 - G 1/2: -20 °C to +80 °CG 3/4 - G 2: -20 °C to +120 °C

Installation:Before a coupling, afterMaintenance Unit

Material:Housing aluminumPiston G 1/4 - G 1/2 POM

G 3/4 - G 2 aluminumSeal NBR

G 1/4 8 35 43,0 18,0 13 397.022G 3/8 10 39 49,0 22,0 14 397.023G 1/2 15 46 55,5 25,5 21 397.024G 3/4 20 57 70,0 32,5 24 397.025G 1 25 62 82,0 38,5 32 397.026G 1 1/4 32 73 90,0 48,5 35 397.027G 1 1/2 40 87 101,0 55,0 39 397.028G 2 50 102 123,5 66,0 45 397.029

Technical DataOperating pressure:

max. 10 barOperating temperature:

max. 110 °CMaterial:

Housing brassHeadpiece brassSieve Double sieve for Stain-

less steel mesh for fine filtration 0,2 mm

Thread DN C L SW1 SW2 Order No.

Strainerstombac

For liquids, gases, steam, water, mineral oils, heating oilsand hydraulic oils, fuels, and other non-aggressive media inliquid and gaseous states.

6 x 4 27 18 15 E403628 x 6 19 13 11 E40361

10 x 8 12,5 9 7 E4036312 x 9 16 11 9 E40360

6 x 4 10 5 - E403508 x 6 8 4 - E40351

10 x 8 6 3 - E4035312 x 9 8 4 - E40352

Polyethylene-Hoseflexible, transparent

Polyamide-Hoseflexible, natural colour, transparent

Hoses P at P at P at Bestell-Nr.:

O.D x I.D. 20 °C 40 °C 60 °C


see under 20 °C, 40 °C, 60 °C in table

Operating temperaturePE 0 °C to + 80 °CPA 11 0 °C to +100 °C

Material (without reinforcement)polyethylenepolyamide 11

Roll length50 / 100 m

Garage-wall holderLight-alloy casting (in one peace cast).Extreme stable, solid construction and manufacture.

Size Dimensions [mm] Order No.A B C D E ø F

I 188 147 70 150 6 78 E42070II 266 201 108 225 6 107 E42072III 348 257 144 170 8 136 E42071

Hose Reel / Wall Holder / Teflon Band / Special OilAccessories

Teflon sealing bandDVGW approved and BAM testedFine thread FRp 12 m, 60 g/m² E63199Thickness: 0,10 mm, width: 12 mmCoarse thread GRp 12 m, 100 g/m² E63198Thickness: 0,10 mm, width: 12 mmtemperature range -20 °C to +125 °C

Special Air OilCompressed air special oil for lubricators and maintenanceunits according to DIN 51 524 - 2 with viscosity class VG 32according to ISO 3448 (viscosity at 40° C - 32 mm²/s; 32cSt). The oil contains surface active substances, which pro-vide corrosion protection over a large temperature range. Italso takes up condensation water (demulsifying). The 1-litrepolyethylene bottle with volume scale has a practical fillinghose, which can be pulled out after unscrewing the sealingcap.

Volume 1 litre 583Volume 5 litre 583.1temperature range -20 °C to +80 °C

Compressor-Oil ISO 150 DD, DIN 51506

Air compressor oil for piston compressores according toDIN 510506 for compressor temperatures up to 220 °C.This oil, based on mineral oil with a powerful dispersion anddetergency capability prevents deposting of aging productsand foreign objects. This has a strong resistance againstcorrosion through its condensed water absorbing qualities(demulsifying). Its positive resistance against oxidation pro-vides safety against explosions.

Volume 1 litre 583.10

339

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Hose ReelAutomatic runback interlock clear and simple circuit. PUhose suitable for air and water. Resistant to 40 °C. Closedplastic housing (shock) inside and outside use. Pivotingbracket made of steel for wall and ceiling mounting.

Hose DN Lenght Pressure Connection Order No.[m] [bar]

8 mm 12 10 G 1/4 477-36Dimensions l x w x h [mm]: 360 x 330 x 210Weight [kg]: 4,5

10 mm 14 + 1 15 G 3/8 477-38Dimensions l x w x h [mm]: 420 x 390 x 230Weight [kg]: 5,9 477-38

477-36Technical DataOperation temperature:

compressed air: -40 °C to +80 °Cwater: to +40° C

Operating pressure: 10 bar (477-36)15 bar (477-38)

Tubingl:PU with PE fabric, glossy, blue,with bend protection spring

Housing material:plastic, blue

Bracket:steel, swivel

Locking:disengaged

Ball ValveValves

349

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

Mini-Ball ValveWith fill flow. Chromated brass.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L HG R i DN

Female threadG 1/4 39,0 27 22 9,0 8 640.51G 3/8 40,0 27 22 9,0 8 640.52G 1/2 45,0 29 22 10,5 10 640.53

Female / male threadG 1/4 39,0 27 22 9,0 8 640.55G 3/8 40,0 27 22 9,0 8 640.56G 1/2 45,0 29 22 10,5 10 640.57

Male threadG 1/4 40,5 27,0 22 9 8 640.60G 3/8 42,5 27,0 22 10 8 640.61G 1/2 50,0 28,5 22 11 10 640.62

Technical DataMax. operation pressure:

10 bar (PN 10)

Operating temperature:-20 °C to +110 °C-20 °C to +120 °C (640.60 - 62)

Permissible Media: non-flammable and non-poisonous gases and liquids



Ball Valve with metal toggle

With fill flow. Nickel-plated brass.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L HG R i DN

Female threadG 1/4 42,0 46,0 50 10,0 10 640.90G 3/8 47,0 46,0 50 12,0 10 640.91G 1/2 53,0 51,5 50 13,5 15 640.92G 3/4 60,5 54,5 50 14,5 20 640.93G 1 65,0 61,5 50 14,0 25 640.94

Female / male threadG 1/4 43,0 46,0 50 10,0 10 640.08G 3/8 57,0 46,0 50 12,0 10 640.09G 1/2 56,5 51,5 50 13,5 15 640.10G 3/4 64,0 54,5 50 14,5 20 640.11G 1 70,0 61,5 65 14,0 25 640.12

Male threadG 3/8 56,0 46,0 50 11,5 10 641.01G 1/2 53,5 51,5 50 10,0 15 641.02G 3/4 59,5 54,5 50 12,0 20 641.03G 1 69,0 61,5 65 13,0 25 641.04


30 bar (PN 30)*

Operating temperature:-20 °C to +120 °C




* Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature corresponds to room temperature

359

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Ball ValveValves

Ball ValveWith fill flow. Nickel-plated brass.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L HG R i1 / i2 DN SW

Female threadG 1/4 42 46 85 10 10 23 640.13G 3/8 57 46 85 12 10 23 640.14G 1/2 57 52 85 13 15 30 640.15G 3/4 64 55 85 14 20 37 640.16G 1 64 62 85 14 25 45 640.17G 1 1/4 70 73 100 15 32 55 640.18G 1 1/2 89 79 140 16 40 68 640.19G 2 103 92 140 17 50 84 640.20

Female / male threadG 1/4 43 46 85 10 / 11 10 23 640.70G 3/8 57 46 85 12 / 11 10 23 640.71G 1/2 53 52 85 13 / 10 15 30 640.72G 3/4 57 55 85 14 / 12 20 37 640.73G 1 64 62 140 14 / 13 25 45 640.74G 1 1/4 86 73 140 15 / 14 32 55 640.75G 1 1/2 97 79 140 16 / 15 40 68 640.76G 2 114 92 140 17 / 17 50 84 640.77

Male threadG 3/8 56 46 85 11 10 23 640.81G 1/2 54 52 85 10 15 30 640.82G 3/4 60 55 85 12 20 37 640.83G 1 69 62 113 13 25 45 640.84G 1 1/4 84 73 141 14 32 55 640.85G 1 1/2 97 79 141 15 40 68 640.86G 2 114 92 141 17 50 84 640.87


30 bar (PN 30)*

Operating temperature:-20 °C to +120 °C




* Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature corresponds to room temperature

Ball ValveValves (heavy duty version)


5 bar (MOP5, PN 16 for compressed air)

operation temperatur:-10 °C up +80 °C (PTFE Seal)

Sealing:ball-seal: PTFEspindle-seal: Viton

Permissible Media:Flammable gases, exceptacetylene and hydrogen



Marked with identificationaccording to DVGW

Technical DataMax operation pressure:

G 1/4 - G 1/2 50 barG 3/4 - G 1 40 barG 11/4 - G 11/2 30 barG 2 25 bar

Operation temperatur:-40 °C up +200 °C (PTFE Seal)

Sealing:ball-seal: PTFEspindle-seal: Viton

Permissible Media:non-flammable and non-poisonousgases and liquids



Marked with identificationaccording to AD info-sheet A4

Compact Ball ValveBall valves of nickel-plated brass with a chromium-platedball. Seals of Teflon (PTFE and NBR). Metal lever (alu alloy).Straight-through opening same as port size.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i SW l

female threadG 1/4 8 44,4 10 25 80 569.202G 3/8 10 44,4 10 25 80 569.204G 1/2 15 50,5 12,5 31 80 569.206G 3/4 20 57,5 13,5 37 113 569.208G 1 25 70 15 38 113 569.209G 1 1/4 32 80,5 16,5 47 138 569.210G 1 1/2 40 94,5 17,5 54 138 569.211G 2 50 112,5 20,5 66 158 569.212

with female - male threadG 1/4 8 54 10,5 25 80 569.502G 3/8 10 54 10,5 25 80 569.504G 1/2 15 58,5 11,5 31 80 569.506G 3/4 20 66,5 13,5 37 113 569.508G 1 25 78,5 14,5 38 113 569.509G 1 1/4 32 91,5 17 47 138 569.510G 1 1/2 40 105,5 19 54 138 569.511G 2 50 122 21 66 158 569.512

Ball Valve with DVGW-Approval (EN 331)

Ball Valves of nickel-plated brass with a chromium-platedball. Seals of Teflon (PTFE and NBR). Metal lever (steel) Straight-through opening same as port size.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i SW l

female threadeG 1/4 8 49 13 18 80 574.202G 3/8 10 52 13 21 80 574.204G 1/2 15 61 16 25 89 574.206G 3/4 20 68 17 31 113 574.208G 1 25 85 20 38 113 574.209G 1 1/4 32 99 20 47 138 574.210G 1 1/2 40 109 22 54 160 574.211G 2 50 130 24 66 160 574.212

with female - male threadG 1/4 8 57 13 18 80 574.502G 3/8 10 59 13 21 80 574.504G 1/2 15 68 15 25 88 574.506G 3/4 20 75 17 31 113 574.508G 1 25 90 18 38 113 574.509G 1 1/4 32 105 20 47 137 574.510G 1 1/2 40 115 25 54 157 574.511G 2 50 135 25 66 157 574.512

369

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

379

Shut-Off and Regulating ValveValves

G 1/4 4 42 12 50 50 558.22G 3/8 4 51 13 50 50 558.24G 1/2 11 64 15 50 50 558.26

G 1/4 4 42 11 52 50 558.12G 3/8 4 42 11 52 50 558.14G 1/2 11 65 15 60 50 558.16

G 1/8 3,5 34 7 26 22 295.01

G 1/4 3,5 34 8 26 22 295.11

G 1/4 6 43 11 50 48 556.22G 3/8 9 52 12 50 48 556.24G 1/2 11 63 15 57 48 556.26

G 1/8 3,5 35 7 30 22 296.01G 1/4 3,5 34 8 30 22 296.11G 1/4 6 43 10 50 48 556.12G 3/8 10 52 12 50 48 556.14G 1/2 10 64 14 54 48 556.16

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i H d

Needle Regulating Valvestraight through type, with male thread

Needle Regulating Valvestraight through type, with female thread

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 bar (PN 25) for DN 3,5

40 bar (PN 40) from DN 5,5Operating temperature -10 °C to +90 °CPermissible Media non-flammable and

non-poisonous gases.Preferably air

Mounting position anyDirection of flow arrowMaterial brassHandwheel (556.xx + 558.xx) plastic

Shut-off valves are 2-way valves with manual operation.The seal is carried out by a stainless steel ball. Spindle sealis made by an o-ring of perbunan.Needle regulating valves seal by means of a brass cone,thus allowing continuous regulation between “on” and “off”(open and closed).

Shut-Off Valvestraight through type, with male thread

Shut-Off Valvestraight through type, with female thread

Shut-Off Valveelbow type, with male thread

296.01

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Drain ValveValves

G 1/8 5 35 7 40 12 212.01

G 1/4 5 35 10 42 14 168.11

nickel-plated

G 1/8 5 43 9 20 - 166.02

G 1/4 5 43 12 20 - 166.12

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i d SW

Drain Valves elbow type,with brass handwheel with soft seal

Drain Valves straight type,with metal seal

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 25 bar (PN 25)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMounting position any

Drain valves of brass, straight or elbow-type, originally ser-ved to let out the condensation at the lowest point of com-pression tank. Today they are generally used for air exhaust.Soft seal (NBR) with handwheel, metal seal equipped withtoggle.

Air DistributorValves

G 1/4 6 mm 6 79 9 110 25 559.621

G 3/8 9 mm 6 79 9 110 25 559.631

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i H d

Air Distributorsof hot-pressed brass, metal handwheel, 2-way,with hose tails, dispatch oblique

without hose tailsG 1/4 6 79 9 65 25 559.121

G 3/8 6 79 9 65 25 559.131

Air distributors make it possible to have two or three taps that can be shut off individually. They are constructed eitherof hot-pressed brass with two outlets or of fittings that have two or three diaphragm shut-off valves. (See also air distri-butors with couplings).

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 40 bar (PN 40) Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position any

389

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

399

Inlet pressure p1 [bar] 2 4 6 8 10 12321.11 G 1/8 450 750 1000 1700 1950 2267321.12 G 1/4 1000 1667 2000 3333 4000 4667321.14 G 3/8 1667 2667 4167 5167 6333 8167321.16 G 1/2 2500 3833 5500 7000 8333 10000

G 1/8 26 72 8 14 321.11G 1/4 32 81 10 19 321.12G 3/8 37 85 10 22 321.14G 1/2 44 98 12 27 321.16

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W D L i SW

Manual Slide Valves (2/3 Way Valves)

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 12 barMin. operating pressure 1 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrow

Rates of flowNominal rates of flow in Nl/min.

Manual slide valves are ideal fittings for equipment which,when turned off, must as a safety measure also be relieved; for example, putty-applicators, clamp-cylinders, nail-drivers, grinders, drills, screw drivers etc. When thecompressed air pressure is escaped accidental operationcannot cause any injuries or damage. The manual slide val-ves can be connected to the compressed air system with 2/3

hose connectors or quick detachable connectors for plastichoses. The desired individual parts can be found in thecatalogue.Operation3 ways 2 switch-positions, operation by axial movementof the slide.Protective device: The slide is elongated on the outer sidein order to prevent the fingers from getting caught during operation.Safe relieving of compressed air: Compressed air thatescapes during exhaust is directed safely in axial direction.

Manual Slide Valve (3/2-Way Valve)Valves

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Rates of flow RV straight

Nominal rates of flow in Nl/minat p1=6 bar and Δp=1 bar

G 1/4 6 42 11 17 33 566.22G 3/8 7,5 48 12 22 33 566.24G 1/2 10 64 15 27 36 566.26

G 1/4 8 46 6,5 22 9 392.042G 3/8 8 47 10 22 11 392.043G 1/2 12 58 11 27 13 392.044G 3/4 16 63 14 36 14 392.045G 1 22 69 14 46 15 392.046

G 1/4 8 48,5 6,5 22 11,5 392.032G 3/8 8 53,5 11 22 11 392.033G 1/2 12 69 13 27 13 392.034G 3/4 16 72 14 36 13 392.035G 1 22 81 15 46 16 392.036

G 1/4 8 45 10 22 9,5 392.022G 3/8 8 47 11 22 10 392.023G 1/2 12 57 12,5 27 9 392.024G 3/4 16 58 12 36 10 392.025G 1 22 68 14 46 12 392.026

G 1/4 8 49,5 6,5 22 9 392.012G 3/8 8 53,5 11 22 11 392.013G 1/2 12 70 13 27 13 392.014G 3/4 16 77 14 36 14 392.015G 1 22 84 15 46 15 392.016

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i SW K

Non-Return Valvestraight, male threads at both ends

Non-Return Valvestraight, female threads at both ends

Inlet: male threads Outlet: female threads

Inlet: female threads Outlet: male threads

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W DN L i SW H

Non-Return Valve T-form

Non-return valves allow flow in one direction while shuttingoff the flow in the opposite direction. They have a soft seal(Viton) and are available in straight or T-form.

Non-Return ValveValves

Thread Nominal rates of flowG 1/4 and G 3/8 917 Nl/minG 1/2 1667 Nl/minG 3/4 3167Nl/minG 1 5667 Nl/min

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 16 barOpening pressure straight ~ 0,1 bar

t-form 0,5 up to 0,8 barBetriebstemperatur -10 °C up to +180 °CMounting position anyDirection of flow arrowMaterial brass, viton

Important: The straight type cannot be used for compressors!

409

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

419

Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and nonflammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protectpressure tanks against overpressure.Please note: Only safety valves that have been set andsealed by us can be delivered with the component symbols,it is thus absolutely necessary to indicate the setting pressu-re in bar. As functional test, safety valves may be aerated bythe way of pulling the haul-off bolt.Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

4,5 - 7,0 469.237,0 - 10,0 469.24

G 1/4 65 10 17 6 10,0 - 13,0 469.2513,0 - 18,0 469.2618,0 - 24,0 469.274,5 - 7,0 469.337,0 - 10,0 469.34

G 3/8 65 10 19 6 10,0 - 13,0 469.3513,0 - 18,0 469.3618,0 - 24,0 469.37

Tread Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.W L i SW do bar

Technical DataConnection thread G 1/4, G 3/8

Max. operating pressure 24 bar (PN 24)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +150 °CSetting range 4,5 up to 24 bar (5 steps)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 %Material brassSeal FKM (viton)locking torque 13 Nm

Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be < DN 6,the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %

Component symbolsCE0685 SV 02 3 6 D/G 0,4 P

Pressure setting (bar)Flow factorsuitable for gases and vaporsnarrowest flow diameter (mm)Component numberYear of approvalSafety valveGerman Technical InspectionIn this case: DEKRA

Component-TestedSafety Valve DN 6 Safety Valves

Exhaust Capacity AirThe exhaust capacities indicated in the table are the minimum values reached when air pressure is raised by 10 % above the set pressure.Set pressure exhaust flow capacity

(normal condition)bar m³/h l/min

6 45,5 76310 92 154011 100 168114 126 210416 143 238718 160 269620 177 255122 194 323424 211 3516

Intermediate values can be interpolated.DefinitionsSet pressure = start-to-leak pressure Beginning of audible leaking

Opening pressure Valve completely open, maximum blow-off / deflationClosing pressure Valve is closed and sealed (tight)Opening pressure difference Difference between start-to-leak pressure and

opening pressureClosing pressure difference Difference between start-to-leak pressure and

closing pressureFor example: Set pressure 12,0 bar

Opening pressure (+10 %) 13,2 barClosing pressure (-10 %) 10,8 bar

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Component-TestedSafety Valves DN 8Safety Valves

G 1/4 85 10 20 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.221G 1/4 85 10 20 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.222G 1/4 85 10 20 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.223G 1/4 85 10 20 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.224G 1/4 85 10 20 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.225G 1/4 85 10 20 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.226G 1/4 85 10 20 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.227G 1/4 90 10 20 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.421G 1/4 90 10 20 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.422G 1/4 90 10 20 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.423G 3/8 85 10 20 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.241G 3/8 85 10 20 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.242G 3/8 85 10 20 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.243G 3/8 85 10 20 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.244G 3/8 85 10 20 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.245G 3/8 85 10 20 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.246G 3/8 85 10 20 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.247G 3/8 90 10 20 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.441G 3/8 90 10 20 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.442G 3/8 90 10 20 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.443G 1/2 87 12 24 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.251G 1/2 87 12 24 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.252G 1/2 87 12 24 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.253G 1/2 87 12 24 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.254G 1/2 87 12 24 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.255G 1/2 87 12 24 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.256G 1/2 87 12 24 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.257G 1/2 92 12 24 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.451G 1/2 92 12 24 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.452G 1/2 92 12 24 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.453

Thread Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.W L i SW do bar



Technical DataConnection thread G 1/4, G 3/8, G 1/2

Max. operating pressure 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CSetting range 1 up to 40 bar (10 steps)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar < 0,3 bar)Built-in position verticalMaterial brassSeal FKM (viton)Leading aluminumLocking torque 13 Nm

Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be < DN 8,the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %.

Exhaust Capacity AirThe exhaust capacities indicated in the table are the minimum values reached when air pressure is raised by 10 % above the set pressure.

Set pressure exhaust flow capacity (normal condition)

bar m³/h l/min

1 23,5 3942 35,5 5924 59 9856 63 13808 106 1773

10 130 216812 154 256214 177 295716 201 335018 225 374520 248 413822 272 453325 307 512430 367 611035 426 709540 485 8080

Intermediate values can be interpolated.

DefinitionsSet pressure = start-to-leak pressure Beginning of audible leaking





Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protectpressure tanks against overpressure. Please note: Only safety valves that have been set and sealed with lead (plumbed) by us can be delivered with the component symbols, it is thus absolutely necessary to indi-cate the setting pressure in bar. To test their proper functio-ning, safety valves can be relieved by turning the knurled (thumb) screw to the left. The bearing surfaces and conical seals can be cleaned of impurities by unscrewing the entire upper part - without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

429

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

439

Component-TestedSafety Valve DN 10 Safety Valves

Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protectpressure tanks against overpressure. Please note: Only safety valves that have been set and sealed with lead (plumbed) by us can be delivered with the component symbols, it is thus absolutely necessary to indi-cate the setting pressure in bar. To test their proper functio-ning, safety valves can be relieved by turning the knurled (thumb) screw to the left. The bearing surfaces and conical seals can be cleaned of impurities by unscrewing the entire upper part - without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

2,0 - 3,6 351.2613,6 - 5,0 351.2625,0 - 7,0 351.263

G 1/2 120 12 27 10 7,0 - 8,5 351.2648,5 - 11,5 351.265

11,5 - 16,0 351.26616,0 - 22,0 351.2672,0 - 3,6 351.2713,6 - 5,0 351.2725,0 - 7,0 351.273

G 3/4 120 12 30 10 7,0 - 8,5 351.2748,5 - 11,5 351.275

11,5 - 16,0 351.27616,0 - 22,0 351.277

Thread Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.W L i SW do bar



Technical DataConnection thread G 1/2, G 3/4

Max. operating pressure 22 bar (PN 22)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CSetting range 2 up to 22 bar (7 steps)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar < 0,3 bar) Built-in position verticalMaterial brassSeal FKM (viton)Leading aluminiumlocking torque 13 Nm

Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be< DN 10, the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %.

Exhaust Capacity AirThe exhaust capacities indicated in the table are the minimum values reached when air pressure is raised by 10 % above the set pressure.

Set pressure exhaust flow capacity (normal condition)

bar m³/h l/min

2 74,5 12424 124 20686 174 28958 223 3722

10 273 454812 323 537714 372 620316 422 703218 471 785820 521 868522 571 9513

Intermediate values can be interpolated.






99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Safety Valve D / GThread Dimensions DN Set pressure Order No.

[mm] [mm] [bar]W L i SW* do p

G 1 177 15 41 24 0,2 - 35 352.00G 1 1/4 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 30 352.10G 1 1/2 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 30 352.20G 2 282 26 80 48 0,2 - 30 352.30

This spring-loaded safety valve with a very high blow-off capacity, labeled as D/G (models 352.00 to 352.30), will be used for protection ofpressure vessels and pressure systems for air and other neutral, non-toxic and non-combustible gases. The valves with letters F/K/S (models 352.40 to 352.70) have a protective cover (stainless steel) and the spring area of the medium is sepa-rately. This design allows a usage to secure fixed pressure and vehicle tanks from dust and granular goods.The valves only can be supplied with a preset pressure, the desired set pressure must be specified with the order. After setting, the valves arelabeled and sealed. For functional testing, the safety valve can be opened by turning the knurled screw.The bearing surfaces and seals can be cleaned from impurities by unscrewing the upper part without changing the pressure setting.Repairs may only be executed by the manufacturer.

Safety Valve F / K / SThread Dimensions DN Set pressure Order No.

[mm] [mm] [bar]W L i SW* do p

G 1 177 15 41 24 0,2 - 6 352.40G 1 1/4 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 6 352.50G 1 1/2 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 6 352.60G 2 282 26 80 48 0,2 - 6 352.70

Technical DataConnection thread G 1, G 1 1/4, G 1 1/2, G 2Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 %Max. operating temperature +200 °CSetting range D / G 0,2 up to 30 (35) barSetting range F / K / S 0,2 up to 6 barBuilt-in position verticalMaterialhousing, upper part, interior parts brassseals FKM (Viton)pressure spring, protective cover stainless steel

Component symbolsTÜV – SV – 05 – 2003 – DN – D/G – 0,xx – p

F/K/SPressure setting (bar)Flow factorsuitable for **Narowest flow diameter (mm)Test numberYear of approvalSafety valveGerman Surveillance: TÜV

**D / G - for gases and vaporsF / K / S - for blowing air from tanks for liquid, granular or dust media

TÜV – Component Certification: 2003

OptionsStainless steel

NBR or PTFE seals on request!

* SW = wrench size

449

Component-TestedHigh-Performance Safety ValveSafety Valves G 1 – G 2

Power table see next side

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

459

Component-TestedHigh-Performance Safety ValveSafety Valves G 1 – G 2

Exhaust Capacity Air [Nm³ / h]

At max. Pressure exceeding 10 % these values are achieved.

Model 352.00 to 352.30 (D / G)

Set pressure Connecting thread[bar] G 1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G 2

0,2 225 376 376 7210,3 258 430 430 7860,4 284 473 473 8510,5 310 517 517 9160,6 337 563 563 9810,7 371 618 618 10460,8 399 666 666 11110,9 429 715 715 11751,0 459 766 766 13701,5 604 1007 1007 18272,0 749 1249 1249 23253,0 1032 1723 1723 31774,0 1330 2219 2219 40565,0 1601 2671 2671 49626,0 1872 3123 3123 58027,0 2143 3575 3575 66428,0 2413 4027 4027 60349,0 2684 4478 4478 6711

10,0 2955 4930 4930 738811,0 3226 5382 5382 806612,0 3497 5834 5834 874213,0 3768 6286 6286 942014,0 4039 6738 6738 1009715,0 4310 7190 7190 1077416,0 4581 7642 7642 1145117,0 4851 8094 8094 1212818,0 5122 8546 8546 1280619,0 5393 8998 8998 1348320,0 5664 9450 9450 1416021,0 5935 9902 9902 1483822,0 6206 10354 10354 1551523,0 6477 10806 10806 1619224,0 6748 11258 11258 1686925,0 7019 11710 11710 1754626,0 7289 12162 12162 1822427,0 7560 12614 12614 1890128,0 7831 13066 13066 1957829,0 8102 13518 13518 2025530,0 8373 13970 13970 2093331,0 8644 – – –32,0 8915 – – –33,0 9186 – – –34,0 9457 – – –35,0 9727 – – –

Model 352.40 to 352.70 (F / K / S)

Set pressure Connecting thread[bar] G 1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G 2

0,2 225 376 376 7210,3 258 430 430 7860,4 284 473 473 8510,5 310 517 517 9160,6 342 571 571 9810,7 371 618 618 10460,8 399 666 666 11110,9 429 715 715 11761,0 459 766 766 13701,2 514 858 858 15141,4 571 952 952 16581,6 629 1049 1049 19031,8 688 1148 1148 20552,0 749 1249 1249 23252,5 889 1483 1483 27243,0 1032 1723 1723 31773,5 1165 1943 1943 35834,0 1330 2219 2219 40564,5 1465 2445 2445 44695,0 1601 2671 2671 49625,5 1736 2897 2897 53826,0 1872 3123 3123 5802

Applied standards and regulations:DIN EN ISO 4126-1AD 2000 data sheets A2DGR 97/23 EG

Applied standards and regulations:DIN EN ISO 4126-1AD 2000 data sheets A2TRB 801 Nr. 22 and Nr. 23DGR 97/23 EG

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Technical Data DN 6 DN 3

Connection thread G 1/4 G 1/8, G 1/4

Max. operating pressure 40 bar (PN 40) 63 bar (PN 63)Operating temperature NBR -10 °C up to +90 °C

Metal -10 °C up to +180 °C(other temperatures upon request)

Setting range 1,5 up to 12 bar 1 up to 60 barOpening pressure difference 10 % to 15 % ~ 20 %Closing pressure difference 15 % to 25 % ~ 20 %Built-in position verticalMaterial

housing brassseal metal, NBR NBR

Setting and lead seal at additional charge


Opening pressure Valve completely open,maximum blow-off / deflation

Closing pressure Valve is closed and sealed (tight)

Opening pressure difference Difference between start-to-leak pressure and opening pressure

Closing pressure difference Difference between start-to-leakpressure and closing pressure

Exhaust Capacity AirThe exhaust capacities indicated in the table are the minimum values reached when air pressure is raised by10 % above the set pressure.

Classic Blow-Off Valvesstart-to-leak pressure 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 12

m³/h 10 13 26 42 58 74 90

l/min 165 215 430 700 970 1230 1500

Mini Blow-Off Valvesstart-to-leak pressure 1 4 6 10 20 30 40 50 60

m³/h 3 12 18 30 60 90 120 150 180

l/min 50 200 300 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Blow-Off Valve (Without Component Test)

Classic and Mini Blow-Off Valves

DN 3

469

DN 6

0,2 - 1,0 368.0251,1 - 3,0 368.113,1 - 6,0 368.12

G 1/8 NBR 27 7 16 6,1 - 12,0 368.1312,1 - 18,0 368.1418,1 - 32,0 368.1532,1 - 60,0 368.160,2 - 1,0 368.0161,1 - 3,0 368.213,1 - 6,0 368.22

G 1/4 NBR 27 7 16 6,1 - 12,0 368.2312,1 - 18,0 368.2418,1 - 32,0 368.2532,1 - 60,0 368.26

1,5 - 4,0 259.007G 1/4 Metal 78 10 17 4,0 - 8,0 259.008

8,0 - 12,0 259.0091,5 - 4,0 259.010

G 1/4 NBR 78 10 17 4,0 - 8,0 259.0118,0 - 12,0 259.012

Thread Seat Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.W L i SW bar

Mini Blow Off Valve DN 3

Classic Blow-Off Valve DN 6

Setted safety device on request

Setted valves are plumbedMetal seated valves may have slight leakage

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

479

Muffler of Sintered BronzeMufflers

Technical DataMax. banking up pressure 16 bar

573.11 - 573.19 12 bar573.41 - 573.49 12 bar

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °C

Mounting position any

To reduce the noise of exhaust air on equipment usingcompressed air, cylinders and valves etc. The strong designmakes them suitable for high working pressure an dinter-mittent opertation. Can be cleaned with all usual detergents.

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i SW Pore size

with hexagon (fully sintered) 40 μmG 1/8 28,5 4 13 573.1G 1/4 33 8 17 573.2G 3/8 36 10 22 573.3G 1/2 44 12 27 573.6G 3/4 54 14 32 573.8G1 66 16 41 573.9

with brass hexagon 40 μmG 1/8 28 6 13 573.11G 1/4 34,5 8 16 573.12G 3/8 40,5 7,5 19 573.13G 1/2 46 10 24 573.16G 3/4 50 10 30 573.18G1 60,5 11,5 36 573.19

flat type with hexagon 100 μmG 1/8 13 6 13 573.21G 1/4 16,5 8 16 573.22G 3/8 16,5 7,5 19 573.23G 1/2 19 10 24 573.26G 3/4 19 10 30 573.28G1 22 12 36 573.29

flat type with slot 50 μmG 1/8 5 - - 573.31G 1/4 6 - - 573.32G 3/8 7 - - 573.33G 1/2 9 - - 573.36G 3/4 8 - - 573.38G1 10 - - 573.39

throttle type adjustable with brass Hexwith brass hexagon and adjustable exhaust volumne.Lockable with counter nut. 50 μmG 1/8 38 - 44 8 16 573.41G 1/4 39 - 45 8 16 573.42G 3/8 47 - 60 10,5 22 573.43G 1/2 48 - 61 13 22 573.46G 3/4 68 - 92 12 30 573.48G1 68 - 92 11,5 36 573.49

throttle type adjustable with knurledwith knurld screw and adjustable exhaust volumne.Lockable by spring power. 100 μmG 1/8 25 - 27 6 13 573.51G 1/4 27,5 - 29 8 15 573.52G 3/8 33,5 - 36 10,5 22 573.53G 1/2 32 - 35 10,5 22 573.56G 3/4 41,5 - 46 12 30 573.58G1 39 - 45 10,5 36 573.59

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Technical DataMax. banking up pressure 6 barOperating temperatur -10 °C up to +90 °C Mounting position anyMaterial

Steel housing galvanizedPerforated plates galvanizedPolyester feltpads resistent to ageing

This muffler combines in ideal fashion the three most important requirements of a muffler; high blow-off capacity, short exhaust time, strong silencing effect. The axial air-exhaust at the outlet allows theair to escape in a safe direction. Temperatures up to 90 °C in conti-nuous operation, water-resistentand oil-resistent, can be cleaned by washing out with petrol, back pressure: 6 bar.Thread Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow Sound level Order No.W L i D [m³/h] [l/min] [dB(A)]

G 1/2 103 14 80 800 13350 88 391.106G 3/4 106 16 80 1000 16700 88 391.108G1 134 18 110 1400 23350 88 391.109G1 1/4 140 20 110 1900 31700 89 391.110G1 1/2 172 24 150 3200 53400 91 391.111G2 172 24 150 3400 56700 92 391.112

Multi-Chamber MufflerMufflers

To reduce the noise of exhaust air on equipment usingcompressed air, cylinders and valves etc..Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W L i D

G 1/4 38,7 8 19,3 573.62G 3/8 51 10 24 573.63G 1/2 51 10 24 573.64

Technical DataMax. banking up pressure:

6 barOperating temperatur:

-10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position:

anyMaterial:

Housing plasticDamping plastic balls

Muffler of PlasticMufflers

489

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

499

ø 50, vertical [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 16 bar G 1/8 black / white 56• Plastic panel 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 black / white 70• Housing ABS black 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 73• Class 2,5 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 74• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 75

0 - 10 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 760 - 16 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 770 - 25 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 780 - 40 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 79

ø 40, horizontal, Special model [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 3 bar M8x1 black / white 669• Plastic panel 0 - 6 bar M8x1 black / white 673• Housing ABS black 0 -10 bar M8x1 black / white 674• Class 2,5 0 -16 bar M8x1 black / white 675• Tmax 60 °C 0 -25 bar M8x1 black / white 676

ø 40, horizontal [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 black / white 708• Plastic panel 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 black / white 709• Housing ABS black 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 black / white 714• Class 2,5 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 black / white 723• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 black / white 734

0 - 25 bar G 1/4 black / white 745

Article Display range Thread Ground/Imprint Order No.



Pressure Gauge EN 837-1

Reed pen pressure gauges with vertical and horizontal connection. Diameter 40, 50, 63 and 100 mm. Various dis-play ranges. The display range should be used between 2/3 to 3/4, i.e. a pressure regulator with a display range0,5 to 10 bar is equipped with a pressure gauge with display range 0 to 16 bar.



ø 50, horizontal, Special model [bar / psi] class 2,5 - T max 60 °C• Brass thread 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 black / white 44• Glass panel 0 -10 bar G 1/4 black / white 57• Steel housing 0 -16 bar G 1/4 black / white 89

Pressure GaugeAccessories

horizontal, with color code [bar] display range 0 - 16 bar – class2,5 – Tmax 60 °C• Brass thread Ø 40 G 1/4 black / white 746• Plastic panel Ø 50 G 1/4 black / white 105

99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

ø 63 horizontal [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 183• Plastic panel 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 184• Housing stainless steel 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 185• Glycerin filling 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 186• Class 1,6 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 187• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 25 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 188

0 - 40 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 1890 - 60 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 223

ø 63 horizontal [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 black / white 211• Plastic panel 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 black / white 212• Housing ABS black 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 black / white 213• Class 2,5 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 black / white 214• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 black / white 215

0 - 25 bar G 1/4 black / white 2160 - 40 bar G 1/4 black / white 2170 - 60 bar G 1/4 black / white 218

Pressure Gauge EN 837-1


ø 63 vertical [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 193• Plastic panel 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 194• Housing stainless steel 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 195• Glycerin filling 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 196• Class 1,6 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 197• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 25 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 198

0 - 40 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 199


Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es9

509

Sealing ring PA natur Nobü - with captive disk G 1/4 480-71

ø 63, horizontal, Special model with brass thread class 2,5 - T max 60 °C• Housing brass-coloured 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 white / black 257• Calibratable 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 black / white 208• with rubber protection 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 black / white 356-19• Steel housing (class 1,6) 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 black / white 279

ø 63 vertical [bar / psi]• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 173• Plastic panel 0 - 4 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 174• Housing ABS black 0 - 6 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 175• Class 2,5 0 - 10 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 176• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 16 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 177

0 - 25 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 1780 - 40 bar G 1/4 white / black / red 179

Aluminum sealing ring for gauges E61044

Bourdon tube pressure gauge for industrial applicationsFor machine and plant engineering. Robust, stainless steel housing with bayonet bezel. For gaseous and liquidmedia which are not highly viscous, does not crystallise and not attack copper alloys. For high accuracy and roughapplication conditions. Degree of protection - IP 54 (EN 60529).

ø 100 vertical [bar] EN 837-1• Brass thread 0 - 2,5 bar G 1/2B white/black 130• Instrument glass 0 - 4 bar G 1/2B white/black 131• Housing stainless steel 304 0 - 6 bar G 1/2B white/black 132

with pressure relief 0 - 10 bar G 1/2B white/black 133• Class 1,0 0 - 16 bar G 1/2B white/black 134• Tmax 60 °C 0 - 25 bar G 1/2B white/black 135

0 - 40 bar G 1/2B white/black 136

519


99

Co

mp

.Air

Acc

esso

ries

Co

mp

ress

ed A

ir A

cces

sori

es

Safety Pressure Gauge ISO 1571 (earlier DIN EN 562)

ø 63 vertical [bar] steel chasis with rear discharge opening, plastic panel, class 2,5• with imprint

Acetylen (Acetylene) 0 - 2,5 / 1,5 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 221Acetylen (Acetylene) 0 - 40,0 / 26,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 314Sauerstoff (Oxygen) 0 - 16,0 / 10,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 291Sauerstoff (Oxygen) 0 - 40,0 / 20,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 321Sauerstoff (Oxygen) 0 - 315,0 / 200,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 341

• without imprint0 - 2,5 / 1,5 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 2220 - 6,0 / 4,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 2340 - 16,0 / 10,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 2900 - 40,0 / 20,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 3200 - 100,0 / 50,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 3300 - 315,0 / 200,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 3400 - 315,0 / 230,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 2060 - 400,0 / 300,0 bar G 1/4 white/black/red 368

• Liter scale0 - 32 / 0 - 16 l/min G 1/4 white/black/red 2030 - 32 / 0- 30 l/min G 1/4 white/black/red 205

Aluminum sealing ring for gauges E61044


List of ContentsGarage Equipment

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Tyre Inflators Digital Automatic Tyre Inflator– airmate - pneumate – (calibration possible) 2

Portable Tyre Inflator With Air Tank– airquick – (calibration possible) 3

Digital Hand Tyre Inflator– euroair digital – (calibration possible) 4

Hand Tyre Inflator– euroair – (calibration possible) 5

Precision Tire Gauge 6

Hand Tyre Inflator (pistol-form - aluminum)– airmaster Premium – (calibration possible) 7– airmaster Standard – (calibration not possible) 8

Hand Tyre Inflator (pistol-form - highly-resistent plastic)– pneulight – (calibration not possible) 9

Impact Wrench 3/8” and 1/2” / impact Sockets Set 1/2” 10

Fluids As Working Agents Aluminum Blowgun (pistol-form) 11 - 13With Dosage Or Adjustable

Blowgun With A Special Extension 14

Straight Bowgun 14

Blowpen 14

Rubber Blowgun 14

Polyamide Blowgun With Dosage (Pistol-Form) 15

Blowing Set– airclassic - airbasic - airprofi – 16

Compressed Air Suction Gun 16

Nozzles (for aluminum and polyamide blowguns) 17 - 18

Regulated Air-Saving Nozzle 18

Blowgun Pressure Relief Valve 18

Volume Pressure Control Valve 18

Washing Gun (brass) 19

Safety Washing Gun (aluminum) – multiclean - proficlean – 19

Fluids As Transport Agents Classic Spray Gun– multispray – 20

Spray Gun For Thin Fluid Liquids 20

Spray Gun For Chassis 21

Spray Gun With Pressure Cup– carprotect – 22

Compressed Air Cartridge Gun 22

Sand Blasting Gun 23

HVLP-Paint Spray Gun– minipaint – 24– smartpaint – 25– paintprofi – 26

Accessories For HVLP-Paint Spray Gun 27

Painting Set 28

Filter-Regulator Station – microair – 28

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

2 * Calibration fee is charged separately

Article max. Filling pressure Order No

airmate calibrated*, cars 5,5bar 477.10airmate uncalibrated, cars 5,5bar 477.11airmate calibrated*, trucks 10,0bar 477.30airmate uncalibrated, trucks 10,0bar 477.31pneumate calibrated* 10,0bar 477.20pneumate uncalibrated 10,0bar 477.21

Digital Automatic Tyre Inflator– airmate / pneumate – (calibration possible)

Garage Equipment – Tyre Inflators

Technical Dataairmate pneumate

Calibration certificfation

Medium Air (filter installed at the entrance), or nitrogen, dryMax. pressure 16 bar / 232 psiMin. pressure 12 bar / 174 psi (trucks) 12 bar / 174 psi

7 bar / 101 psi (cars)Max. charging pressure 10 bar / 145 psi (trucks) 10 bar / 145 psi

5,5 bar / 79 psi (cars)Connections G 1/4 iPressure sensor ceramicAccuracy ± 0,5 %Calibration automaticDisplay units bar / psiDisplay (backlight) LCD, 30 mm highVoltage (regulated) 90-240 V / 50-60 HzPower consumption 16 WProtection category IP 54Fuse 3 AWorking temperture -40 °C to +70 °CDimension ø 240 x 100 mmWeight (without hose) 2,5 kgMaterial:

housing aluminum, coateddisplay polycarbonate

Digital Automatic Tyre Inflator

Main spare parts

The digital stationary tyre inflator facilitate filling and testing of car- (max. 5.5 bar filling pres-sure) and truck tyres (maximum filling pressure 10 bar). After entering the desired tyre pres-sure, an automatic adjustment to the preset value takes place. Operation is easy thanks tofour touch-sensitive and comfortable buttons. The indication of tyre pressure is at a large,illuminated LCD display, supported by beeps. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in wall orcolumn mounting.

• Model airmate is primarily for use at service stations or filling stations, with the filling of bicycle tyres and small tyres because of possible overfilling is prohibited!

• Model pneumate has additional features such as setting pressure mode and nitrogen washing for professional use in tyre assemblers and car workshops.

The devices are CE marked (73/23/EEC), calibratable (86/217/EEC) and have an approvalof the German PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt).

Article Description Order No

PVC filling hose complete 10,0m (DN6) with clip connector 477-29Rubber filling hose complete 10,0m (DN6) with clip connector 477-34

2,5m (DN6,5) with clip connector 477-42PU spiral hose complete 5,0m (DN6,5) with clip connector 477-43

10,0m (DN6,5) with clip connector 477-35Clip connector brass G 1/4 i 477-31Garage-wall holder aluminum (Size III) E42071Automatic hose reels with 12m PU-hose, G 1/4 i 477-36Filter air inlet and outlet PE, 100μm 477-37

477.11

477.21

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

Portable Tyre Inflator With Air Tank– airquick – (calibration possible)


Technical DataQuality tested components EEC test approval mark

Gauge, EC approved ø 160, 20 ° bended, 0 - 10 bar(precisionclass 1) Double scale 0 - 140 psi

86/217 EECSafe for overpressure up to 16 bar

Air tank Approval No CE 2004-0036Capacity 6 liters, max. pressure 16 bar,Approved as compressed gastank

Twin hold-on connector For all tyre valves with valve threadsVG8 (passenger cars, trucks, motorcycles)double connection for twin tyres

Operating temperature -10 °C up +60 °C

Weight approx. 7,1 kg

Longer hoses upon request

C D OOC 18.08.02

The portable tyre inflator is the ideal equipment for mobile operation. The simple, one handoperation by means of the light-weight plus-minus handle (aluminium) is easily understanda-ble even for untrained people with the advantage of easy repair and replacement. The largegauge, positioned at a slant to prevent retention of rainwater, helps to eliminate any readingmistakes. The twin hold-on connector that goes over the tyre valve also allows the testing oftwin tyres and motor-cycle tyres. The built-in airtank means that the equipment can be usedindependently of the source of compressed air. Refilling is done automatically when thepressure gauge is hung on its charging point ensuring that sufficient pressure is available atany time.

350.20

350.13

350.16

600

350-161

* Calibration fee is charged separately 3

Article Order No

Filling valve - thread G 1/2 350.13

0 - 10 bar calibrated* 350.20

0 - 10 bar uncalibrated 350.21

Portable Tyre Inflatorwith air tank and filling valve

AccessoriesFilling valve - with bracket G 1/2 and rubber 350.16

Gauge ø 160 0 - 10 bar 600Hose with hand grip and double sided push-on connector 1000 mm 350-161Hand grip with double sided push-on connector 350-162Hose complete 1000 mm 350-72Double sided push-on connector 350-120

Main spare parts

10

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10


Digital Hand Tyre Inflator– euroair digital – (calibration possible)


Digital-Gauge with rubber cap 0 - 12 bar 152-3Battery (3 V lithium button cell - CR 2450 ) 152-4

Main spare parts

Technical DataQuality tested components National Type Approval:

Calibration after 2 years

Digital-Gauge ø 80,Safe for overpressure up to 16 barRubber capPressure ranges: 0 - 12 bar, Resolution 0,05 bar(Deviation < 0,08 bar)

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C

Lever valve connector, For all tyre valves with valve threads VG 8Clip connector and (passenger cars, trucks, motorcycles)Double sided push-on connector Double connection for twin tyres and

motorcycles.

Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen

Professional unit with digital manometer and PTB approval. Operated by our proven singlelever operation device, rotatable filling hose with three varieties of connectors (level valve-,clip- or double side push-on connector). Air connection with coupling DN 7,2.Meets the highest quality and performance demands in professional daily use at tire assem-blers, motor vehicle service garages, fleets and in racing environments. Precision gauge indi-cator with a good clearness of display, combined with a simple handling and robust con-struction.

152.201

152.261

152.211

18.0809.02

OptionLever-valve connector and clip connector performance with 2.5 m filling hose

Additional Order XL (Recommendation under BGI 884)

with lever-valve connectorcalibrated* 840 152.201uncalibrated 840 152.241

with clip connectorcalibrated* 820 152.261uncalibrated 820 152.271

with double sided calibrated* 945 152.211push-on connector uncalibrated 945 152.251

Digital Hand Tyre InflatorArticle weight [g] Order NoG

arag

e E

qu

ipm

ent

10

10

*Calibration fee is charged separately **Change of scale expansion to 12 bar (170 psi) by end of 2013 5

Hand Tyre Inflator– euroair – (calibration possible)


Technical DataQuality tested components EEC test approval mark

(exception 25 bar)Calibration after 2 years

Gauge (Quality class 1) ø80, level, safe for overpressure up to 16 barPrecision gauge with protection cap, graduation

Pressure ranges: 0 - 4 bar (0 - 56psi) 0,1Scale expansion to 12 bar (170 psi)! 0 - 10 bar** (0 - 140psi) 0,1

0 - 25 bar (0 - 350psi) 0,5


Lever valve connector, For all tyre valves with valve threads VG 8clip connector and (passenger cars, trucks, motorcycles)double sided push-on connector Double connection for twin tyres.

Connection Plug DN 7,2 for coupling Option: G1/4 male thread


The classic hand tyre inflator constructed in light-weight aluminium with ø 80 precisiongauge (bar/lb/in²) is the typical professional equipment for service and tyre stations aswell as workshops that has proven its quality ten thousand of times. By means of theconnection to the compressed air supply all compressed air needs can be covered, forexample first-time filling when mounting tyres. The single-lever operation for deflation(pressed halfway) and inflation (pressed all the way) is easy enough even for self-servi-ce. The dial with white numbers against a black background can be read clearly. A choice of three pressure ranges is offered: 0-4bar, especially for passenger car tyres;0-12bar** for universal use; and 0-25bar for airplane and other special tyres. The unitis available with the twin hold-on connector. With roating inflation hose. The connectionis made by means of couplings.

C D 98C 18.08.02

151.201

151.261

151.251

151-140 151.25

151-183

151.51

151-26A

151.50

356-18

0 - 4 bar / 56 psi 151-139Gauge with protection cap 0 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** 151-140

0 - 25 bar / 140 psi 151-141

Lever valve connectorwith hose clamp 151.25

(valve pin captive)with hose 500 mm 151-26Awith hose 2500 mm 151-184with hose clamp 151-183

Clip connector with hose 500 mm 151-182with hose 2500 mm 151-217

Double sided push-on connectorwith hose clamp 151.51with hose 500 mm 151-26B

Double sided push-on connector (for attaching to lever valve or clip connector) 151.50Bycicle nipple (for attaching to lever valve or clip connector) 356-18

Main spare parts

0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1250 151.2600 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.2700 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** calibrated* 1250 151.2610 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** uncalibrated 1250 151.271

0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1250 151.2000 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.2400 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** calibrated* 1250 151.2010 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** uncalibrated 1250 151.2410 - 25 bar / 350 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.243

Hand Tyre Inflator gauge with double scale

with clip connector***

0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1350 151.2100 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1350 151.2500 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** calibrated* 1350 151.2110 - 10 bar / 140 psi (170 psi)** uncalibrated 1350 151.2510 - 25 bar / 350 psi uncalibrated 1350 151.253

with double sided push-on connector

***Optional hose length 2500 mm (Recommendation under BGI 884) Order No. + XL

with leaver-valve connector***

Article weight [g] Order No

10

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent


Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

Precision Tire GaugeGarage Equipment – Tyre Inflators

Article Order No.

Precision tire gauge for cars, motorcycles and bicycles 153.420

Precision tire gauge for cars, motorcycles and bicycles – MADE IN GERMANY –.The direct connection allows accurate measurement of tire pressure in a very simple man-ner. This construction has the advantage of ease of use and the pressure-tight connectionbetween the tire valve and meter. Two connection options, depending on the application(bottom at the side).Features:- Precise measurement from 0 to 4 bar (0.1 bar graduation)- Gauge (large equipment) with 80 bourdon tube, gauge diameter 80 mm- Flexible hose (protective metal mesh) with quick connector - 2 quick couplers to connect the hose from the bottom or lateral- Drain valve to drain the excess pressure- Robust design with rubber gauge protection

with lever valve connector coupling plug DN 7,2 356.221with clip connector coupling plug DN 7,2 356.223with double sided push-on connector coupling plug DN 7,2 356.222

Article Connection Order No

Hand Tyre Inflator With Calibration– airmaster premium –Garage Equipment – Tyre Inflators

Hand Tyre Inflatorcalibrated, ø63, 0 - 10bar

A compact and calibrated manual tyre pressure gauge in the classic and well-established gun shape made of deformation-resistent aluminium as attractive introductory model for the class of calibrated devices. The simple universal control with inclined and easily reada-ble shockproof precision gauge and rotating inflating hose allows easy operation. Ideal for garages and service stations.

Technical DataQuality tested components: EEC Directive: 86/217/EEC

Approval mark:

Calibration after 2 years

Gauge (Quality class 1) ø63 overpressure safe precision gauge with metal housing and plastic protectionpressure range 0 - 10 bar / 0 - 140 psi,graduation 0,1


Twin hold-on connector For all tyre valves with valve threads Lever valve connector VG 8 (passenger cars, trucks,Clip connector motorcycles, bicycles)

Connection Connecting plug (DN 7,2) for couplingOption: G 1/4 inlet thread


C D OOC 18.08.04

not calibrated, ø63, 0 - 10bar


356.221

356.223

356.222

Gauge with protection cap 356-29with lever valve connector 356-12

Hose 500 mm with clip connector 356-25with double sided push-on connector 356-15

Main spare parts see also page 7

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

*Calibration fee is charged separately 710

Technical DataGauge (Quality class 1,6) ø63, from 0 - 10bar [0 - 140 psi] graduation 0,1


Twin hold-on connector For all tyre valves with valve threads Lever valve connector VG 8 (passenger cars, trucks, Clip connector motorcycles, bicycles)

Connection Hose tail DN 6 or plug for coupling DN 7,2

Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen.

Hand Tyre Inflator– airmaster standard – (calibration not possible)


Hand Tyre Inflatorø63, 0 - 10bar


The non-calibratable alternative to the airmaster premium model. Identical product featuresexcept for gauge (not approved for calibration).

Accessories

356-18

471-17

151.25

356-19151-183

151.51

with lever valve connectorhose tail DN 6 356.111coupling plug DN 7,2 356.121

with clip connectorhose tail DN 6 356.113coupling plug DN 7,2 356.123

with double sided push-on connectorhose tail DN 6 356.112coupling plug DN 7,2 356.122

Gauge with protection cap 356-19Gauge 279Protection cap 356-13Lever valve connector with hose clip 151.25Clip connector with hose clip 151-183Double sided push-on connector with hose clip 151.51

with lever valve connector 356-12Hose 500 mm with clip connector 356-25

with double sided push-on connector 356-15

Seallever valve 1258double side push on 1261

Main spare parts

Bicycle nipple (used with lever valve connectior) 356-18Tyre-Inflator Accessory

471-17(Bicycle-, ball- and boats nipple)

8

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

910

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10Hand Tyre Inflator

– pneulight – (calibration not possible)


Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barRecommended working pressure 4 - 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C to +50 °CIntended purpose: Inflating and relieving pressure of tyres and air tanksMedium: cleaned airMaterials: Gun body: Polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)

Lever: Polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)Piston: Hostaform CSeal: NBR, PU

Gauge: ø 63, overpressure safe,Precision gauge with protection cap,Precision class 1.6

Double sided push-on connector For all tyre valves with valve threads VG 8Clip connector (passenger cars, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles)Connection Coupling plug DN 7,2

or: optionally G 1/4 inlet thread

Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen.

Hand Tyre InflatorPolyamide, 0 - 10bar, calibration not possible

The manual tyre inflator, having a functionally and ergonomically favorable design (not cali-bratable) and incorporating a handle body made of highly-resistent plastics and a gauge withfine division and protective rubber cap, has an attractive cost/performance ratio.Lightweight, but nevertheless sturdy design including a finemetering inflating lever and pres-sure-relieving valve.For cars, construction machines, tractors, motorcycles, mountain bikes,and the like. With rotating inflation hose.



Main spare parts

AccessoriesBicycle nipple (used with lever valve connector) 356-18Tyre-Inflator Accessory

471-17(Bicycle-, ball- and boats nipple)

Gauge with protection cap 356-19Gauge 279Protection cap 356-13Lever valve connector with hose clip 151.25Clip connector with hose clip 151-183Double sided push-on connector with hose clip 151.51

with lever valve connector 356-12Hose 500 mm with clip connector 356-25

with double sided push-on connector 356-15lever valve 1258

Seal bicycle nipple 1265double side push on 1261

Hand Tyre Inflator with Rotary Change EssayPolyamide, 0 - 10bar, calibration not possible

Article Connections Order No

with rotary change essay coupling plug DN 7,2 471.301

AccessoriesRotary change essay

G 1/4 471-24for bicycle valves and automobile valves

471-17

356-19

356-18

471-24

471.221

471.223

471.222

Impact WrenchGarage Equipment – Tyre Inflators

These powerful impact wrenches are designed for use in automobile operation, tire assem-bly workshops, assembly and mechanical engineering or similar designs and provide the fol-lowing advantages:

- Twin hammer impact mechanism- Stable housing with ergonomic handle- Fatigue-free operation due to low weight- Very quiet, only 83 dB(A)- Adaptation of the optimum torque in 3 stages- Right and left drive operable with one hand- Exhaust through the handle downwards

Impact WrenchArticle Air Connection Order No.

Impact wrench 3/8” G 1/4 * 741.130

Impact wrench 1/2” compact G 1/4 * 741.160

Impact wrench 1/2” G 1/4 * 741.180

Technical Data 741.130 741.160 741.180Drive square 3/8” (10 mm) 1/2” (13 mm) 1/2” (13 mm)Max. free speed [U/min] 11.000 11.000 7.000Max. torque [Nm] 407 407 1.054Working torque range [Nm] 34-338 34-338 68-746Average air consumption [l/min] 113 113 113Recommended air pressure [bar] 6,3 6,3 6,3Weight [kg] 1,2 1,2 1,9* Steel plug DN 7,2 loose settled

AccessoriesArticle Order No.

1/2" thin wall deep impact socket set.741.100

Size 17, 19 and 21 packed in blow case

For direct lubrication we recommend our small oiler 317.10and to lubricate our special pneumatic oil 583

10 All blowguns also available without „ewo“ logo neutral

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

1110

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

with coupling plug DN7,2 269.41DN 6 269.11

with hose tail DN 9 269.17DN 13 269.18

without nozzle / without plug M 12 x 1,25 / G1/4 female 5269.00

Blowgun dosagewith normal nozzle ø 1,5 mm (thread M 12 x 1,25)The classic blowgun that has proved its usefulness a million times. Rich assortment ofaccessoires including nozzles, extensions and various air connectors. Pistol-form in alumi-num, anodized. Lever operation.

Blowgun dosagewith Full-Jet nozzle ø 2,5 mm (aluminum)Full-Jet nozzle, wide jet with high air output by means of injector producing high blowing power at sound levels of around 90 dB(A). It is recommended that the Full-Jet nozzle is usedat pressures not higher than 2 bar.

Blowgun dosagewtih a combined safety and noise silencing nozzle –blowstar–blowstarA combined safety and noise silencing nozzle - to avoid risks and dangers when handlingthe energy carrier `compressed air´, in particular in direct skin contact. Working conditionsare appreciably improved through a substantial reduction in noise to as low as 74 dB(A).In contrast, the noise level of conventional blow nozzles is more than 90 dB(A) at 6 bar.A reduction of the noise level by 8 dB(A) is experienced by the human ear already a half thenoise. Nevertheless, the principle of the full-cone nozzle results in excellent concentric blo-wing giving maximum efficiency. The resulting blowing power is 2,5 times higher than that ofa classic single-hole nozzle. Thus, the two-part `blowstar nozzle´ is the recommended choice especially for compressed-air blow guns, but also as an individually used process nozzle. It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:

Swiss Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA)BG Directive (Noise) Directive 2003/10/ECNoise-at-work legislation (TRLV-noise)BG Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100OSHA Regulations

safetystarStar-shaped safety nozzle avoiding risks and dangers when handling the energy carrier`compressed air´ in particular in direct skin contact. Improved working conditions becauseof reduction of noise down to 80 db(A) and below. It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:

Swiss Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA)BG Directive (Noise) Directive 2003/10/ECNoise-at-work legislation (TRLV-noise)BG Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100 – OSHA Regulations

Blowgun dosagewith –safetystar– extension





with inside thread G1/4 female 269.430



with inside thread G1/4 female 269.224


Aluminum Blowgun With Dosage(forging)Garage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

Aluminum Blowgun Adjustable(forging)Garage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

with coupling plug DN7,2 269.41EDN 6 269.11E

with hose tail DN 9 269.17EDN 13 269.18E

without nozzle / without plug M 12 x 1,25 / G1/4 female 5269.00E

Blowgun adjustablewith normal nozzle ø1,5 mm (thread M 12 x 1,25)The sturdy compressed air gun with integrated control valve for controlled blow-out, clea-ning drying and cooling. For critical applications such as tool making and moulding, precisi-on mechanics, electronics, engraving and medical technologies, etc..

Blowgun adjustablewith Full-Jet nozzle ø 2,5 mm (aluminum)Full-Jet nozzle, wide jet with high air output by means of injector producing high blowing power at sound levels of around 90 dB(A). It is recommended that the Full-Jet nozzle is usedat pressures not higher than 2 bar.

Blowgun adjustablewith a combined safety and noise silencing nozzle –blowstar–blowstarA combined safety and noise silencing nozzle - to avoid risks and dangers when handlingthe energy carrier `compressed air´, in particular in direct skin contact. Working conditionsare appreciably improved through a substantial reduction in noise to as low as 74 dB(A).In contrast, the noise level of conventional blow nozzles is more than 90 dB(A) at 6 bar.A reduction of the noise level by 8 dB(A) is experienced by the human ear already a half thenoise. Nevertheless, the principle of the full-cone nozzle results in excellent concentric blo-wing giving maximum efficiency. The resulting blowing power is 2,5 times higher than that ofa classic single-hole nozzle. Thus, the two-part `blowstar nozzle´ is the recommended choice especially for compressed-air blow guns, but also as an individually used process nozzle. It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:




Blowgun adjustablewith –safetystar– extension





with inside thread G1/4 female 269.430E



with inside thread G1/4 female 269.224E


12 All blowguns also available without „ewo“ logo (neutral)

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

All blowguns also available without „ewo“ logo neutral 1310

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10Aluminum Blowgun

(diecasting)Garage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

with coupling plug DN7,2 269.41LDN 6 269.11L

with hose tail DN 9 269.17LDN 13 269.18L

without nozzle / without plug M 12 x 1,25 / G1/4 female 5269.00L

Blowgunwith normal nozzle ø1,5 mm (thread M 12 x 1,25)The classic blowgun that has proved its usefulness a million times. Rich assortment ofaccessoires including nozzles, extensions and various air connectors. Lever operation.

Blowgunwith Full-Jet nozzle ø 2,5 mm (aluminum)Full-jet nozzle, wide jet with high air output by means of injector producing high blowing power at sound levels of around 90 dB(A). It is recommended that the Full-Jet nozzle is usedat pressures not higher than 2 bar.

Blowgunwtih a combined safety and noise silencing nozzle –blowstar–blowstarA combined safety and noise silencing nozzle - to avoid risks and dangers when handlingthe energy carrier `compressed air´, in particular in direct skin contact. Working conditionsare appreciably improved through a substantial reduction in noise to as low as 74 dB(A).In contrast, the noise level of conventional blow nozzles is more than 90 dB(A) at 6 bar.A reduction of the noise level by 8 dB(A) is experienced by the human ear already a half thenoise. Nevertheless, the principle of the full-cone nozzle results in excellent concentric blo-wing giving maximum efficiency. The resulting blowing power is 2,5 times higher than that ofa classic single-hole nozzle. Thus, the two-part `blowstar nozzle´ is the recommended choice especially for compressed-air blow guns, but also as an individually used process nozzle. It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:




Blowgunwith –safetystar– extension





with inside thread G1/4 female 269.430L



with inside thread G1/4 female 269.224L


with a special extension of 800 mmcurved 269.682Lstraight 269.692L

Blowgun with a special extension (diecasting)air connection with coupling plug DN 7,2

Article Order No

The classic blow gun that has proved its usefulness a million times. Rich assortment ofaccessoires inchluding nozzles, extensions and various air connectors. Lever operation.


Straight Blowgun with normal nozzle ø2,0 mmdosage

with hose tailDN 6 270.11DN 9 270.17

with coupling plug DN 7,2 270.41

Technical DataMax. pressure 8 barRecommended working pressure 1 - 6 barWorking temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C


with hose tailDN 6 319.11DN 9 319.17

with coupling plug DN 7,2 319.41

Technical DataMax. pressure 10 barRecommended working pressure 1 - 6 barWorking temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C

This blowgun is the ideal unit for all situations in which sensitve surfaces must not be dama-ged through contact (dental and paint Spraying applications). Operation by bending the rub-ber mouthpiece.Recommended working pressure : 1 - 6 bar

Rubber Blowgunø2,0 mm nozzle size

Rates of flowQ [l/min]

p [bar]

300

250

200

150

100

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6


with integrated coupling plug DN 7,2 271.41

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 12 barRecommended pressure 1 - 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CNominal rates of flow max. 300 Nl/min at 6 barNozzle ø adjustable 0-3 mmMaterial Housing - aluminum anodized, Seals - NBR

Handy blowpen with clip attachments. Surface protection with rubber peak. For quick clea-ning e.g. the surface during grinding, general metal and wood working, hobbies, etc.Continuously variable airflow adjustment by convenient one-hand operation, from closed tomax. Flow. Coupler can be connected directly to DN 7,2.

Blowpen with rubber peakø 0 - 3,0 mm, with Integrated coupling plug DN 7,2

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

2.114 All blowguns also available without „ewo“ logo (neutral)10

BlowgunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

All blowguns also available without „ewo“ logo (neutral) 1510

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

The robust polyamide blowgun with dosage out of blue crystal ball consolidated polyamide(longer life-time). As further development of the aluminum blow gun can be recommendedin different applications such as weight- and material prefered reasons (textile industry, elec-tronic devices etc.).Infinitely variable with dosage adjustment by pressing the lever. All nozzles and extensions from the aluminum blow gun are suitable for this blow gun.

Blowgun (neutral)


with normal nozzle ø1,5 mm (thread M 12 x 1,25)and coupling plug DN 7,2 470.41

DN 6 470.11and hose tail DN 9 470.17

DN 13 470.18and inside thread G 1/4 female 470.40

with extension unscrewed and rotated (steel tube nickel-plated)and coupling plug DN 7,2 470.141


DN 13 470.118and inside thread G 1/4 female 470.140Extension with rubber attachment 470-44 - Order No. with additional G (e.g.. 470.141G)with blowstar nozzle (safety and noise silencing nozzle)and coupling plug DN 7,2 470.53



with safetystar extension (safety and noise silencing nozzle)and coupling plug DN 7,2 470.145



Technical DataMedium filtered compressed airMax. pressure 10 barRecommended working pressure 2 - 6 barWorking temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CMaterial

Housing Polyamide 6 GK 30 (recyclable) RAL 5012 (blue)Sealing NBR, PU

weight 150 gSound level above 90 dB(A),at pressures above 4 bar

Blowgun With DosagePolyamideGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

Q [l/min] Rates of flow

p [bar]

300

250

200

150

100

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

470-44

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

2.11610

Blowing Set – airclassic - airbasic - airprofi –Compressed Air Suction GunGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

Blowing Set – airclassic –Aluminum blowgun (diecasting), with extension and PU-spiral hoseArticle Order No

Blowing Set (3,5 m) – airclassic –Aluminum blowgun with extension, spiral hose 3,5 m, ø 69 - 472.32mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set (6 m) – airclassic –Aluminum blowgun with extension, spiral hose 6 m, ø 69 - 472.62mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set – airbasic –Polyamide blowgun with dosage, extension and PU-spiral hoseBlowing Set (3,5 m) – airbasic –Polyamide blowgun with extension, spiral hose 3,5 m, ø 69 - 472.31mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set (6 m) – airbasic –Polyamide blowgun with extension, spiral hose 6 m ø 69 - 472.61mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set – airprofi –Polyamide blowgun with dosage, extension and standard PU-spiral hoseBlowing Set (3 m) – airprofi –Polyamide blowgun with extension, spiral hose 3 m, ø 60 - 472.3mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set (6 m) – airprofi –Polyamide blowgun with extension, spiral hose 6 m, ø 60 - 472.6mounted with brass coupling and plug DN 7,2

Blowing Set (6 m) – airprofi – with safetystar extensionPolyamide blowgun with safetystar extension, spiral hose 6 m, 472.2ø 60 - mounted with brass coupling and plugl DN 7,2

Technical DataSpiral hose (PU)

Max. operating pressure 8 bar at max. 50 °CMax. working length approx. 60 %

Compressed Air Suction Gun (Aluminium)

for removing swarf, dust and dirt.Suitable for surface drying after conversion.


Compressed air suction gun- air connection, (plug DN 7,2 resolved) G 1/4male 474.000

AccessoriesNozzles (rabbet and flat nozzle) 474.001Spare bag 474.002

Technical DataMedium filtered air pressureMax. pressure 8 barRecommended working pressure 4 - 8 barFlowrate at 6 bar 500 Nl/minWorking temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CWeight 530 gHose lenght 500 mmSuction pipe lenght 250 mm

1710

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

NozzlesNormal nozzle with centered hole, concentrated jet with high blowing power, sound levelover 90 dB (A) at pressures above 4 bar.Normal nozzle ø1,5(Nozzle also in other dimensions ) 105-6Polyamide, blue 470-843

Silent nozzle with sinter insert, extremely quiet, sound level generally below 70 dB (A),wide air jet with low blowing power.Silent nozzleSinter insert

269-33

Full-Jet nozzlePolyamide ø2 mm 269-45Aluminum ø2,5 mm 269-59

Air shield nozzle, like a normal nozzle but with the addition of an air-shield which preventssmall particles from flying off and also has a slight muffling effect.Air shield nozzle 269-27

Safety and noise silencing nozzle –blowstar–Nozzle with double nipple 470-39without double nipple (G1/4 female) 470-37Double nipple (G1/4 x M 12 x 1,25) 470-38

Extension (steel nickel-plated)bent ø 2,3 Nozzle, 110 mm 470-12

with rubber essay 470-72Safety and noise silencing nozzle –safetystar– 470-43

Special extensions (steel nickel-plated)bent 800 mm 470-76straight 800 mm 470-79

Extension pipe ø 5 mm, nozzle ø 3 mm (brass nickel-plated)bent 110 mm 105-16A

160 mm 105-14A260 mm 105-15A

Extension pipe ø 5 mm, nozzle ø 3 mm (brass nickel-plated)straight 115 mm 105-103

165 mm 105-104265 mm 105-105415 mm 105-107

Bicycle nipple 105-45

AccessoiresProtection shield ø 70 (between nozzle and gun) 269-15Rubber nozzle 470-44

Technical DataMax. working pressure 10 barWorking temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CAll nozzles and extensions thread M 12 x 1,25

Nozzles For Aluminum And Polyamide BlowgunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

Rates of flowQ [Nl/min]

p [bar]

300

250

200

150

100

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

350

400

450

500

105-6

269-33

269-45

470-43

470-37

269-27

Rates of flowQ [l/min] Blowstar (470-39)

p [bar]

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Q [l/min] Safetystar (470-43)

p [bar]

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Noise leveldB(A)

470-43

470-39

p [bar]

100

90

80

70

60

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

269-15

105-6269-33

269-45

269-59

105-45

269-27

470-39

470-12

105-16A

105-103

470-43

470-72

470-44

470-843

Regulated Air-Saving Nozzleallows for optimal air flow to the desired operating conditions adapt. At the same timeyou reduce energy costs and noise levels. Ideal for After-equip all ewo-air guns andcombined with the complete ewo-range jets.

Technical DataMaterial body: aluminum

sleeve, nozzle and pin: POM

Thread M 12 × 1,25 a

Nozzlethread M 12 × 1,25 i

Working pressure max. 10 bar

Weight 22 g

Length 57 mm

Diameter 22 mm


Regulated air-saving nozzle M 12 x 1,25 a 470-84

2.118

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

Nozzles For Aluminum And Polyamide BlowgunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

Technical DataMax. pressure 6 bar

Working temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C

MaterialNozzle POM blue (Polyamide)Adapter [470-62] aluminum, colorless anodized

Safety flat beam nozzle application for process-nozzle(carry and cooling and for blow guns) Typ 470 and 269.

Thread Dimension [mm] Order NoW L

Safety flat fan nozzle small (6 holes)G1/4 67 470-59M12x1,25 (with adapter) 82 470-61

Safety flat fan nozzle wide (16 holes)G1/4 90 470-58M12x1,25 (with adapter) 103 470-60

Volume Pressure Control ValveThe adjustable volume pressure regulator allows the air flow regulation and thus a pressurereduction in blowing out. Mounting on the pistol entrance.Reduced air flow and lower flow pressure means reducing compressed air cost and noiseattenuation.


Volume pressure control valve G 1/4 470-83

Blowgun mounted withblowgun pressure relief valve

Order No. + B (e.g. 269.41B)

Blow Gun Pressure Relief ValveThe pressure relief valve is mounted directly to the output, before the standard nozzle. Withthe built-in pressure regulating valve the blow-off pressure is reduced down to about 2,5 -2,8 bar (depending on the primary pressure 1 to 10 bar).Advantages: Safety in blowing out, noise reduction and air savings.


Blow gun pressure relief valve M 12 x 1,25 470-82

Working pressure 1 - 10 barMax. outlet pressure (primary pressure max. 10 bar) 2,8 bar

Blowgun mounted withregulated Air-Saving nozzleOrder No + S (e.g.: 269.41S)

1910

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

Operating pressure [bar] 4 6 10 16 25 40

Flow ratesNozzle ø2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13

[l/min]Nozzle ø4 16 20 25 32 40 50Nozzle ø6 36 45 56 72 90 112

Water flow rateswith different nozzles (valve completely opened) of the washing guns 160 and 404

Technical DataMax. working pressure 40 barWorking temperature +5 °C up to +90 °C

High-pressure washing guns (in brass and aluminium for long life) can be connected to waterpumps for working pressures up to 40 bar. Two models: one is regulated manually with ahandwheel, the other is a safety model with lever operation for `open´ and `shut´.The jet can be adjusted from full jet to spray.


Safety Washing Gun – proficlean – (Aluminum)

with lever and regulating wheel (Recommended for cooling liquids on maching centers)

with hose tailDN13 ( 1/2”) 412.04DN19 ( 3/4”) 412.06

with coupling plug DN 12 (Model 254) 412.03with inside thread G 1/2 i 412.30

Nozzlesø2 mm* 412-4ø4 mm 412-5other ø on request* mounted

Operating pressure [bar] 4 6 10 16 20Flow rates Nozzle ø2 4 5 6,3 8 10[l/min] Nozzle ø4 16 20 25 32 40

Water flow rateswith different nozzles (valve completely opened)

Technical DataMax. working pressure 20 bar with nozzle Ø 2 mm, 25 bar with nozzle Ø 4 mmWorking temperature +5 °C up to +90 °C


Washing Gun (brass)with regulating wheel, nozzle ø 2 mm mounted (ø 4 mm resolved)


Safety Washing Gun – multiclean – (Aluminum)

with lever and regulating wheel (Recommended for cooling liquids on maching centers)


with coupling plug DN 12 (Model 254) 404.03with inside thread G 1/2 i 404.30

Nozzlesø2 mm* 160-4ø4 mm** 160-4aother ø on request, max. ø6 mm* mounted** added at Model 160

160.04

404.04

412.04

Extension for Washing Guns (Model 160, 404 und 412)

Extension with nozzle ø4 mm (300 mm long) 404-304

Washing GunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Working Agents

The spray gun (aluminum, anodized) using the suction principle for low-viscosity liquids(paraffin, wax-oil). Nozzle with ø 3mm , adjustable jet. Available with straight or swivelspray-pipe. Spray container of plastic or metal as well as hose connector.Air connection: Plug for rapid-action coupling.

Classic Spray Gun – multispray –nozzle ø3 mm, adjustable jetArticle Connection Order No

spray pipe straightwith plastic bowl 0,7 l coupling plug DN7,2 125.241with hose tail DN6 for spraying materialcoupling plug DN7,2 125.363

spray pipe pivoting 360°with plastic bowl 0,7 l coupling plug DN7,2 125.341

Main spare partsBowl (synthetic material) 0,7 l 251-11Cover (synthetic material) 251-12Metal bowl complete 0,7 l 125-71Bowl (metal) 0,7l 148-39Cover (metal) 125-72Sealing ring (cork) 148-32

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barRecommended operating pressure 2 - 6 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CSpraying cone about 40°Regulating jet and bulk distort nozzle

Spraygun for thin fluid liquids, with nozzles ø 0,7 mm. For spraying from the bottle or directlyfrom the water pipe. Operation pressure 1 to 6 bar. Detachable hose connection G 1/4x DN 6.

Spray Gun (for thin fluid liquids)


with detachable hose tail G1/4 x DN6 269.35

Main spare partsSpray part complete 269-46Nozzle ø 0,7 105-49

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C

2.120

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

125.241

125.363

125.341

251-11 148-39

125-72251-12

Operating pressure [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

straight-pipe2,5 3,0 3,6 4,3 5,0 5,7 6,5

(42) (50) (60) (72) (83) (95) (108)

swivel-pipe3,2 4,2 5,2 6,3 7,4 8,5 9,6

(53) (70) (87) (105) (123) (142) (160)

straight-pipe 4 5,5 6,5 7 6,5 5,5 4Capillary rise[m]

swivel-pipe 2,5 4,2 5,5 6,0 6,5 7 6,5

Air Consumption / Capillary Riseat different operating pressures and spray-pipes

Air consumption[m³/h (l/min)]

Water flow ratenozzle ø 0,7 - valve fully open

operating pressure [bar] 1 2 3 4 5 6water flow [l/min] 0,18 0,21 0,24 0,27 0,3 0,33

Spray GunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Transport Agtents

2110

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

Bowl (synthetic material) 0,7 l 251-11Cover (synthetic material) 251-12Metal bowl complete 0,7 l 125-71Bowl (metal) 0,7l 148-39Cover (metal) 125-72Sealing ring (cork) 148-32

with plastic bowl 0,7 l coupling plug DN 7,2 355.511with metal bowl 0,7 l coupling plug DN 7,2 355.521for commercial cans coupling plug DN 7,2 355.531

Spray Gun for ChassisArticle Connection Order No

Main spare parts

A spray gun designed for spraying in the suction principle of underbody protection. Beamregulation by screwing in the spray tube. Detected with lock nut. Spray container of plastic,metal or tapped to support the standard dose of R40 cans, also hose nozzle for hoseconnections. Air Connection with coupling plug DN 7,2 (model 308).

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barRecommended operating pressure 2 - 8 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CRegulation at spray tube

355..511

355.521

355.531

Operating pressure [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Air consumption [l/min] 246 262 308 352 401 424 453 515 552[m³/h] 14,8 15,7 18,5 21,1 24,0 25,4 27,2 30,9 33,1

Capillary rise [m] 2 3 4 5 6,5 7 6,5 6 5,5

Air Consumption / Capillary Riseat different operating pressures.

Spray GunsGarage Equipment – Fluids As Transport Agtents

Compressed Air Cartridge Gun (Aluminum)

The cartrigdge gun works using compressed air and is suitable for using customary 310 mlplastic cartridges for sealing, grooving and connecting with silicone or acrylic sealing com-pounds.


Compressed air cartridge gun coupling plug DN 7,2 340.41

Technical DataMedium filtered air (dry and oil free)Max. operating pressure 8 barOperating temperature +5° C up to +50° CRecommended operating pressure 2 - 6 barWeight 660 gAir requirement 60 l/min

Pressure cup 1l 318-36Sealing ring 318-40

Extension with ball jet nozzle700mm, ø6mm 318.000

Hose 1500mm, ø6mm 318.005700mm, ø4mm 318.006

Spray gun, low fog coupling plug DN 7,2 318.11with pressure cup 1l detachable hose connection G1/4 x DN6 318.10

Spray Gun with Pressure Cup – carprotect –Article Connection Order No

on request

Main spare parts

Low-fog spray gun with pressure cup for thick (high-viscosity) sprays and extensions of anylength with ball spray head.With this gun there is no dripping of the spray when interrupting work because a nozzleneedle closes the opening of the spray nozzle. Strong one-liter aluminum cup with large fil-ling hole. Even spraying of the thick (high-visco-sity) undercarriage-seal (wax-based or bitu-men-based), with a working pressure of about 6 bar and an air-flow of about 19m³/h or 315l/min. Spraying of normal, thin spray is carried out on this spray gun with a working pressu-re of approx. 5 bar and an air-flow of approx. 17m³/h or 285 l/min.Economical use is achieved by enveloping the spray jet in a cone of air. Easy and safe forworking personnel. When using as a spray gun pull the lever slightly. Strong and yet light-weight construction, ideally suitable for garage work to protect againstcorrosion.Air connector with G1/4 detachable hose connection for hose 5-6mm, or with plug for rapid-action coupling.

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barRecommended operating pressure 3 - 6 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CAir consumption 285 l/min (5 bar)Weight 1500 g

22

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

318.11

318.000

318-36

Spray Guns / Compressed Air Cartridge GunGarage Equipment – Fluids As Transport Agtents

2310

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

Operating pressure [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7

Air consumption [m³/h (l/min)]6,7 9 10,8 13,5 16,5 19,5

(112) (150) (180) (225) (275) (325)Capillary rise* [m] 2,7 3 2,7 2,3 1,7 1,2

* The stated capillary rises are valid for water. For quarry sand the capillary rise is about 50 %.

Air consumption / Capillary riseat various operating pressures, nozzle ø4mm

Sand Blasting GunGarage Equipment – Fluids As Transport Agtents

Nozzle, hardened 390-2Bowl plastic 251-11Cover plastic 251-12Hose complete (PVC) 390-6

Sand Blasting GunArticle Connection Order No

with plastic cup 0,7 lcoupling plug DN7,2 390.12detachable hose connection G1/4 x DN6 390.11

with suction hose 1,5m coupling plug DN7,2 390.13

Main spare parts

For removing rusted areas that cannot be easily reached by a grinder or other equipment oursand blasting gun is just the right tool. Whether it´s question of little rusty places on cars andother vehicles or machines, they will pose no problem for our sand blasting gun. In the shor-test time the largest rusted places will disappear so that any priming paint will again adhere.Repainting or galvanic treatment is possible only after sand blasting.

Technical DataMax. operating pressure 10 barRecommended working pressure 4 up to 7 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CDistance to working piece 30cmØnozzle, (hardened) 4mmPlastic bowl (content) ca. 1,0kgAbrasives 0,1 - 0,8mmPreferred Abrasives: mineral or natural disposable abrasive. Shape and grain sizedepends on the base material and texture.

Compact and handly spray gun CE as a mist reduced and and enviromentally friendly HVLPversion with high colour transfer rate (>70 °) with a low flow operating pressure (2,0 - 2,5 bar)at the same time.Equipped with stainless steel nozzle components for processing water-based paint.Especially suitable for smaller surfaces, partial painting of vehicles as well as a wide range ofdecorative painting work.Quality an precision accuracy paired with optimal ergonomics guarantee perfect results.

Advantages of the HVLP system: • Excellent surface finish • Multi-purpose application possibilities in automotive, metal and wood crafting as well as

in the industries• Compliance with legal reguirements (VOC)• Low consumption of paint • Marginal emissions• High level of utilisation

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR (28,6 PSI)At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecolo-gical norms for which the transfer efficiency must be above 65 % and /or the air pressureat the exit of the air cap must not be superior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).

Paint Spray GunArticle Connection Order No

Paint Spray Gun set withnozzle ø 0,7 mm in plastic cas G1/4 external thread 250.00Content:Paint spray gun, gravity cup (plastic), spare parts set, nozzle key,cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel coupling nipple, care oil

Nozzle set containing: - ø0,7mm 250-8- air cap - nozzle - needle - ø1,0mm 250-9

- ø 1,2mm 250-10

Flow regulator 2 bar (air throttle valve) 250.01

Main spare partsSpare part set for Paint Spray Gun (seals and springs) 250-13Cravity cap complete plastic 250 ml 250-14(thread M8x0,75) plastic 75 ml 250-15

Technical DataWorking pressure 2,0 - 2,5 bar / 28,6 - 35,8 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir Consumption at 2 bar 90 - 100 l/minMaterial

colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steelpistole body Alu die casting, chemical nickel plated and polishedcup and cover PE

Weight 570 g

24

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

250.01

HVLP-Paint Spray Gun – minipaint –Garage Equipment – Fluids AS Working Agents

2510

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

New ergonomic and versatile HVLP spray gun, which fell particularly by the issue of paintmists prevail.This spray gun is ideal for touch up work in the body region such as spot repair as well asgraphic and decorative applications.

Advantages of the HVLP system: • Excellent surface finish • Multi-purpose application possibilities in automotive, metal and wood crafting as well as

in the industries• Compliance with legal reguirements (VOC)• Low consumption of paint • Marginal emissions• High level of utilisation

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR (28,6 PSI)At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecolo-gical norms for which the transfer efficiency must be above 65 % and /or the air pressureat the exit of the air cap must not be superior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).


Paint Spray Gun set withnozzle ø 1,0 mm in plastic cas G1/4 external thread 250.11Content:Paint spray gun, gravity cup (plastic), spare parts set, nozzle key,cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel coupling nipple, care oil

Nozzle set containing: - ø 0,7 mm 250-46- air cap - nozzle - needle - ø 1,0 mm 250-47

- ø 1,2 mm 250-48- ø 1,4 mm 250-49


Main spare partsSpare part set for Paint Spray Gun (seals and springs) 250-50Cravity cap complete plastic 75 ml 250-51*(thread M12x1) plastic 180 ml 250-52*

plastic 500 ml 250-20* included in the set

Technical DataWorking pressure 2 bar / 28,6 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir Consumption at 2 bar 145 - 170 l/minMaterial

colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steelpistole body Alu die casting, chemical nickel plated and polishedcup and cover PE or aluminum

Weightspray gun (without cup) 270 gset complete 1.270 g

HVLP-Paint Spray Gun – smartpaint –Garage Equipment – Fluids AS Working Agents

250.01

Technical DataWorking pressure 2 bar / 28,6 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir consumption at 2 bar 200 l/min / 6,6 cfmMaterial

colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steelpistole body Alu die casting, chemical nickel plated and polishedcup and cover PE

Weight 880 g

HVLP SYSTEM is the solution to combine quality and reliability with economy at the sametime meeting the environmental regulations. Spray gun for the application of primers andpaints in body shops; compact and light, they are particularly suitable for any paint produc-ts in industry and wood processing. Equipped with stainless steel nozzle set for use of water-based paints. Easy to use, with a transfer efficiency (> 80 %), these features allow productsaving together with an excellent application. The ergonomics and the lightness, togetherwith the sought-after mould nowadays make this spray gun one of the most agile and relia-ble of its sector.

Therefore the advantages are: • Excellent finish. • Great versatility, with high quality results in wood processing and for industry.• Compliance with environmental regulations (VOC). • Low air consumption. • Application of water-based paints possible

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR (28,6 PSI)At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecolo-gical norms for which the transfer efficiency must be above 65% and /or the air pressureat the exit of the air cap must not be superior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).


Paint Spray Gun set withnozzle ø 1,3 mm in plastic case G1/4 external thread 250.41Content:Paint spray gun, gravity cup (plastic), spare parts set, nozzle key,cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel coupling nipple, care oil

HLVP-Pressure Cup Spray Gun for structural coatings or similar viscous materialsSpray gun with pressure cup systemnozzle ø1,3mm in plastic cas G1/4 external thread 250.91Content:Paint spray gun, pressure cup system, spare parts set, nozzle key,cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel coupling nipple, care oil

Nozzle set containing: - ø 1,3mm 250-2- air cap - ø 1,5mm 250-3- nozzle - ø 1,7mm 250-4- needle - ø 1,9mm 250-5

- ø 2,2mm 250-6


Pressure feed system consisting of: 250.02gravity cup complete 0,68 l, pressure regulator, flow regulator

Main spare partsSpare part set for Paint Spray Gun 250-19Cravity cap complete plastic 0,5 l 250-20Paint sieve PA 250-21

26

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

HVLP-Paint Spray Gun – paintprofi –Garage Equipment – Fluids AS Working Agents

250.01

250.02

2710

10 G

arag

e E

qui

pm

ent

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

AccessoriesArticle Connection Packing unit Order No

– fast line– one way gravity cup for changeable colour container only paintprofiStainless steel plate adapter (V2A) M12 x 1 250-25for the fast and cheep change from colour container(no cleaning process!)

One way colour container (polypropylene (PP)) 60 250-2610 250-34

with cover and cover cap (also to keep possible)

Filter insets (polyamide (PA) - mesh (nylon))- 105 μ (red) 60 250-27

10 250-35- 125 μ (green) 60 250-28

10 250-36- 195 μ (blue) 60 250-29

10 250-37

Article Mixing capacity Packing unit Order No

Mixing cup system to mix, fill and keep for lacquers

Mixing cup (polypropylene (PP))920 ml 250.50

1850 ml 250.51

Cup insert(polypropylene (PP))920 ml 25 250-30

1850 ml 25 250-31

Cover (to close the cup insert)920 ml 250-32

1850 ml 250-33

Accessories (for HVLP-Paint Spray Gun)Garage Equipment – Fluids AS Working Agents

Painting Setwith pre- and micro-filters, HVLP spray gun and hoseMulti-stage air purification unit with high-quality filter elements for optimum paint. Air qualityto ISO 8573.1.Other possibilities: sand blasting and chemical plants, plastics and packaging industry andmanufacturing base.

Consisting of:• Paint filter unit G 1/2 (variobloc) with metal containers and semi-automatic drain valve –

Filter pressure regulator (filter element 5 microns), micro-filter (filtration efficiency 99.999% based on 0.01 micron), distribution block with 2 couplings (5 Pressure Disposals), Wall (2-fold).

• HVLP-Paint spray gun minipaint or paintprofi (in plastic case with accessories).• Painting and air hose 8 m long (mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2).

Article Order No

Painting-Set – minipaint 250.001Painting-Set – paintprofi 250.002

Painting-Set basic unitsPaint filter unit variobloc (with pre- and micro-filter) 250.003Paint filter unit variobloc (with pre- micro- and activated carbon filters) 250.004HVLP-Paint spray gun minipaint completely 250.00HVLP-Paint spray gun completely 250.41Painting and air hose completely E40500

Specifications and additional information- Paint filter unit variobloc see chapter 4 individual equipment- HVLP-Paint spray gun see chapter 9 page 22 - 24- Painting and air hose see chapter 8 page 28

Filter-Regulating Station –microair–for the painting area, air quality according to ISO 8573.1 - Class 1Multi-stage compressed air preparation system with high-quality filter elements (pre-filter,micro-filter and, if needed, activated carbon-filter) for optimal paint results, avoiding (render-ing unnecessary) costly retouching work and preventing operational failure. Removes conta-mination such as H2O, CO, CO2, hydrocarbons and dust particles. High flow-rate (3000Nl/min) with differential pressure gauge as an individual indicator of the degree of contami-nation. Provides optimal economic efficiency, service and safety.

Stage One - Pre-filter with Automatic Drain ValveFinely sintered bronze filter, 5 μm filtration, for filtering solids and liquids, filtration efficiency99 %, (reusable after washing)

Stage Two - Pressure Reducer gauge with solvent resistant glass protecting panelIndependent of primary pressure with increased precision, without air consumption, regula-tes the desired operating pressure from 0,5 to 10 bar.

Stage Three - Micro filterMulti-layered deep-bed filter with three-dimensional filtration by borosilicate fibrous web withhigh-capacity dirt-absorption. For fine filtration of solid particles in compressed air and oil-water aerosols up to a residual oil content of 0,01mg/m³. Chemically and biologically inac-tive, water-resistant. Stainless steel protective case and and aluminium cover. Filtration efficiency 99,99998 % at 0,01μmTested and approved according to LPV 0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer Instititute)

Article Order No

Filter regulating station with distributor (2 ball valves G 3/8) 439.2Filter regulating station with distributor (2 couplings DN 7,2) 439.3

Completion / Complement component

Stage Four - activated carbon filterBreathing-air quality with significantly less contamination than the surrounding air.Multi-layered activated carbon for the absorption of vaporized liquids and hydrocarbons (oil-aerosols, odours). Residual oil content 0,005 ppm.

Activated carbon filter with distributor (2 couplings DN 7,2) 439.4Specifications and Parts see chapter 2 page 8

28

Gar

age

Eq

uip

men

t10

10

Painting Set and Filter StationGarage Equipment – Fluids AS Working Agents

List of ContentsAutogenous - Propane

Acetylene - Oxygen Combined Welding- and Cutting Torch (17 mm) 2 - 7

Combined Welding- and Cutting Torch (20 mm) 8 - 11

Single Cutting Torch 12

Nozzle 13

Cleaning Pricker, Distributor, Hose, 14Threaded Hose Coupling, Gas Igniter, Wrench

Propane - Air Soldering Torch, Air Inlet by Torch Insert 15 - 17

Soldering Torch, Air Inlet by Hand Grip 18

Propane - Oxygen Combined Heating and Cutting Torch (17 mm) 19 - 20

Nozzle 20

Single Cutting Torch 21

Propane Pressure Regulator, Small Propane Gas Bottle, 22 - 23Hose, Distributor, Connection Nozzle

Gas In Cylinders Pressure Regulator for Bottled Gas 24 - 25

Extraction Point Pressure Regulator 26

Pressure Gauge 26

Decanting Bow, Detachable Hose Tail, 27Double Nipple, Safety Installation

Quick-Release Coupling, Hose Breakage Protection 28

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

2

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11 Acetylene - Oxygen

Combined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17 mm Shank (Normal Torch) EN ISO 5172

The most common size for welding, soldering, heating and cutting, for all industrial and handcraft applications, with the acetylene-oxygen-flame for temperatures up to 3100 °C. The programme consists of a hand grip for normal hoses, welding attachment in 9 sizes from0,5 to 25 mm welding range, tubular welding attachment in 4 sizes from 1 to 9 mm weldingrange, more-flame-attachment in 4 sizes from 4,0 to 19 mm heating range, cutting attach-ment with concentric nozzles or block nozzles and wing or lever operation for cutting oxy-gen valve and cutting ranges from 3 to 300 mm as well as a hole cutting torch from 3 to 50mm cutting range and sets (assortments) of different compositions in a steel storage case.

11

Article Order No.

Set, 17 mm shank with storage caseWelding 0,5 - 4mm (3 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mm

Wing operated cutting oxygen valve(Ring nozzles) (115.17) 124.41(Block nozzles) (115.017) 124.041

Content:Hand grip 124.103 welding heads 116.01 - 116.03Cutting head with wing operation, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 115.17 / 115.017Wrench 124-23 - Gas igniter E62002

Storage case (Steel panel) 124-56



Content:Hand grip 124.105 welding heads 116.01 - 116.05Cutting head with wing operation, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 115.17 / 115.017Wrench 124-23 - Gas igniter E62002




Content:Hand grip 124.106 welding heads 116.01 - 116.06Cutting head with wing operation, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 115.17 / 115.017Wrench 124-23 - Gas igniter E62002Set without storage case (Ring nozzles) 124.23



Lever operated cutting oxygen valve(Ring nozzles) (115.17) 124.51(Block nozzles) (115.017) 124.051

Content:Hand grip 124.106 welding heads 116.01 - 116.06Cutting head with lever operation, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 114.17 / 114.017Wrench 124-23 - Gas igniter E62002Set without storage case (Ring nozzles) 124.61


3

Acetylene - OxygenCombined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17 mm Shank (Normal Torch) EN ISO 5172

11

Article Order No.






Lever operated cutting oxygen valve(Ring nozzles) (115.17) 124.52(Block nozzles) (115.017) 124.052




Wing operated cutting oxygen valve(Ring nozzles) 124.32(Block nozzles) 124.032

Pressure regulator for bottled gases for oxygen and acetyleneContent:Set 124.12 / 124.012Oxygen pressure regulator 120.403Acetylene pressure regulator 120.430Set without storage case (Ring nozzles) 124.33



Lever operated cutting oxygen valve(Ring nozzles) 124.53(Block nozzles) 124.053

Pressure regulator for bottled gases for oxygen and acetyleneContent:Set 124.52 / 124.052Oxygen pressure regulator 120.403Acetylene pressure regulator 120.430Set without storage case (Ring nozzles) 124.63


Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

411

Acetylene - OxygenCombined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17mm Shank (Normal Torch) EN ISO 5172

Welding- and Cutting Setwith Bottle Trolly

Article Order No.

Weldingset with bottle carwith block nozzle wing cutting insert 124.071mit Ringdüsen wing cutting insert 124.71 124.73 124.74content:Set with storage case 124.042 � – – –Set with storage case 124.42 – � � �

Acetylene pressure regulator 120.430 � � � �

Oxygen pressure regulator 120.403 � � � �

Single bottles safety installations burn gas E61300 � � � �

Single bottles safety installations oxygen E61301 � � � �

Twin hose DN 6 / DN 9 with connection, 10 m E40091 � � � �

Bottle trolley for 2 x 10 Liter bottles E18005 � � – –Bottle trolley for 2 x 20 Liter bottles E18006 – – – �

Bottle trolley for 2 x 50 Liter bottles 1381 – – � –

Welding- and Cutting SetDIN ISO 2503

Article Order No.

Weldingsetwith wing cutting insert block nozzle 3 - 100 mm 115.017 124.073with lever cutting insert block nozzle 3 - 100 mm 114.017 124.074without cutting insert 124.076Storage case 124-50 124-50 124-56Hand grip 124.10 � � �

5 Welding heads 0,5 - 9 mm 116.01 - 116.05 � � –3 Welding heads 1 - 6 mm 116.02 - 116.04 – – �

2 Flexible pipe welding operations 2 - 6 mm 134.83 - 134.84 – – �

Acetylene pressure regulator 120.430 � � �

Oxygen pressure regulator 120.403 � � �

Single bottles safety installations burn gas E61300 � � �

Single bottles safety installations oxygen E61301 � � �

Twin hose DN 6 / DN 6 with connection, 10 m E40059 � � �

Wrench 124-23 � � �

Gas igniter E62002 � � �

Autogen set consisting of high quality industrial grade components.Welding from 0,5 to 9 mm, cutting 3 - 100 mm.consisting of:Set in Storage Case, Cutting insert with wings and accessories (carriage with circular guide).Cylinder pressure regulators (ISO 2503) for acetylene (1,5 bar) and oxygen (10 bar).Safety Equipment (EN 730) for fuel gas and oxygen (connection to the pressure regulator).Twin Hose (DIN 8541 - EN 559) 10 m, complete with connections.Bottle cars for 10, 20 or 50 liter bottles.

Autogen set consisting of high quality industrial grade components.consisting of:Set in Storage Case, Cutting insert with hinged lever and or accessories (carriage with cir-cular guide).Cylinder pressure regulators (ISO 2503) for acetylene (1,5 bar) and oxygen (10 bar).Safety Equipment (EN 730) for fuel gas and oxygen (connection to the pressure regulator).Twin Hose (DIN 8541 - EN 559) 10 m, complete with connections.

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

Welding Head work after the suction- or injector principle and are generally ope-rated with an oxygen pressure of 2,5 bar and an acetylene pressure of 0,5 to 1 bar. They are because of their construction largely immune from sustained backfire andmarked with according to BGV D1 (VBG 15).

Union nut W 21,4 x 20 Gg 116-9

Hand grip for 17 mm shank with union nut for normal hoses(Oxygen G 1/4 x 6 mm; Acetylene G 3/8 LH x 9 mm) 124.10

Acetylene - OxygenCombined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17 mm Shank (Normal Torch) EN ISO 5172

Hand Grip serve to admit welding-and cutting attachment. They possess a shut-offvalve and a regulating valve for oxygen and acetylene and detachable hose tails for thosegases.

Article Order No.

Pipe Welding Head work like welding attachments and are operated withthe same pressures. The thin copper mixing pipe (ø 6mm) can however be bent easily, inorder to reach places difficult of access.

Multi-Flame Torch or sprinkler head attachments serve to heat, to braze, toanneal etc., thus not for welding. Suction principle, operating pressures and consumpti-ons equal to those of normal welding heads.

* Consumption of oxygen or acetylene in normality 511

Main spare parts

Regulatory completeOxygen 124-105Burn gas 124-106

Welding attachment 0 0,2 - 0,5 60 160 116.00with 17 mm shank 1 0,5 - 1,0 80 160 116.01

2 1,0 - 2,0 160 180 116.023 2,0 - 4,0 315 210 116.034 4,0 - 6,0 500 235 116.045 6,0 - 9,0 800 260 116.05

[Size 6 to 8 with 6 9,0 - 14,0 1250 290 116.06union nut] 7 14,0 - 19,0 1600 315 116.07

8 19,0 - 25,0 2000 330 116.08

Article Size Nominal range Consumption* Length Order No.[mm] [l/h] ± 10 % [mm]

Pipe welding attachments ø 6with 17mm shank 2 1,0 - 2,0 160 240 134.82All sizes with 3 2,0 - 4,0 315 250 134.83union nut 4 4,0 - 6,0 500 255 134.84

5 6,0 - 9,0 800 260 134.85

Multi-flame torches 4 4,0 - 6,0 500 210 117.11with 17mm shank 5 6,0 - 9,0 800 265 117.12All sizes with 6 9,0 - 14,0 1250 320 117.13union nut 7 14,0 - 19,0 1600 380 117.14

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

611

Acetylene - Oxygen Combined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17 mm Shank EN ISO 5172

Accessories (burner Ø 25 mm)Guide roller and circular cutting attachment (Ø 500 mm) 115-124

Cutting headcutting range 3-100 mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 114.17

Cutting headcutting range 3-100 mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 115.17

Cutting Head with Concentric Nozzle are suitable for all cut-ting applications up to a maximum of 300 mm. They work after the suction- or injector- prin-ciple i.e. largely immune from sustained backfire. Cutting oxygen valve by operation withwing or lever. Included in delivery are nozzles for a cutting range of 3-100 mm and as acces-sory guide roller and special circular cutting attachment. The acetylene pressure is about 0,5 bar. Oxygen pressure and consumptions see cutting nozzles or instruction manual.

Cutting headcutting range 12-25 mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvewithout accessory 115.000

Cutting headcutting range 12-25 mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvewithout accessory 114.000

Article Order No.

AccessoryCircular guide up to ø 70mm 135-40

operating data see page 13

3 - 12 mm 115-32F12 - 25 mm 115-32

Cutting nozzle25 - 50 mm 115-32A50 - 100 mm 115-32B

100 - 200 mm 115-32C200 - 300 mm 115-32D

3 - 12 mm 115-31BHeating nozzle 12 - 100 mm 115-31

100 - 300 mm 115-31A

Heating nozzle 12-100 mm 115-31Cutting nozzle 25-50 mm 115-32A

Upon reguest

Ring nozzles

Cutting head (Hole cutting torch)cutting range 3 - 12mmWing operated cutting oxygen valve with circular guide up to Ø 70 mm 135.17

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

711

Acetylene - OxygenCombined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 17 mm Shank EN ISO 5172

Accessories (burner Ø 25 mm)Guide roller and circular cutting attachment (ø 500 mm) 115-124

Cutting headcutting range 3 - 100mmLever operated cutting oxygen valve with accessory 114.017

Cutting headcutting range 3 - 100 mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 115.017

Cutting headcutting range 3 - 20 mmWing operated cutting oxygen valve without accessory 115.010

Cutting headcutting range 3 - 20mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvewithout accessory 114.010

3 - 20 mm 115-121Block nozzles 20 - 50 mm 115-122

50 - 100 mm 115-123

Article Order No.


Cutting headLever operated cutting oxygen valve without accessory, without nozzles 114.00

Cutting headWing operated cutting oxygen valve without accessory, without nozzles 115.00

Cutting Head with Block Nozzle are suitable for all cutting appli-cations up to a maximum of 100 mm. Advantage of block nozzles: flame cone is longer, big-ger distance of nozzle mouth to workpiece is reducing the risk fo jam, higher cutting speed,gas saving. Largely immune from sustained backfire by working with suctioninjection princi-ple.The acetylene pressure is about 0,5 bar. Oxygen pressure and consumptions see cuttingnozzles or instruction manual.

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

8

Welding 0,5 - 30mm (8 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmWing operated cutting oxygen valve 137.12Content:Hand grip 137.108 Welding heads 139.01 - 139.08Cutting head wing operated, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 138.20wrench 124-23Gas igniter 503-1

Welding 0,5 - 14mm (6 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmLever operated cutting oxygen valve 137.51Content:Hand grip 137.106 Welding heads 139.01 - 139.06Cutting head lever operated 114.20wrench 124-23Gas igniter 503-1

Welding 0,5 - 14mm (6 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmWing operated cutting oxygen valve 137.22Content:Hand grip 137.106 Welding heads 139.01 - 139.06Cutting head wing operated 138.20wrench 124-23Gas igniter 503-1

Acetylene - OxygenCombined Welding- and Cutting Torchwith 20 mm Shank (Big Torches) EN ISO 5172

These devices basically correspond to the versions with 17 mm shank. However, the sizes7 and 8 have a higher heat capacity (welding range up to 30 mm) and the torches are all inall more robust and mechanically more claimable. With the acetylene-oxygen-flame tempe-ratures of up to 3100 °C are achievable. The programme consists of a hand grip for normal hoses, welding attachment in 9 sizes from0,5 to 30 mm welding range, tubular welding attachment in 4 sizes from 1 to 9 mm weldingrange, more-flame-attachment in 4 sizes from 4,0 to 19 mm heating range, small cuttingtorch with nozzles arranged successively for cutting ranges from 1 to 40 mm, cutting attach-ment with concentric nozzles and wing or lever operation for cutting oxygen valve and cut-ting ranges from 3 to 300 mm as well as a hole cutting torch from 3 to 50 mm cutting rangeand sets (assortments) of different composition in a steel storage case.

Article Order No.

Set, 20mm with storage case

Set without storage case 137.23





11




Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

9

Welding 0,5 - 30mm (8 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvePressure regulator for bottled gases foroxygen and acetylene 137.53Content:Set 137.62Oxygen-Pressure regulator 120.403Acetylene-Pressure regulator 120.430

Welding 0,5 - 30mm (8 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvePressure regulator for bottled gases foroxygen and acetylene 137.32Content:Set 137.13Oxygen-Pressure regulator 120.403Acetylene-Pressure regulator 120.430

Welding 0,5 - 30mm (8 Heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmLever operated cutting oxygen valve 137.52Content:Hand grip 137.108 Cutting heads 139.01 - 139.08Cutting head lever operated, 3 - 100 mm and accessory 114.20wrench 124-23Gas igniter 503-1


Article Order No.







11




Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

Welding Head work after the suction- or injector-principle and are generally ope-rated with an oxygen pressure of 2,5 bar and an acetylene pressure of 0,5 to 1 bar. They are because of their construction largely immune from sustained backfire andmarked with according to BGV D1 (VBG 15).

Union nut M 27 x 1,5 139-9

Hand grip for 20 mm shank with union nut for normal hoses(Oxygen G 1/4 x 6 mm; Acetylene G 3/8LH x 9 mm) 137.10

Hand Grip serve to admit welding-and cutting attachment. They possess a shut-offvalve and a regulating valve for oxygen and acetylene and detachable hose tails for thosegases.

Article Order No.

Pipe Welding Head work like welding attachments and are operated withthe same pressures. The thin copper mixing pipe (Ø 6mm) can however be bent easily, inorder to reach places difficult of access.

Multi-Flame Torch or sprinkler head attachments serve to heat, to braze, toanneal etc., thus not for welding. Suction principle, operating pressures and consumpti-ons equal to those of welding heads.


10 *Consumption of oxygen or acetylene in normality11

Main spare parts

Regulatory completeOxygen 124-105Burn gas 124-106

Welding heads 0 0,2 - 0,5 60 170 139.00with 20 mm shank 1 0,5 - 1,0 80 170 139.01

2 1,0 - 2,0 160 200 139.023 2,0 - 4,0 315 235 139.034 4,0 - 6,0 500 265 139.045 6,0 - 9,0 800 305 139.056 9,0 - 14,0 1250 340 139.06

[Size 7+8 with 7 14,0 - 20,0 1750 365 139.07union nut] 8 20,0 - 30,0 2250 395 139.08

Article Size Nominal range Consumption* Length Order No.[mm] [l/h] ± 10 % [mm]

Multi-flame torches 4 4,0 - 6,0 500 210 117.21with 20mm shank 5 6,0 - 9,0 800 265 117.22All sizes with 6 9,0 - 14,0 1250 320 117.23union nut 7 14,0 - 20,0 1750 380 117.24

Pipe welding heads Ø 6with 20mm shank 2 1,0 - 2,0 500 240 134.92All sizes with 3 2,0 - 4,0 800 250 134.93union nut 4 4,0 - 6,0 1250 260 134.94

5 6,0 - 9,0 1600 270 134.95

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

1111

Heating nozzle 12 - 100 mm 115-31Cutting nozzle 25 - 50 mm 115-32A

AccessoryCircular guide up to Ø 70 mm 135-40

cutting head streched (Hole cutting torch)cutting range 3-12 mmWing operated cutting oxygen valve, with cicular guide up to Ø 70 mm 135.20

Nozzle set 100-300 mm 115-111

Cutting headcutting range 3-100mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 114.20

Cutting headcutting range 3-100mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 138.20

Cutting Heads with Concentric Nozzle are suitable for allcutting applications up to a maximum of 300 mm. They work after the suction- or injector-principle i.e. largely immune from sustained backfire. Cutting oxygen valve by operation withwing or lever. Included in delivery are nozzles for a cutting range of 3-100 mm and as acces-sory guide roller, special circular cutting attachment. The acetylene pressure is about 0,5 bar.Oxygen pressure and consumptions see cutting nozzles or instruction manual.

Upon request

Optional

Cutting headcutting range 12-25mmWing operated cutting oxygen valvewithout accessory 138.000

Cutting headcutting range 12-25mmLever operated cutting oxygen valvewithout accessory 114.001


Article Order No.

Accessories (burner Ø 25 mm)Guide roller and circular cutting attachment (Ø 500 mm) 115-124

3 - 12 mm 115-32F12 - 25 mm 115-32

Cutting nozzle25 - 50 mm 115-32A50 - 100 mm 115-32B

100 - 200 mm 115-32C200 - 300 mm 115-32D

3 - 12 mm 115-31BHeating nozzle 12 - 100 mm 115-31

100 - 300 mm 115-31A

Ring nozzles


Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

1211

Acetylene - OxygenSingle Cutting Torch EN ISO 5172

Nozzle set (gas mixing nozzles)for single cutting torches 3 - 6 440-1

5 - 12 440-210 - 75 440-370 - 100 440-490 - 150 440-5

140 - 200 440-6190 - 300 440-7

AccessoryGuide roller + Circular cutting attachment 440-22Circular cutting attachment 440-21Guide roller 440-20

Single cutting head 90 ° 500 440.101nozzle 10 - 75 mm 75 ° 800 440.081with accessory 75 ° 1200 440.121

Single Cutting Torch are provided for all cutting applications up to a maxi-mum cutting range of 300 mm. Due to th gas merging nozzles it is assured that duringsustained backfire no oxygen-burn gas alloy can be backdarted in the cutting torch throughthe gas bore. Lever operated cutting oxygen valve. Included in delivery as accessory is theguide roller and the circular cutting attachment (also for propane - see page 21).For normal tubes – Oxygene G 1/4x DN 6; Acetylene G 3/8LH x DN 9.

Article Nozzle head L [mm] Order No.

Single cutting head 90 ° 500 440.001nozzle 10 - 75 mm 75 ° 800 440.083without accessory 75 ° 1200 440.123

Single cutting head 90 ° 500 440.000without nozzle and accessory 75 ° 800 440.080

75 ° 1200 440.120

High heating nozzle 70 - 100 440-34

Main spare partsCutting valve complete 440-23Adjustment complete 440-24Lever complete 440-25Nozzle nut 440-26

Oxygen and gas consumption(gas mixing nozzles)

Order No. Cutting- Oxygen Acetylenerange Pressure Consumption Pressure Consumption[mm] [bar] [l / h] [bar] [l / h]

440-1 3 - 6 2,5 -3,5 800 0,35 400440-2 5 - 12 3,0 -4,0 1900 0,35 470440-3 10 - 75 4,0 -5,0 4000 0,4 510440-4 70 -100 4,5 -5,5 6800 0,4 790440-34 70 -100 4,5 -5,5 7900 0,4 830440-5 90 -150 5,0 -6,0 9400 0,4 850440-6 140 -200 6,0 -6,5 14800 0,45 1250440-7 190 -300 6,5 -7,5 21500 0,45 1420

L

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

Ring- 3 - 300 115-109nozzles- 3 - 100 115-110sets 100 - 300 115-111

Ring- 3 - 12 2 - 3 500 - 650 1400 - 1950 115-31B* 115-32F*nozzles 12 - 25 2 - 4 500 - 850 1800 - 3300 115-32**for 25 - 50 3 - 5 650 - 1000 3700 - 6050 115-31** 115-32A114 50 - 100 4 - 7 800 - 1400 6300 - 10900 115-32B115 100 - 200 6 - 9 1200 - 1700 10800 - 16100 115-32C135 200 - 300 8 - 10 1555 - 1900 16050 - 19900

115-31A115-32D

Operating data Order No.Article Cutting range Oxygen- Consumption [l/h] Heating- Cutting-

[mm] pressure [bar] Acetylene Oxygen nozzle nozzle

Acetylene - OxygenAccessories EN ISO 5172

Foreparts M 8 2 - 20 1,0 - 2,0 134-46for pipe welding heads M 8 3 - 20 2,0 - 4,0 134-47Ø 6 with 17mm shank M 10 x 1 4 - 20 4,0 - 6,0 134-48

M 10 x 1 5 - 20 6,0 - 9,0 134-49

Foreparts 8 x 28 Gg 2 - 17 1,0 - 2,0 134-41for pipe welding heads 8 x 28 Gg 3 - 17 2,0 - 4,0 134-42Ø 6 with 17mm shank 10 x 28 Gg 4 - 17 4,0 - 6,0 134-43

10 x 28 Gg 5 - 17 6,0 - 9,0 134-44

Welding nozzles 0 0,2 - 0,5 139-10for welding heat (20 mm shank) 1 0,5 - 1,0 139-3

2 1,0 - 2,0 139-3A3 2,0 - 4,0 139-3B4 4,0 - 6,0 139-3C

Thread : 5 6,0 - 9,0 139-3DM 8 x1 (Gr. 0-3) 6 9,0 - 14,0 139-3EM10 x1 (Gr. 4-6) 7 14,0 - 20,0 139-3FM12 x1 (Gr. 7 u. 8) 8 20,0 - 30,0 139-3G

Welding nozzles 0 0,2 - 0,5 112-3for welding heat (17 mm shank) 1 0,5 - 1,0 116-3

2 1,0 - 2,0 116-3A3 2,0 - 4,0 116-3B4 4,0 - 6,0 116-3C

Thread : 5 6,0 - 9,0 116-3D8 x 28 Gg (Gr. 0-3) 6 9,0 - 14,0 116-3E

10 x 28 Gg (Gr. 4-6) 7 14,0 - 19,0 116-81M 12 x 1 (Gr. 7 u. 8) 8 19,0 - 25,0 116-82

Article Size Nominal range Order No.[mm]

Welding Nozzle (also known as copper points) vary except in the size of theorifice of the nozzles also in the connection thread resp. diameter per size of the shank ofthe corresponding welding torch (metallic sealing). Nozzles are wrought.

Forepart for pipe welding heads (formerly known as mixing tube complete) consistof nozzle and the slightly flexible copper tube Ø 6 with connection thread for the mixer jet(metallic sealing).

Concentric Nozzle for combined cutting torches are centrically arranged whereby one heatingnozzle (jacket) one or more cutting nozzles are assigned to. Model 114, 115 and 135

Nozzles mounted *at Model 135, **at Model 114 und 115 1311

Block-3 - 20 2 - 4 450 - 600 1400 - 2000 115-121

nozzles20 - 50 4 - 5 450 - 780 1700 - 3400 115-12250 - 100 5 - 6 550 - 900 3800 - 6100 115-123

Block NozzleModel 114.010, 114.017, 115.010 and 115.017

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

1411

Acetylene - OxygenAccessories

Distributorsfor Oxygen (dispatch oblique) 3 x G 1/4 / DN 6 559.090for Acetylene (dispatch oblique) 3 x G 3/8 LH / DN 9 559.080for Oxygen, without plug (dispatch oblique) 3 x G 1/4 559.190for Acetylene, without plug (dispatch oblique) 3 x G 3/8 LH 559.180

Multi combination wrench universal 124-23

Gas igniter (waltz file) E62002Spare flints 3,0 x 20 mm (PU 50 pieces) E62006

Threaded hose couplings, detachable

G 1/4 xDN 4 197.000DN 6 408-39

G 1/4 LH x DN 6 120-308DN 4 408-58

G 3/8 x DN 6 408-59DN 9 408-60DN 4 408-56

G 3/8 LH x DN 6 408-57DN 9 408-40

Hose disposer 16 / 16mm, plasticfor bundling of oxygen and acetylene hose E41002

Oxygen hose blue DN 6 (outer Ø 16) 20 bar E40002Acetylene hose red DN 9 (outer Ø 16) 10 bar E40005

Cleaning prickers set ø 0,5 / 0,6 / 0,6 / 0,7 / 0,7 / 0,7 / 0,8 / 0,8 / 0,9 / 1,0 / 1,2 / 1,4 E61150

Cleaning Pricker serve for the sparing cleaning of welding or cutting nozzles which were polluted by spots of slag or the like. Set contains prickers of different ø.

Distributor with two single lockable dispatches serve to connect two points of con-sumption (torches) per bottle or point of consumption. In this case every torch must beequipped with safety installations according to DIN EN 730 (see page 28).

Hose for oxygen and burnable gas according to DIN EN 559 (DIN 8541) for connetion oftorches and bottle (cut goods – roll 40 m). -30° C up to +70° C

Threaded Hose Couplings, detachable, to connect to torch or tobottle, consisting of union nut and hose plug (further threaded connections and individualparts, see page 27).

Gas Igniter hoop-type with big flint.

Wrench to change nozzles, for threaded hose couplings etc.

Twin hoses, DIN 8541 - EN 559 (cut goods – roll 40 m)Oxygen DN 4, Ø 11 Acetylene DN 4, Ø 11 E40006

DN 6, Ø 13 DN 6, Ø 13 E40007DN 6, Ø 16 DN 9, Ø 16 E40008

10 m assembled with fittings DN 6, Ø 16 DN 9, Ø 16 E40091

Article Order No.

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

1511

Upon requestHammerhead copper bit 350 g 175-164Pointed copper bit 350 g 175-165

Soldering devicewith hammerhead copper bit 250g G 3/8LH 175.111Soldering devicewith pointed copper bit 250g G 3/8LH 175.112

Wrench 124-23

Storage case for all sets 175-166

Propane gas soldering set with hammerhead copper bit 175.411Propane gas soldering set with pointed copper bit 175.412Content:Soldering device with hammerhead copper bit 175.111or soldering device with pointed copper bit 175.1123 Concentrated pointed flame torch heads 175.063 bis 175.065Propane hose G 3/8 LH - G 3/8 LH E40146Wrench 175-85Storage case 175-166

Brazing set 175.410Content:Hand grip with economizing valve 175.3004 Turbo torch heads 175.012, 175.014, 175.017 and 175.0202 Torch heads 175.033 and 175.034Connection pipes for torch heads 130 mm 175.002Bracket for setting down 175/106Propane hose G 3/8 LH - G 3/8 LH E40146Wrench 175-85Storage case 175-166

Set universal with hammerhead copper bit 175.401Set universal with pointed copper bit 175.402Content:Hand grip with economizing valve 175.300Soldering insert with hammerhead copper bit 175.071or with pointed copper bit 175.0723 Concentrated pointed flame torch heads 175.063 - 175.065Paint stripping head 175.0512 Torch heads 175.033 and 175.034Connection pipes for torch heads 130 mm 175.002Bracket for setting down 175-106Propane hose G 3/8 LH - G 3/8 LH E40146Wrench 175-85Storage case 175-166

The propane flame with sucked air (2000 °C) serves as a heat source for a lot of processes,like soldering, brazing, annealing, hardening, smelting etc., but also in direct use for flamecleaning of e.g. old paint. In DIN EN 731 T4 these devices are standardised. The programme contains different hand grips, welding torches, welding heads with exten-sion tubes and different compositions - sets - as well as soldering irons.Sets are assortments of various hand grips and inserts for different applications like soldering, brazing etc.

Set with storage case

Article Order No.

Soldering Device (soldering irons) are ready for use torches with hammer-head copper bit or pointed copper bit. They consist of a hand grip with shut-off valve175.100 and soldering torches 175.071 or 175.072

Propane - AirSoldering Torch – Air Inlet by Torch Insert

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

1611


Turbo torch headØ 12 mm M 14 x 1 160 175.012Ø 16 mm M 14 x 1 250 175.014Ø 19 mm M 14 x 1 350 175.017Ø 22 mm M 14 x 1 440 175.020

Paint stripping head50 mm M 14 x 1 220 175.051

Concentrated pointed flame torch headØ 14 mm M 14 x 1 45 175.063Ø 17 mm M 14 x 1 120 175.064Ø 20 mm M 14 x 1 215 175.065

Concentrated pointed flame torch headstraight M 14 x 1 60 175.061

Spare partsProtective hood with wire stand 175-37Hammerhead copper bit 250 g 109-13Pointed copper bit 250 g 109-13A

Soldering torchwith hammerhead copper bit 250 g (M 14 x 1) 175.071Soldering torchwith pointed copper bit 250 g (M 14 x 1) 175.072

Hand gripwith economizing valveUniversal hand grip G 3/8LH x M 14 x 1 175.300Hand gripwith shut-off valve (for building sites in Germany is not allowed)

Simply hand grip G 3/8LH x M 14 x 1 175.100

Hand Grip for propane torches with air inlet by torch insert are available in differentvariations:Once a hand grip with economizing valve, with pilot light regulation and main shut-offvalve, especially for welding torches with flame lengths over 100 mm and construction siteapplication (changing working places). The shut-off valve serves to shut-off or regulate thegas supply for pilot light and working flame. The pilot light can be adjusted with a pan head slotted screw. The gas supply is set free by the lever for the working flame, which can beregulated by the shut-off valve. A hand grip only with shut-off resp. regulating valve, for use only with flame lengths lowerthan 150 mm, e.g. soldering irons, and for use at fix working places (workshop). The shut-off valve also serves as a regulating valve for the working flame.

Soldering Torch with hammerhead copper bit or point copper bit, protectivehood with wire stand and straight concentrated pointed flame torch heads with pistonbracket. These torches are preferably used with the hand grip 175.100

Article Thread Consumption Order No.at 1,5 bar [g/h]

Torch Head with flame lengths lower than 150 mm are available in different varia-tions. As soldering torches with copper pieces, concentrated pointed flame torch head, paintstripping head, turbo torch head with broad flame. Operating pressures generally 1,5 to 4 bar, turbo torch heads 1,5 to 2,5 bar, thus a pressure regulator should necessarily beassembled. Consumptions see table. The torch heads can be operated with hand grip175.100

Hose connection detachable G 3/8 LH x DN 4 408-56G 3/8 LH x DN 6 408-57

Article Thread Order No.

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

1711

Heating set 175.352consisting of:2,5m Hose, Hand grip, Connection pipe 350mm, Stainless steel torch head Ø 40mm M20 x 1

Propane torch head set 175.351consisting of:Pressure regulator, 5m Hose DN 6 (rubber), Hand grip, Stainless steel torch head Ø 60mm M20 x 1, Bracket f. s. d.Protection against hose damage, Connection pipe 750mm

Propane torch head set 175.350consisting of:Pressure regulator, 5m Hose DN 6 (PVC), Hand grip, Connectionpipe 750mm, Stainless steel torch head Ø 60mm M20 x 1,Protection against hose damage, Bracket for setting down

Bracket for setting down on connection pipe 175-106

Distributor pipe (steel, chrome-plated) M 20 x 1 male2-dispatches (160 mm) 175.0904-dispatches (420 mm) 175.091

Connection pipe (steel, chrome-plated) M 14 x 1 x M 20 x 1 male100 mm 175.052350 mm 175.054750mm 175.056

Connection pipe (steel, chrome-plated) M 14 x 1 x G 3/8 female100 mm 175.002350 mm 175.004750mm 175.006

Torch head (stainless steel) G 3/8 maleØ 35 mm 175.033Ø 40 mm 175.034Ø 45mm 175.035Ø 50mm 175.036Ø 60mm 175.037

Torch Head with flame lengths > 100 mm together with connection pipes must beoperated with hand grip 175.300, also necessary is a bracket for setting down.


Heating Set

Torch head (stainless steel) M 20 x 1 femaleØ 35 mm 175.083Ø 40 mm 175.084Ø 45mm 175.085Ø 50mm 175.086Ø 60mm 175.087


Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

1811

Propane - AirSoldering Torch – Air Inlet by Hand Grip

Technical DataOperating pressure: 1,5 barPropane consumptions:Torch head straight: 60 g/hTorch head bent: Ø 3 45g/h

Ø 5 120g/hØ 7 210 g/h

Paint stripping head 40mm 160g/h100mm 290g/h

Thread:Burnable gas connection G 3/8LH

Hand grip -Torch heads M14 x 1(fem. thread) (male thread)

Soldering irons with 3 arcuated torch heads G 3/8LH 552.103consisting of:Hand grip 552.201Torch head arcuated Ø 14 (borehole Ø 3) 552.301

Ø 17 (borehole Ø 4) 552.302Ø 20 (borehole Ø 5) 552.303

AccessoryProtective hood with wire stand 552-1

250 g 109-13Hammerhead copper bit 350 g 175-164

500 g 163-26

Pointed copper bit250 g 109-13A350 g 175-165

Paint stripping headbent 40mm 552.305

100mm 552.306

Torch headbent 3 - Ø 14mm 552.301

5 - Ø 17mm 552.3027 - Ø 20mm 552.303

Torch headstraight with piston bracket and clamp 552.309

Hand gripround with shut-off valve G 3/8LH 552.201

Soldering irons with straight torch head G 3/8LH 552.210consisting of:Hand grip 552.201Torch head straight 552.309

Soldering ironwith hammerhead copper bit 250g G 3/8LH 552.101with pointed copper bit 250g G 3/8LH 552.102

consisting of:Hand grip 552.201Torch head straight 552.309Protective hood with wire stand 552-1Hammerhead copper bit 250 g 109-13 (wood optionally 350 g)or pointed copper head 250 g 109-13a (wood optionally 350 g)

Propane gas bottles, Pressure regulator,High pressure hose (2,5 m) and soldering set completewith hammerhead copper bit 250 g 539.000with pointed copper bit 250 g 539.001

Soldering Irons, hand grip classically shaped, with shut-off resp. regulatingvalve and air-pusher for regulation of intake air. Torch head with protective hood, pistonbracket and hammerhead copper bit or pointed copper bit for soldering.

Soldering Irons with round hand grip serve to work with the unshielded flame,thus mainly for soldering and brazing. Operating pressure 1,5 to 2,5 bar.

Hand Grip the classic hand grip with round wooden grip possesses an adjustableair inlet and a needle valve as fine regulation- and shut-off valve.


Torch Head with flame lengths lower than 150 mm are available as straight, arcua-ted, or paint stripping heads. Operating pressures 1,5 to 2,5 bar, i.e. operation with assem-bled pressure regulators only. Consumption see table.

Portable Soldering Set

552.309 552-1

552.301

552.305

109-13A

109-13

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

1911

Propane - Oxygen EN ISO 5172Combined Heating and Cutting Torch with 17mm Shank

Heating torches with 17 mm shankSizes 6 to 8 with union nut

Hand grip 17mm shank with union nutHose connection Oxygen G 1/4xDN 6, Propane G 3/8LH x DN 4 124.30


Heating 0,5 - 14mm (6 torch heads)Cutting 3 - 100mmWing operated cutting torch 124.222Content:Hand grip with union nut 17 mm 124.306 Heating torches 116.21 bis 116.26Cutting torch 3 - 100 mm with wing and accessory 115.PAWrench 124-23Gas igniter E62002

Set for heating (welding is not possible with the burnable gas propane) and cutting in steel storage case.

Article Order No.

Set, 17mm shank with storage case

Hand Grip analogical to the one for acetylene, merely propane thread with plug forpropane hose 4 mm.

Heating Torch work after the suction- or injector-principle and are largely immu-ne from sustained backfire. They are generally operated with an oxygen pressure of 2,5 bar,propane pressure about 0,5 bar. Gradation and consumptions see table.

Cutting Torch with Concentric Nozzle are suitable for allcutting applications up to maximal 300 mm. They work after the suction- or injector-princi-ple and are largely immune from sustained backfire. Wing operated cutting oxygen valve.Also included in delivery are nozzles for a cutting range of 3-100 mm and as accessory guideroller,circular guide and wrench. The propane pressure is about 0,5 bar. Oxygen pressureand consumptions see cutting nozzles and instruction manual.

Main spare parts see page 5

Cutting torchcutting range 3 - 100 mmwing operated cutting oxygen valvewith accessory 115.PA

Article Order No.

Accessories (burner Ø 25 mm)Guide roller and circular cutting attachment (ø 500 mm) 115-124Upon request: Nozzle set 100-300 mm 115-114

AccessoryCircular guide up to Ø 70mm 135-40Nozzle Summary and operating data see page 20

Cutting torch straight (Hole cutting torch)cutting range 3 - 100 mmwing operated cutting oxygen valve; with circular guide up to Ø 70 mm 135.PA

1 0,5 - 1,0 180 100 160 116.212 1,0 - 2,0 300 170 180 116.223 2,0 - 4,0 450 260 210 116.234 4,0 - 6,0 720 410 235 116.245 6,0 - 9,0 960 550 260 116.256 9,0 - 14,0 1400 800 290 116.267 14,0 - 19,0 1750 1000 315 116.278 19,0 - 25,0 2100 1200 330 116.28

Size Nominal range Consumption Consumption Length Order No.[mm] Oxygen Propane [mm]

[l/h] ± 10 % [g/h] ± 10 %

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

20 * Nozzles mounted11

Heating nozzles 1 0,5 - 1,0 116-40for torches with 17 mm 2 1,0 - 2,0 116-41

3 2,0 - 4,0 116-424 4,0 - 6,0 116-43

Thread: 5 6,0 - 9,0 116-448 x 28 Gg (Gr. 1 - 3) 6 9,0 - 14,0 116-45

10 x 28 Gg (Gr. 4 - 6) 7 14,0 - 19,0 116-83M 12 x 1 (Gr. 7 - 8) 8 19,0 - 25,0 116-84

Article Size Nominal range Order No.[mm]

Heating Nozzle (also called copper points) for heating torches model 116.21to 116.28 vary except in the size of the orifice of the nozzles also in the connection threadrespectively diameter per size of the shank of the corresponding welding torch (metallic sealing).

Ring- 3,0 - 10,0 2,5 - 3,0 350 - 400 1400 - 1950 115-84*nozzles 10,0 - 25,0 3,0 - 4,0 400 - 500 1800 - 3300 115-54for 25,0 - 50,0 4,0 - 5,0 500 - 600 3700 - 6050

115-53*115-65

115.Pa 50,0 - 100,0 5,0 - 6,0 600 - 700 6300 - 10900 115-66100,0 - 200,0 6,0 - 8,0 700 - 800 10800 - 16100 115-54C200,0 - 300,0 8,0 - 10,0 800 - 1000 16050 - 19900

115-53A115-54D

Operating data Order No.Article Cutting range Oxygen- Consumption Heating Cutting

[mm] pressure [bar] Propane [g/h] Oxygen [l/h] nozzle nozzle

Concentric Nozzle for combined cutting torches are centrically arranged whereby one heating nozz-le (jacket) one or more cutting nozzles are assigned to. Model 115.PA and 135.PA

Cutting Torch with Block Nozzle can be used for all cuttingapplications up to 200 mm. Advantage of block nozzles: flame cone is longer, biggerdistance of nozzles mouth to workpiece is reducing to risk of jam, higher cutting speed, gassaving. Cutting oxygen valve by operation with wing or lever. Largely immune from sustai-ned backfire by working with suction-injection principle. The acetylene pressure is about 0,5bar. Oxygene pressure and consumption see cutting nozzles or instruction manual.

Accessory (burner Ø 25 mm)Guide roller and circular cutting attachment (Ø 500 mm) 115-124

Cutting torch with accessory 115.017PAcutting range 2 - 100mm, wing operated cutting oxygen valve

Cutting torch without accessory 115.010PAcutting range 2 - 20mm, wing operated cutting oxygen valve

2 - 20 mm 115-125Block nozzles 20 - 50 mm 115-126

50 - 100 mm 115-127

Article Order No.

Propane - OxygenCutting Torch with 17mm Shank (Block Nozzle)Nozzle EN ISO 5172

Block-2 - 20 2,5 -3,0 300 - 380 1400 - 2000 115-125

nozzles20 - 50 3,0 -4,0 380 - 480 1700 - 3400 115-12650 - 100 4,0 -5,0 480 - 580 3800 - 6100 115-127

Block NozzleModel 115.010PA and 115.017PA

operating data, see below

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

2111

Propane - Oxygen EN ISO 5172Single Cutting Torch with Gas Mixing Nozzle

Nozzle set (gas mixing nozzles) for single cutting torches3 - 6 440-115 - 12 440-12

10 - 75 440-1370 - 100 440-1490 - 150 440-15

140 - 200 440-16190 - 300 440-17

AccessoryGuide roller + Circular cutting attachment 440-22Circular cutting attachment 440-21Guide roller 440-20

Single cutting torches 90 ° 500 440.201Nozzle 10 - 75 mm 75 ° 800 440.082with accessory 75 ° 1200 440.122

Single Cutting Torch are provided for all cutting applications up to a maxi-mum cutting range of 500 mm. Lever operated cutting oxygen valve. The single cutting tor-ches also work after the suction- or injector-principle and are largely immune from sustainedbackfire. As accessory included in delivery are guide roller and special circular cutting attach-ment. The propane pressure is about 0,5 bar. Oxygen valve and consumptions see cuttingnozzles or instruction manual.For normale hoses – Oxygen G 1/4 x 6 mm; Propane G 3/8 LH x 9 mm

Article Nozzle Head L [mm] Order No.

Single cutting torches 90° 500 440.002Nozzle 10 - 75mm 75 ° 800 440.084without accessory 75 ° 1200 440.124

Single cutting torches 90 ° 500 440.000without nozzles, without accessory 75 ° 800 440.080

75 ° 1200 440.120

Main spare partsCutting valve complete 440-23Adjustment complete 440-24Lever complete 440-25Nozzle nut 440-26

Oxygen and gas consumption(gas mixing nozzles)

Order No. Cutting- Oxygen Propanerange Pressure Consumption Pressure Consumption[mm] [bar] [l / h] [bar] [l / h]

440-11 3 - 6 2,5 -3,5 800 0,3 300440-12 5 - 12 3,0 -4,0 1900 0,3 370440-13 10 - 75 4,0 -5,0 4000 0,4 410440-14 70 -100 4,5 -5,5 6800 0,4 690440-15 90 -150 5,0 -6,0 9400 0,7 800440-16 140 -200 6,0 -6,5 14800 0,7 1100440-17 190 -300 6,5 -7,5 21500 0,75 1400

L

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

2211

PropaneAccessories

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

Pressure Regulator For Propaneare available in 3 versions. Firmly adjusted to 1,5 bar, so then adjustable from 0,5 - 4 bar (withand without pressure gauge). For the application field welding - cutting and relative operati-ons another model according to DIN EN ISO 2503 (EN 585).

Low Pressure RegulatorSmall bottle connection.Fixed - Dispatch G 1/4LH. Consumption 1,5 kg/h. Outlet pressure 50 mbar.Type Place for use Order No.

For camping equipment andOnly for outdoor use E61013

radiant heaters

With thermal barrier, manometer,visual indication and overpressure Only for indoor use E61015safety device

With over-pressure safety device For outdoor use in house-E61016

and visual indication hold and industrial facilities

Middle Pressure Regulator Acc. to DIN 4811 Part 3 with DVGW-Approval

Fixed - Dispatch G 3/8LH. Consumption 6 kg/h. Outlet pressure 1,5 bar.Type Inlet connection Weight Order No.

For bottles up to 0,5 kg Union nut G 3/8LH 200 g 565.111

For bottles from 5 - 33 kg Combi. thread W 21,8 x 1/14” LH 280 g 565.121

Combination thread W 21,8 x 1/14” LH for bottles from 5 - 33 kg.Adjustable - Dispatch G 3/8LH. Outlet pressure 0,5 - 4 bar.Type Consumption Weight Order No.

No manometer (pressure scala) 6 kg/h 750 g 549.30With manometer 6 kg/h 840 g 549.31

No manometer 12 kg/h E61020With manometer 12 kg/h E61021

Pressure Regulator according to ISO 2503 (formerly DIN EN 585)

Thread W 21,8 x 1/14” LH for bottles above 14 kg.Adjustable - Dispath G 3/8LH x DN 4. Outlet pressure 0,5 - 4 bar.With manometer 12 kg/h 1800 g 120.450

E61013

E61015

E61016

549.31

E61021

120.450

565.111

E61020

Double hose Propane-Oxygen with threads

G 3/8LH, G 1/4 and hose connector5 m E40114

10 m E40115

Decanting connection for refilling of small bottles (0,425kg)Combination-thread (0,5 up to 33 kg) 210 E61581Connection sealings see page 25

Small Propane Gas Bottle Fill-up quantity 0,425 kg (1l)light version with foot, hang-up hook and bottle valveDispath G 3/8LH 1400 539.03

Small Propane Gas Bottle are necessary for all works at exponatedplaces. The refilling can easily be done from bigger bottles.

Hoses

2311

PropaneAccessories

Distributors, connection G 3/8LH, 2 dispatches G 3/8LH

with metal handwheelgas plug DN 6 (dispatch oblique) 559.100without plug (dispatch oblique) 559.110

with metal handwheel gas plug DN 9 (dispatch oblique) 559.651

Detachable hose tails G 1/4 x DN 6 408-39 G 3/8LH x DN 4 408-56G 3/8LH x DN 6 408-57

Propane hose TPR, DN 6 (6,3 x 5,0 mm)2,5 m E40154

G 3/8LH x G 3/8LH 5,0 m E4015710,0 m E40159

without threads (cut goods - roll 40 m) E40016

Propane hose TPR, DN 4 (4,0 x 4,0 mm)W 21,8 x 1/14” LH x G 3/8LH 2,5 m E40169

Propane hose TPR, DN 4 (4,0 x 4,0 mm)2,5 m E40146

G 3/8LH x G 3/8LH 5,0 m E4014910,0 m E40151

Connection nozzles dispatch with G 3/8 LH (wing nut)Thraed W 21,8 x 1/14” Combination-thread (0,5 - 14 kg) E61582Connections sealings see page 25

Distributor with two dispatches are used, where two consumers shall be operatedat the same time or optionally.

Detachable Hose Tail for connection to torch or bottle, consisting ofunion nut and hose plug. (For further hose tails see bottled gases).

High Pressure Hose DIN 4815 for liquid gases, propane and butane. Aging,ozone and weather resistant. Connectors on both sides attached with ferrules. The hosesare used to connect bottles and burners.

Connection Nozzle for direct connection to the bottle are suitable for devi-ces, which can be operated with the whole bottle pressure. (Devices not available in the -programme range).

Propane hose Rubber, DN 6 (6,3 x 5,0 mm)2,5 m E40154-G

G 3/8LH x G 3/8LH 5,0 m E40157-G10,0 m E40159-G

Technical DataTPR Rubber

Burst pressure: 90 bar 90 barOperating pressure: 30 bar 30 barSoul: TPR, black, slick NBR, black, slickPressure makers: synthetic filament spiral, synthetic filamentTube top: TPR, orange, slick EPDM, orange, slickTemperature: -20 °C up to +70 °C -25 °C up to +70 °C

Article Connection Length Order No.

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

2411

Single-Stage Pressure Regulator for Bottled Gasserve to regulate compressed, liquefied and under pressure dissolved gases out of bottleswith a maximal pre-pressure of 200 bar up to the desired working pressure, and in fact asindependent of pre-pressure or issue quantity fluctuations as possible. Dependency uponpre-pressure is about 1,5% at single-stage pressure regulators, so while deflating the bottle it has to be readjusted from time to time.

Oxygen (O2)* 20,0 G 3/4 female** G 1/4 x DN 6 120.408

Compressed air 10,0G 5/8 male G 1/4x DN 6

120.428(N2O2) 20,0 120.429Carbon diox (CO2)

10,0 W 21,8 x 1/14” female G 1/4x DN 6 120.485Noble gas***

Nitrogen (N2)10,0

W 24,3 x 1/14” female G 1/4x DN 6120.448

20,0 120.449

Hydrogen (H2)4,0

W 21,8 x 1/14” LH female G 3/8LH x DN 6120.419

10,0 120.418* with approval sign** Foreign threads upon request*** noble gas (helium, Corgon, Krysal), sulfur hexafluoride (SF6)

Sort of gas Range Threads Order No.Inlet Outlet

[bar] (Bottle)

Oxygen (O2)*10,0

G 3/4 female** G 1/4x DN 6120.403

20,0 120.40410,0 120.42320,0 G 1/4x DN 6 120.424

Compressed air50,0 G 5/8 male 120.425

(N2O2)100,0 1)

G 1/4a120.426

150,0 1) 120.42710,0 120.44320,0 G 1/4x DN 6 120.444

Nitrogen (N2) 50,0 W 24,3 x 1/14” female 120.445100,0 1)

G 1/4a120.446

150,0 1) 120.44710,0 120.483

Carbon dioxide 20,0 G 1/4x DN 6 120.484(CO2) 50,0 W 21,8 x 1/14” female 120.166Noble gas*** 100,0 1)

G 1/4a120.167

150,0 1) 120.168Laughing gas (N2O) 10,0 G 3/8 female G 1/4x DN 6 120.481Balloon gas 1,5 W 21,8 x 1/14” female DN 15 120.480Acetylene (C2H2)* 1,5 handle** G 3/8LH x DN 9 120.430

4,0 120.491Hydrogen (H2) 10,0 W 21,8 x 1/14” LH female G 3/8LH x DN 6 120.490

20,0 120.492Propane (C3H8) 2) 4,0 W 21,8 x 1/14” LH female G 3/8LH x DN 4 120.450

Test gas10,0

M 19 x 1,5 LH female G 3/8 LH x DN 6120.461

20,0 120.4601) with toggle screw2) without volume gauge

no

t

fla

mm

ab

lef

lam

ma

ble

Two-Stage Pressure Regulator for Bottled Gasonly have a dependency upon pre-pressure of 0,05 %, so readjusting at pre-pressure fluc-tuations (deflating bottle at compressed gases) is not necessary.

no

t fl

am

ma

ble

fla

mm

-a

ble

120.403

120.446

120.430

120.428

Gas in Cylinders Pressure Regulator for Bottled Gas DIN EN ISO 2503

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

Sealing ring PA 6 (Ø 11,5 x 18 x 2) 120-71aSealing ring PA 6 (Ø 9 x 14 x 2) Test gas bottle regulator 120-313Sealing ring PA 6 (Ø 7 x 19 x 2) Combination thread (Propane) 323-168O-Ring NBR (Ø 11 x 2,5) Pressure regulator for bottled gas 300 bar 120-328

Connection Sealings

2511

Gas in CylindersPressure Regulator for Bottled Gas DIN EN ISO 2503

Argon and Pressure gauge 120.470Carbon diox. 0 - 22/32

W 21,8 x 1/14” femaleG 1/4x 120.471*

ArgonFlowmeter DN 6

120.4720 - 20

Pressure gauge G 3/8LH 120.434

Inert gas0 - 22/32

W 21,8 x 1/14” LH female G 1/4LH x120.439

FlowmeterDN 6 120.438

0 - 30

Argon and Pressure gaugeW 21,8 x 1/14” female

G 1/4x120.476

Carbon diox. 0 - 22/32 DN 6

*without shut-off valve

Pressure Regulator with Volume Meterhave instead of the pressure gauge for outlet pressure either a so called litre-gauge or a rota-meter. The litre-gauge shows, in connection with a capillary in the outlet, according to a cer-tain dynamic pressure, the flow rate. The regulation is done by the normal pressure adjust-ment. The rotameter is calibrated to a fixed pressure (e.g. 3,5 up to 4 bar). Therefore regu-lation is done by a shut-off valve.

Sort of gas Volume meter Threads Order No.Inlet Outlet

[l/min] (Bottle)

not

flam

mab

lefla

mm

able

sin

gle

-s

ta

ge

two

-sta

ge

not

flam

mab

le

120.470

120.438

120.413

Single-Stage Pressure Regulator for Bottled GasBottle-connection on left side Bottle pre-pressure 300 bar

8,0 Hose 2 m 2) 120.37810,0 120.413

Compressed air 20,0 G 5/8 male with G 1/4x DN 6 120.414(N2O2) 50,0 wing nut 120.415

100,0 1)

G 1/4male120.416

150,0 1) 120.41710,0 120.48720,0 G 1/4x DN 6 120.488

Carbon dioxide50,0 W 30 x 2 DIN 477-5 120.489

(CO2)100,0

G 1/4male120.494

150,0 120.49510,0 120.44220,0 G 1/4x DN 6 120.451

Nitrogen (N2) 50,0 W 30 x 2 DIN 477-5 120.452100,0

G 1/4male120.453

150,0 120.454Argon (Ar) 0 - 22/32 l/min W 30 x 2 DIN 477-5 G 1/4x DN 6 120.479

1) with toggle screw2) Outlet - nipple for coupling DN 7,2

Sort of gas Range Threads Order No.Inlet Outlet

[bar] (Bottle)

Star-RegulatorBottle-connection on backside - Bottle pre-pressure 200 bar

Argon (Ar) and Pressure gaugeW 21,8 x 1/14” female G 1/4 male 123.470

carbon diox. (CO2) 0 - 24

Sort of gas Volume meter Threads Order No.Inlet Outlet

[l/min] (Bottle)

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

2611

Oxygen (O2) 20,0 0,5 - 10,0 G 3/8 / DN 6 511.113Nitrogen (N2) 20,0 0,5 - 10,0 G 3/8 / DN 6 511.513Carbon dioxide (CO2) 20,0 0,5 - 10,0 G 3/8 / DN 6 511.613Compressed air (N2O2) 16,0 0,5 - 10,0 G 3/8 / DN 6 511.816Protective gas*

20,00,0 - 30,0

G 3/8 / DN 6 511.710(Argon (Ar) etc.) [l/min]Acetylene (C2H2) 1,5 0,1 - 1,5 G 3/8LH / DN 9 511.221Propane (C3H8) 10,0 0,5 - 4,0 G 3/8LH / DN 6 511.322Hydrogen (H2) 20,0 0,5 - 10,0 G 3/8LH / DN 9 511.423

* with litre gauge and throttle

Sort of gas Pre-press Range Thread Order No.[bar] [bar] entrance/outlet

Extraction Point Pressure Regulator serve to regulate com-pressed, liquefied and under pressure dissolved gases from supply grids (ring conducting)with a certain pre-pressure to the desired working pressure, in fact as independet of pre-pressure or issue quantity fluctuations as possible. Their composition is analog to the single-stage pressure regulators, but because of the relatively low, known pre-pressure, they don’thave a pre-pressure gauge and no safety valve.The high flow rates allow operation of all welding- and cutting torches for acetylene-oxygen,offered by company ewo.

no

tf

lam

ma

ble

fla

mm

-a

ble

Gas in CylindersExtraction Point Pressure Regulator

Gas in CylindersPressure Gauge

Safety pressure gauges Ø 63 verticalThread G 1/4

with imprintAcetylene 0 - 2,5 / 1,5 bar 221Acetylene 0 - 40,0 / 26,0 bar 314Oxygen 0 - 16,0 / 10,0 bar 291Oxygen 0 - 40,0 / 20,0 bar 321Oxygen 0 -315,0 / 200,0 bar 341

without imprint (white)0 - 2,5 / 1,5 bar 2220 - 6,0 / 4,0 bar 2340 - 16,0 / 10,0 bar 2900 - 40,0 / 20,0 bar 3200 - 100,0 / 50,0 bar 3300 - 315,0 / 200,0 bar 3400 - 315,0 / 230,0 bar 2060 - 400,0 / 300,0 bar 368

Liter scale0 - 32 / 16 l/min 2030 - 24 / 32 205

Rubber protection capfor safety pressure gauges Ø 63 Color grey (DIN 32 503) 507

Pressure Gauge are safety pressure gauges according to EN 562 (DIN 8549). Ata spring breakage a relief opening at the rearside is opened in order to avoid parts being thro-wn forward. Quality class 2,5.

Article Order No.

Aluminium sealing ring for gauges 120-33c

entrance

outlet

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

2711

Gas in CylindersDecanting Bow / Detachable Hose Tail (Autogen) /Double Nipple / Safety Installation

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

11 A

uto

gen

ous

-Pro

pan

e

G 1/8x G 1/8 29 9,5 9,5 5 12 185.29G 1/4x G 1/8 32 12 9,5 6,5 14 185.30G 1/4x G 1/4 34 12 12 12 14 185.33G 1/4LH x G 1/4LH 34 12 12 12 14 185.34G 3/8x G 1/4 36 13,5 12 12 17 185.53G 3/8x G 3/8LH 37 13,5 13,5 10 17 185.14G 3/8x G 3/8 37 13,5 13,5 10 17 185.55G 3/8LH x G 3/8LH 37 13,5 13,5 10 17 185.05G 1/2x G 3/8 40 15,5 13,5 13,5 22 185.75G 1/2x G 1/2 44 15,5 15,5 15,5 22 185.77

Detachable Hose Tail according to EN 560 (DIN 8542)

consist of union nut with RH- or LH-threads according to DIN-ISO 228 and hose clips withball nipple seal for metallic sealing to threaded connector end with 45° cone like e.g. topressure regulators for bottled gases or hand grips for torches. The union nut normally isdetachable (Form A), at a few versions - small thread - not detachable (Form B).

Double Nipple according to EN 560, male thread long – with cone (45°)for connection of devices of the compressed air conditioning and welding technique etc.

Thread Hose Form Individual Order No.Union Nut Hose Plug

Thread Dimensions [mm] Order No.W x V L i k d SW

G 1/44 A 408-25 113-49 197.0006 A 408-25 408-27 408-39

G 1/4LH 6 A 408-44 408-27 120-3084 A 120-9 120-10a 408-58

G 3/8 6 A 120-9 120-10 408-599 A 120-9 124-20 408-604 A 124-18 120-10a 408-56

G 3/8LH 6 A 124-18 120-10 408-579 A 124-18 124-20 408-40

Safety Installation DIN EN 730with automatic gas barrier against flame penetration and gas backdraft for acetylene andoxygen are necessary, if the torches are not immune from sustained backfire or the consu-mer (torch) are not in the same room.For Protection of sampling points, distribution lines and individual bottles.

Article Sort of gas* Threads** Operating- Order No.Inlet - Outlet pressure

Decanting bow (nickel-platet)for oxygen G 3/4 E61360for argon or carbon dioxid 21,8 x 14 Gg E61361

Decanting Bows serve to decant compressed gases from big into small bottles.

Burn gas***DN 4 - G 3/8LH 1,5 E61315

Mounted BAM 0193*DN 6,3 - G 3/8LH 1,5 E61316

on the burnerDN 8 - G 3/8LH 1,5 E61317

– GT –DN 4 - G 1/4 15,0 E61320

Oxygen DN 6,3 - G 1/4 15,0 E61321DN 8 - G 1/4 15,0 E61322

Mounted in the Burn gas***DN 8 - DN 8 1,5 E61338

hose 09 D-18178 E*– TT – Oxygen DN 6 - DN 6 15,0 E61332

Mounted at the Burn gas***

G 3/8LH - G 3/8LH 1,5 E61300pressure regulator

BAM 0395*

– DGN – Oxygen G 1/4 - G 1/4 15,0 E61301

* By burn gas with model approval number** According to EN 560 (LH = Left hand thread)

*** Burn gas (Acetylene, hydrogen, propane, butane etc.)

2811

Gas in CylindersQuick-Release Coupling / Hose Breakage Protection

Au

tog

eno

us-

Pro

pan

e11

Hose Breakage Protections Low Pressure 16 bar

to safeguard propane hose lines.

Advantages and equipment- Prevents gas leakage when hoseis damaged or while uncoupling the hose line. Closes

gas pass as soon as nominal flow exceeds 10 %.

Note- For use in industrial facilities hose breakage protections type SBS have to be applied with

a hose length of 400 mm and above.- For use in camping hose breakage protections have to be applied with a hose length of

1500 mm and above.

Article Inlet- x Outletthread Pressure Consumption Order No.

Low pressure G 1/4LH x G 1/4LH 50 mbar 1,5 kg/h E61210

Hose Breakage Protections Medium Pressure 16 bar

for the connection at the outlet of a medium pressure regulator, to safeguard propane hoselines.

Advantages and equipment- Prevents gas leakage when hoseis damaged or while uncoupling the hose line. Closes

gas pass as soon as nominal flow exceeds 10 %.- No delay in the amount of leakage gas, but it has to be opened.

Note- For use under ground level a leakage safety installation or a safety regulator medium pres-

sure has to be applied!

Article Inlet- x Outletthread Pressure Consumption Order No.

1,5 bar 6 kg/h E61215

Medium pressure G 3/8LH x G 3/8LH1,5 bar 12 kg/h E612204,0 bar 6 kg/h E612304,0 bar 12 kg/h E61240

Article Sort of gas Connections* Bestell-Nr.:

Quick-release coupling with Burngas** G 3/8 LH E61360female thread and ball seal – N K D – Oxygen G 1/4 E61361

DN 4,0 E61350Burngas** DN 6,3 E61351

Quick-release coupling with DN 8,0 E61352hose plug – N K T – DN 4,0 E61355

Oxygen DN 6,3 E61356DN 8,0 E61357

Quick-release coupling with Burngas** G 3/8 LH E61368male thread and ball seal – N K G – Oxygen G 1/4 LH E61369

Plug with female thread Burngas** G 3/8 LH E61365and ball seal – N 1 – Oxygen G 1/4 E61366

Burngas**DN 6,3 E61371

Plug with hose connection – N 2 –DN 8,0 E61372

OxygenDN 6,3 E61376DN 8,0 E61377

Plug with male thread Burngas** G 3/8 LH E61380and ball seal – N 4 – Oxygen G 1/4 E61381

* According to EN 560 (LH = left hand)** Burn gas (acetylene, hydrogen, propane, butane etc.)

Quick-Release Couplingwith automatic gas stop according to IBEDA standardQuick-release couplings for acetylene and oxygen for connection of normal hoses to pres-sure regulator or torch, as well as to hose extension, are distinctive concerning the sort ofgas, and ideal where torches have to be changed oftenly or hoses in various lengths areneeded.

Director SalesOliver Reinl

Phone +49 711 7813 - [email protected]

Business Development Manager InternationalAchim Rausch


Sales Administration, Order and ProcessingStefan Engler


Export & International DeliveryMatthias Stemmler


Woldwide ewo Sales Offices

Fax +49 711 7813 - 200 – +49 711 7813 - 139

Worldwide RepresentativesPlease find our Worldwide Representatives at

http://www.ewo-stuttgart.com/en/worldwide-representatives


ewo China

Helen [email protected]

ewo Czech Republik and Slovakia

Jan [email protected]

ewo South Africa

Peter [email protected]

ewo Switzerland

Fredy Kü[email protected]

Compressed Air Conditioning � Garage EquipmentCompressed Air Accessories � Autogenous-Propane

Product Catalog I

ewo product catalog i€¦ · rations, craft producers, filling stations, rescue and relief...

Documents